Skip to main content

Full text of "The Catholic doctrine of grace"

See other formats


SOl.I)   HY 

Thomas  Hakkr, 

72  Newman  Street, 

London,  W.  Eng, 


THE  CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF 
GRACE 


THE 

CATHOLIC    DOCTRINE 

OF 

GRACE 


BY 

G.   H.  JOYCE,   S.J 

ST.   BBUNO'S  COLLBGB,   ST.   ASAPH 


BURNS  GATES  &  WASHBOURNE  LTD. 

LONDON 

28  ORCHARD  STREET,  8-10  PATERNOSTER  ROW, 

W.  I  E.G.  4 

AND  AT  MANCHESTER,  BIRMINGHAM,  AND  GLASGOW 

1 02 O  '^ii  ^*i^ ii  rit*rv0d 


1936 

^355 

HihU  ®b«tat. 

i.  JARVIS 

ObNSOE   DiPXJTATir*. 


im^jrimatttr. 

FEANCISOUS,  EP^S  MENEVENSIS. 


INTEODUCTION 

It  is  very  generally  admitted  that  at  the  present 
day  there  is  a  widespread  desire  among 
Catholics  for  instruction  regarding  the  truths  of 
their  religion.  Those  preachers  are  the  most 
sought  after  whose  sermons  are  known  to 
convey  positive  teaching  as  to  the  faith  ;  while 
for  the  purely  hortatory  sermon,  however  good 
of  its  kind,  there  is  little  demand.  Nor  is  this 
state  of  things  confined  to  English-speaking 
peoples.  Even  in  those  countries  in  which  the 
oratorical  style  was  at  one  time  regarded  as 
essential  to  good  preaching,  the  more  homely 
instruction  seems  to  be  now  largely  taking  its 
place.  The  reason  for  this  is  not  hard  to  see. 
There  has  never,  perhaps,  been  a  time  when  the 
Catholic  religion  was  more  canvassed  and 
discussed  than  at  the  present  day.  Men 
see  that  it  alone  has  held  its  ground  unshaken 
by  the  tremendous  religious  disintegration  of 
the  nineteenth  century ;  that  the  crisis  which 
seemed  to  threaten  all  belief  in  religion  has, 


vi  INTRODUCTION 

contrary  to  all  expectation,  left  it  stronger  than 
it  was  before.  This  fact  has  made  it  an  object 
of  deep  interest  alike  to  the  unbeliever  and  to 
the  earnest  seeker  after  truth.  It  is  only 
natural  that  in  the  circumstances  Catholics 
should  desire  to  possess  a  clear  knowledge  of 
what  the  Church  teaches.  Without  this  they 
can  do  little  to  reply  to  objections,  or  to  help 
those  who  inquire  of  them  regarding  their  faith. 
Yet  for  the  laity  such  knowledge  is  not  easily 
accessible.  Works  on  theology  are  ordinarily 
addressed  to  the  clergy  alone.  They  are  drawn 
up  in  a  highly  technical  manner — a  manner  ill- 
suited  to  readers  who  have  not  been  through  the 
mill  of  the  theological  schools.  It  is  to  meet 
the  need  of  such  readers,  who  constitute,  I  am 
inclined  to  believe,  no  inconsiderable  body,  that 
the  present  work  has  been  written.  In  it  I 
have  sought  to  set  forth  the  Church's  teaching 
on  Grace,  avoiding  as  far  as  possible  the 
technical  terminology  and  the  citation  of 
authorities,  which  are  customary  in  works  on 
divinity,  but  which  would  mean  little  or 
nothing  to  those  who  are  not  already  grounded 
in  that  science. 

Throughout  the  work  the  authority  of  St. 
Thomas  Aquinas  has  been  closely  followed.  On 
points  where  theologians  differ  I  have  thought 


INTRODUCTION  vii 

it  sufficient  to  give  reasons  for  adopting  his 
solution  without  attempting  a  detailed  refuta- 
tion of  other  views.  To  have  done  so  would,  as 
I  have  just  indicated,  have  defeated  the  very 
purpose  with  which  the  book  was  written. 

It  may,  perhaps,  occasion  some  surprise  that 
I  have  made  no  attempt  to  deal  with  the 
problem  respecting  the  operation  of  efficacious 
grace,  which  for  so  long  was  the  subject  of  such 
acute  controversy  between  the  Dominican  and 
Jesuit  Orders.  Yet  I  think  that  the  reasons 
for  the  omission  are  adequate.  The  point  at 
issue  was  as  to  the  nature  of  the  causality 
exercised  by  God  as  First  Cause  and  Prime 
Mover  upon  the  free  acts  of  the  will.  So  far  as 
the  actual  dispute  was  concerned,  the  matter 
was  treated  chiefly  in  regard  to  God's  action  on 
the  will  within  the  order  of  grace.  But  the 
question  is  one  and  the  same,  whether  it  be 
raised  in  relation  to  the  special  aids  of  grace,  or 
more  generally  in  reference  to  the  Divine 
assistance  requisite  for  the  production  of  any 
and  every  act  of  the  human  will.  Hence  it 
indubitably  belongs  more  appropriately  to  the 
treatise  on  God  and  His  Attributes  than  to  that 
with  which  we  are  here  concerned.  There 
seems  little  advantage  in  dealing  with  it  in  its 
application  to  the  special   case   of  the  super- 


vlii  INTRODUCTION 

natural  order.  The  solution  reached  in  regard 
to  the  more  general  issue  must  necessarily 
determine  that  proper  to  the  particular  applica- 
tion. What  is  more,  the  doctrine  of  grace  can, 
it  seems  to  me,  be  fully  treated  without  touch- 
ing upon  this  point.  Our  belief  that  God  is  able 
by  His  eflScacious  grace  to  guide  the  human 
will  according  to  His  good  pleasure  without 
infringing  its  liberty,  does  not  involve  us  in  the 
necessity  of  investigating  the  precise  mode  in 
which  He  exercises  this  guidance.  In  the  treatise 
on  God  and  His  Attributes  it  is  otherwise. 
There  the  subject  calls  for  consideration  in  its 
own  right,  and  the  treatise  would  be  incomplete 
without  it.  I  may  further  add  that  the  problem 
is  primarily  a  metaphysical  one  ;  and  there  is 
reason  to  doubt  whether  many  readers  would 
have  cared  to  follow  so  abstract  and  diflScult  a 
discussion.  In  these  circumstances  I  judged  it 
best  to  leave  the  question  untouched  ;  and  so 
far  as  in  me  lay,  I  have  avoided  all  expression 
of  opinion  on  the  matter.  I  do  not  think  that 
the  book  suffers  from  the  omission. 

In  quoting  from  Scripture  in  those  passages 
where  the  Douay  Bible,  taken  as  it  is  from  the 
Vulgate,  fails  to  convey  the  full  meaning  of  the 
original  Greek,  I  have  made  use  of  the  Protestant 
Revised  Version ;  the  few  citations  drawn  from 


INTRODUCTION  ix 

this  source  are  in  all  cases  distinguished  by  the 
letters  RV. 

Among  recent  works  dealing  with  my  subject 
I  must  acknowledge  my  special  obligations  to 
La  Grace  et  la  Gloire  by  P^re  J.  Terrien,  S.J., 
and  De  V Inhabitation  du  S.  Esprit  by  P^re 
B.  Froget,  O.P. 

G.  H.  JOYCE. 

St.  Beuno's  College, 
N.  Wales. 


CONTENTS 
CHAPTER  I 

SANCTIFYING  GRACE — I 


PAOII 


1.  Sons  of  God.  2.  Divine  Adoption.  3.  Regener- 
ation. 4.  The  Life  of  the  Soul.  5.  The  Term 
"Grace."     6.  Incorporation  into  Christ.      -  1-25 


CHAPTER  II 

SANCTIFYING    GRACE — II 

1.  Heirs  of  God.  2.  Partakers  of  the  Divine  Nature. 
3.  Opposition  between  Sanctifying  Grace  and 
Sin.     4.  State  of  Justification.        -  -        26-48 

CHAPTER  III 

MAN  APART  FROM  GRACE 

1.  An  Unendowed  Humanity.  2.  Original  Justice. 
3.  Condition  of  Fallen  Man.  4.  The  Gospel 
Message.     5.  Modern  Pelagianism.  -        49-70 

xi 


xii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  IV 

THE  SUPERNATURAL  VIRTUES  AND  THE  GIFTS  Or 
THE  HOLY  GHOST 


PAOES 


1.  Principles  of  Supernatural  Action.  2.  The  Theo- 
logical Virtues :  Faith,  Hope,  and  Charity. 
3.  The  Infused  Moral  Virtues.  4.  The  Seven 
Gifts  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  5.  The  Gift  of 
Wisdom. 71-99 

CHAPTER  V 

THE  INDWELLING  OF  THE  HOLY  SPIRIT 

1.  The  Teaching  of  Scripture.  2.  God's  Presence  in 
all  Things.  3.  His  Presence  to  the  Blessed  in 
Heaven.  4.  His  Presence  in  the  Just.  5.  The 
Doctrine  of  Appropriation.  -  -  -     100-118 

CHAPTER  VI 

THE  ACQUISITION  OF  SANCTIFYING  GRACB 

1.  Dispositions  requisite  for  Justification.  2.  Need 
of  Actual  Grace.  3.  Sanctifying  Grace  conferred 
in  Different  Degrees.  4.  Protestant  Doctrine  of 
Justification  by  Faith  alone.  5.  Sufficient  and 
Efficacious  Grace.     -  -  -  -     119-141 

CHAPTER  VII 

PERSEVERANCE  IN   GRACE 

1.  Divine  Aid  Necessary  for  Perseverance.  2.  Func- 
tion of  the  Gifts  of  the  Spirit.  3.  Final  Perse- 
verance.    4.  Avoidance  of  Venial  Sin,        -     142-157 


CONTENTS  xiii 

CHAPTER  YIII 

GROWTH  IN   GRACE  :   (1)  MERIT 

PAGES 

1.  Growth  in  Grace.  2.  Merit :  its  Possibility  and 
Conditions.  3.  Protestant  Objections.  4.  Relation 
of  Charity  to  Merit.  5.  Every  Good  Work  of  tho 
Just  Meritorious.  6.  Measure  of  Merit.  7.  Merit 
in  Relation  to  Perseverance.  -  -     158-179 

CHAPTER  IX 

GROWTH  IN  GRACE:  (2)  THE  SACRAMENTS 

1.  Increase  of  Grace  ex  ojpere  operato.  2.  The  Holy 
Eucharist  as  the  Sacrament  of  Union  :  3.  As  the 
Nourishment  of  the  Soul.  4.  Actual  Graces  of  the 
Eucharist.  5.  Daily  Communion.  6.  The  Sacra- 
ment of  Penance.     -  -  -  -     180-201 

CHAPTER  X 

THE  LOSS  AND  RECOVERY  OF  GRACE 

1.  Mortal  Sin  and  its  Effects.  2.  Restoration  Possible 
for  All.  3.  Contrition  and  Attrition.  4.  The 
Debt  of  Temporal  Punishment.  5.  Recovery  of 
Merits.     6.  Effects  of  Venial  Sin.  -  -    202-221 

CHAPTER  XI 

THE  CHURCH  THE  HOME  OF  GRACE 

1.  The  Catholic  Church  the  Home  of  Grace.  2.  Situ- 
ation of  Heretics  as  regards  Salvation.  3.  Case  of 
Jews  and  Mahommedans.  4.  Problem  of  the 
Pagan  World.  5.  Theory  of  a  Limbus  Adultorum 
Rejected.     -  ,  .  .  .    22^-244 


XIV  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  XII 

GRACE  AND  GLORY 


FAOSS 


1.  The  Divine  Sonship  Perfected.  2.  The  Beatific 
Vision.  3.  The  Love  of  the  Blessed.  4.  The  Joy 
of  the  Blessed.     5.  "  Accidental "  Rewards.    245-267 


y 


THE  CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE 
OF  GRACE 

CHAPTER  I 

SANCTIFYING  GRACE— I 

1,  Sons  of  God.  2.  Divine  Adoption.  3.  Regeneration. 
4.  The  Life  of  the  Soul.  5.  The  Term  *«  Grace." 
6.  Incorporation  into  Christ. 

1.  The  redemptive  work  of  Calvary  has  made 
of  men  the  sons  of  God.  This  truth  is  reiterated 
again  and  again  by  the  writers  of  the  New 
Testament.  And  one  and  all  make  it  clear  that 
the  sonship  of  which  they  speak  is  no  mere 
metaphor  :  that  it  is  a  new  endowment  of  our 
nature,  conferring  upon  us  a  supernatural 
dignity,  raising  us  to  a  new  rank  in  the  scale  of 
being,  and  ensuring  to  us  a  destiny  of  glory  to 
which,  otherwise,  we  should  have  had  no  title. 

It  may,  perhaps,  be  asked  whether  we  are 
not  God's  children  in  virtue  of  our  creation 
alone?  Have  not  all  men,  it  may  be  urged, 
whether  they  are  followers  of  Christ  or  not, 
a  right  to  call  God  their  Father  ?     He  is  the 

X 


2     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Author  of  their  being  :  they  are  dependent  for 
all  things  on  His  Providence.  Does  not  this 
suffice  to  make  our  relation  towards  Him  one  of 
sonship  ?  The  answer  to  this  question  must  be 
in  the  negative.  The  relation  of  the  creature 
to  the  Creator  is  utterly  different  from  that  of 
a  child  to  his  father.  A  child  has  the  right  to 
share  his  father's  home,  his  father's  happiness, 
his  father's  intimate  companionship.  He  is,  in 
a  sense,  one  with  his  father.  Creation  gives  us 
no  title  to  any  union  such  as  this.  The  life  of 
man,  if  his  natural  destiny  alone  be  considered, 
has  no  common  element  with  the  life  of  God. 
The  creature  as  such  is  God's  servant,  not  God's 
child.  A  servant  may  claim  that  his  master 
should  protect  him  and  provide  for  him.  And 
similarly  the  creature  has  a  claim  that  God 
should  exercise  His  Providence  on  his  behalf 
But  he  has  no  right  to  enjoy  fellowship  with 
God  as  His  child.  An  infinite  distance  separates 
them,  the  one  from  the  other. 

In  thus  denying  that  creation  suffices  to 
render  man  the  child  of  God  we  are  not,  it  must 
be  understood,  speaking  of  the  condition  in 
which  God  placed  our  first  parents,  when  He 
called  them  into  being.  They  were,  it  is  true, 
God's  children.  But  they  were  so  not  in  virtue 
q{  their  creation,  but  by  reason  of  an  additional 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— I  3 

and  supernatural  endowment  which  it  pleased 
Him  to  bestow  on  them.  That  endowment 
Adam  forfeited  alike  for  himself  and  his 
descendants  by  the  Fall.  With  this  subject, 
however,  we  shall  deal  in  a  later  chapter 

It  is,  indeed,  the  case  that  some  of  the  pagan 
poets  taught  that  man  is  akin  to  God  :  and  that 
St.  Paul  himself  quotes  them  as  saying  that 
**we  are  also  His  offspring"  (Acts  xvii.  28). 
But  in  fact  it  was  not  of  sonship  in  any  true 
sense  that  they  were  speaking.  They  were 
inspired  by  the  ideas  of  Stoic  philosophy  :  they 
held  that  the  world  was  an  emanation  from 
God,  and  that  the  human  reason  was  actually  a 
particle  of  the  Divine  reason  itself.  It  was  in 
this  erroneous  sense  alone  that  they  claimed 
kinship  with  the  Godhead.  The  idea  of  fellow- 
ship with  God  was  remote  from  their  minds. 

The  New  Testament,  on  the  other  hand, 
speaks  of  a  veritable  sonship.  It  teaches  that 
in  virtue  of  an  act  of  Divine  condescension  man 
can  enter  on  a  new  relation  to  God ;  that 
through  Jesus  Christ  he  ceases  to  be  a  servant 
and  becomes  a  son  :  and  that  he  is  thus  privi- 
leged to  enjoy  that  which  by  nature  can  belong 
to  no  creature  however  exalted  —  fellowship 
with  God. 

The  words  of  the  inspired  writers  are  such 


4  CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

as  to  leave  no  doubt  as  to  their  meaning. 
St.  John  points  to  this  sonship  as  the  special 
privilege  conferred  on  those  who  accept  the 
revelation  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  affirms  in 
weighty  terms  the  supernatural  character  of 
the  gift.  "  He  came  unto  His  own,  and  His 
own  received  Him  not ;  but  as  many  as  received 
Him,  He  gave  them  power  to  be  made  the  sons 
of  God,  to  them  that  believe  in  His  name  :  who 
are  born  not  of  blood,  nor  of  the  will  of  the 
flesh,  nor  of  the  will  of  man,  but  of  God  *' 
(John  i.  11-13).  And  in  another  passage  he 
writes  :  "Behold  what  manner  of  charity  the 
Father  hath  bestowed  upon  us,  that  we  should 
be  called  and  should  be  the  sons  of  God.  .  .  . 
Dearly  beloved,  now  are  we  the  sons  of  God,  and 
it  hath  not  yet  appeared  what  we  shall  be.  We 
know  that  when  He  shall  appear,  we  shall  be 
like  to  Him  "  (1  John  iii.  1,  2).  The  words  could 
hardly  be  more  emphatic.  The  apostle  goes 
out  of  his  way  to  assure  us  that  the  sonship  is 
no  mere  metaphor,  but  a  reality ;  and  he  tells 
us  that  the  ultimate  destiny  of  those  who  have 
been  raised  to  this  dignity,  is  to  become  sharers 
in  the  Divine  glory.  Again,  he  teaches  us  that 
those  who  have  been  made  God's  children  are 
privileged  to  enjoy  a  filial  intimacy  with  Him  : 
^*  That  which  we  have  seen  and  have  heard,  we 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— I  5 

declare  unto  you,  that  you  also  may  have 
fellowship  with  us,  and  our  fellowship  may  be 
w^ith  the  Father,  and  with  His  Son  Jesus 
Christ"  (1  Johni.  3). 

The  same  truths  are  found  in  many  passages 
of  St.  Paul's  writings.  "  God,"  he  says,  "  hath 
predestinated  us  unto  the  adoption  of  children 
through  Jesus  Christ "  (Eph.  i.  5).  Those  who 
are  thus  sons  of  God  enjoy,  he  declares,  the 
indwelling  presence  of  the  Holy  Ghost :  **  Be- 
cause ye  are  sons,  God  hath  sent  the  Spirit  of 
His  Son  into  your  hearts,  crying,  Abba,  Father  !*' 
(Gal.  iv.  6).  And  elsewhere  he  tells  us  that 
where  the  Holy  Ghost  abides,  He  produces  in 
the  soul  an  unhesitating  conviction  that  the 
chasm  between  the  Creator  and  the  creature 
has  been  bridged,  and  that  we  are  indeed  God's 
children — one  family  with  His  only-begotten 
Son,  Jesus  Christ :  *'  The  Spirit  Himself  giveth 
testimony  to  our  spirit  that  we  are  the  sons  of 
God  :  and  if  sons,  heirs  also  ;  heirs  of  God  and 
joint-heirs  with  Christ"  (Rom.  viii.  17). 

St.  Peter  and  St.  James  are  no  less  clear. 
"We  have  been  begotten  again,"  says  St.  Peter, 
"  not  of  corruptible  seed,  but  of  incorruptible, 
by  the  word  of  God,  which  liveth  and  abideth  " 
(1  Pet.  i.  23,  R.V.).  And  St.  James  tells  us  : 
**  Of  His  own  will  hath  He  begotten  us  by  the 


6    CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GEACE 

word  of  truth  that  we  should  be  a  kind  of  first- 
fruits  of  His  creatures''  (Jas.  i.  13,  E.V.). 

Nor  are  we  without  the  testimony  of  our 
Lord  Himself  He  spoke  of  the  dignity  to 
which  His  followers  are  called  in  terms  which 
go  even  further  than  the  passages  we  have 
already  cited.  Their  union  with  Him,  He 
declared,  is  so  intimate  that  they  share  His 
life  (John  xv.  5),  and  thus  through  Him,  the 
only-begotten  Son,  they  are  in  the  closest 
communion  with  the  Father  (xvii.  20).  In 
this  way  they  participate  in  the  glory  which 
is  His  by  right,  and  the  love  with  which  the 
Father  loves  Him  becomes  theirs  also  (xvii.  22, 
26).  In  the  same  discourse  in  which  He  spoke 
of  these  things  He  promised  them  the  gift  of 
the  Holy  Spirit,  who  should  take  up  His  abode 
in  them,  and  thus  eifect  their  union  with  the 
Divine  Trinity  (xiv.  16,  sqq,).  It  is  in  the  light 
of  these  utterances  that  we  must  interpret  the 
message  sent  to  the  eleven  on  the  morning  of 
the  Eesurrection  :  "  I  ascend  to  My  Father  and 
to  your  Father,  to  My  God  and  your  God" 
(John  XX.  17).  The  words  at  once  aflSrm  the 
truth  of  our  sonship,  and  distinguish  it  from 
His.  He  is  Son  by  nature  ;  we  are  created 
beings,  raised  to  sonship  as  the  effect  of  His 
Eedemption. 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— I  7 

The  apostles  do  not  hesitate  to  tell  us  that 
the  very  purpose  of  the  Incarnation  was  to 
confer  this  sonship  upon  men.  Thus  St.  Paul 
writes  :  '*  When  the  fulness  of  time  was  come, 
God  sent  forth  His  Son,  made  of  a  woman, 
made  under  the  law :  that  He  might  redeem 
them  that  were  under  the  law,  that  we  might 
receive  the  adoption  of  sons  "(Gal.  iv.  4,  5). 
We  are  more  accustomed,  it  may  be,  to  use 
other  terms,  and  to  say  that  God  sent  His  Son 
to  save  us  from  sin.  But  the  expressions  are 
equivalent.  The  Redemption  is  more  than  a 
mere  remission  of  guilt.  Together  with  forgive- 
ness is  bestowed  the  gift  of  sonship.  The  same 
grace  that  blots  out  man's  guilt  makes  him  a 
son  of  God. 

Outside  the  Catholic  Church  there  have  been 
some  who  have  sought  to  explain  the  sonship  of 
which  the  New  Testament  speaks,  as  meaning  no 
more  than  that  the  barrier  which  sin  had  placed 
between  man  and  his  Maker  was  done  away,  and 
that  men  had  thereby  been  restored  to  the  con- 
dition in  which  as  God  s  creatures  they  should 
ever  have  been.  The  change,  they  hold,  is 
simply  a  restoration  of  the  moral  order,  which 
sin  had  disturbed.  We  have  already  shown 
that  such  a  view  involves  a  total  misconception 
of  what  sonship  really  implies.  And  the  passages 


8  CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

we  have  quoted  will  have  made  it  clear  that  the 
gift  of  which  the  New  Testament  speaks  is  no 
mere  restoration  of  moral  order,  but  the  elevation 
to  a  new  and  supernatural  dignity. 

2.  We  have  seen  that  St.  Paul  speaks  of  us 
as  sons  of  God  by  adoption  (Rom.  viii.  15  ; 
Eph.  i.  5  ;  Gal.  iv.  4).  The  expression  is  em- 
ployed by  all  theological  writers  to  distinguish 
our  sonship  from  the  natural  sonship  of  the 
Eternal  Word.  Yet  it  calls  for  some  considera- 
tion :  for,  as  used  by  the  apostle,  the  term 
**  adoption  "  had  a  somewhat  different  meaning 
from  that  which  it  bears  at  the  present  day. 
In  its  modern  use  it  signifies  little  more  than 
the  intention  to  educate  the  adopted  child  as 
though  he  were  a  son,  and,  provided  he  should 
give  no  cause  for  dissatisfaction,  to  bequeath  to 
him  a  son's  inheritance.  This  purpose  is  revoc- 
able at  will,  and  confers  no  legal  rights  on  the 
person  adopted.  The  adoption  of  which  the 
apostle  spoke  was  something  very  different  from 
this.  Under  the  Roman  law  the  sanctions  of 
adoption  were  of  the  strongest  kind,  and  the 
rights  conferred  were  in  all  respects  the  same  as 
those  which  attach  to  natural  sonship.  Before 
the  law  the  person  adopted  no  longer  belonged 
to  the  family  in  which  he  had  been  born,  but 
to  that  into  which  he  had  been  adopted.     His 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— 1  9 

membership  in  the  new  family  was  henceforth 
not  on  sufferance  or  at  will,  but  by  indefeasible 
right.  Its  social  and  political  interests,  and 
those  of  the  gens  or  clan  to  which  it  belonged, 
were  his  interests.  The  dignities  that  belonged 
to  his  new  family  were  his.  Nor  could  the 
adoption  be  reversed  save  through  legal  for- 
malities just  as  strictly  prescribed  as  those  by 
which  he  had  been  admitted.  In  the  eye  of  the 
law  he  had  been  born  again. 

From  this  it  will  appear  that  when  St.  Paul 
speaks  of  us  as  sons  by  adoption  he  entirely 
excludes  the  view  first  mentioned — that  the 
sonship  of  the  New  Testament  signifies  no  more 
than  a  return  of  man  to  the  obedience  due  from 
him  to  God,  and  the  consequent  renewal  of 
God's  favour  in  his  regard.  The  term  implies 
a  fundamental  alteration  in  man's  status,  bring- 
ing him  into  the  very  closest  fellowship  with 
God. 

Yet  even  when  this  is  borne  in  mind,  the 
expression  may  mislead  us.  It  almost  inevitably 
suggests  to  our  minds  the  limitations  of  human 
adoption.  From  these  the  Divine  adoption  is 
free.  Indeed,  it  is  impossible  in  the  nature  of 
things  that  an  attribute  should  belong  to  God 
in  precisely  the  same  way  as  it  belongs  to  man. 
It  must  needs  belong  to  Him  in  such  a  manner 


10    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

as  no  longer  to  carry  with  it  the  imperfections 
which  attach  to  it  in  the  creature.  Hence  the 
sense  in  which  it  is  affirmed  of  Him  is  analogous 
to,  but  not  identical  with,  that  in  which  it  is 
affirmed  of  man.  Thus  we  call  God  the  Maker 
of  the  world  which  He  created  ;  and  we  use  the 
same  term  "  maker  "  of  men  in  regard  to  their 
works — speaking  of  the  inventor  as  the  maker 
of  the  machine  which  he  has  devised,  and  of  the 
potter  as  the  maker  of  the  vessel  he  has 
fashioned.  But  the  meaning  of  the  word  in  the 
two  cases  is  very  different.  Man  does  but  shape 
and  apply  the  materials  which  lie  ready  to  his 
hand.  It  is  God  who  has  provided  those 
materials  ;  and  He  has  fixed  the  laws  which 
determine  their  use.  Man  can  but  employ  what 
God  has  given  him  ;  God  alone  can  make,  in  the 
full  and  perfect  sense  of  the  term.  When  He 
made  the  world,  He  created  it.  Before  He 
spoke  the  word  there  was  nothing — not  even 
empty  space.  When  He  commanded  the  uni- 
verse sprang  into  being  in  accordance  with  His 
design,  and  in  obedience  to  His  purpose. 
Similarly,  we  say  that  man  heals  and  that 
God  heals.  Yet  here,  too,  it  is  but  by  analogy 
that  the  same  word  is  employed  in  the  two 
cases.  Man  heals  by  assisting  the  vital  forces 
to  repair  what  is  amiss.     Those  forces  must  act 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— I  11 

according  to  their  own  laws.  If  the  body  has 
suffered  injury,  it  can  only  be  repaired  at  the 
rate  at  which  their  action  proceeds.  With  God 
it  is  otherwise.  He  is  not  dependent  on  natural 
law,  for  nature  obeys  Him  as  her  Lord.  When 
He  cures  miraculously,  the  cure  in  very  many 
cases  is  instantaneous.  The  destroyed  tissues 
reappear ;  they  are  not  slowly  built  up  in 
Nature's  laboratory.  Even  where  the  natural 
force  is  non-existent,  as  in  the  case  of  the  man 
born  blind,  His  word  has  power  to  call  it  into 
being. 

Adoption  affords  another  instance  of  the 
analogous  use  of  a  term  as  applied  to  God  and 
as  applied  to  man.  Man  adopts  and  God  adopts. 
Yet  human  adoption,  however  strong  are  the 
sanctions  given  to  it,  is  at  best  a  legal  fiction. 
It  cannot  make  a  man  what  he  is  not.  No  legal 
instrument  can  alter  his  personal  characteristics 
— those  distinctive  properties  of  body  and  of 
mind  which  are  his  by  birth.  These  he  received 
from  his  parents.  No  change  can  be  effected  in 
them  so  as  to  render  him  in  this  regard  the  heir 
of  the  family  into  which  he  has  been  adopted. 
It  is  otherwise  with  Divine  adoption.  In  God's 
dealings  legal  fictions  have  no  place.  If,  as 
revelation  assures  us,  God  makes  us  His  sons, 
it  follows  that  thereby  man  is  enriched  with 


12    CATHOLIC  DOCTHINE  OF  GEACE 

new  powers  and  new  endowments,  which  make 
him  in  some  mysterious  way  like  to  God.  In 
virtue  of  his  adoption  he  becomes  what  he  was 
not  before  :  he  is  born  again. 

3.  This  truth  is  set  before  us  in  express  terms 
in  the  doctrine  of  Regeneration,  This  word  has 
become  so  famihar  that  men  often  fail  to  realize 
what  it  signifies.  We  see  it  employed  occasion- 
ally to  denote  nothing  more  than  a  moral 
amelioration  in  a  man's  character.  Yet  its  true 
meaning  is  far  different  from  this.  It  signifies 
that  a  new  nature  has  been  conferred  on  us  : 
that  the  humanity  we  received  from  our  parents 
by  natural  generation  has  been  transformed 
into  something  better  ;  that  a  Divine  operation 
has  moulded  us  into  the  image  and  likeness  of 
God,  and  has  thereby  given  us  the  right  to  call 
Him  Father.  The  moral  change  which  regenera- 
tion involves  is  the  result  of  this  far  more 
fundamental  renewing  of  the  soul.  Thus  St. 
Paul  writes  :  *'  Not  by  works  of  justice  which 
we  have  done,  but  according  to  His  mercy  He 
saved  us  by  the  laver  of  regeneration  and  the 
renovation  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  Whom  He  hath 
poured  forth  on  us  abundantly  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Saviour  "  (Tit.  iii.  5,  6).  St.  John  in 
his  first  epistle  employs  the  strongest  terms  to 
show  of  how  transcendent  a  character  is  the  gift 


SANCTIFYING  GKACE— I  13 

bestowed  upon  us.  '*  Whosoever  is  born  of  God/* 
he  says,   ''  committeth  not  sin ;    for  His  seed 
abideth  in  him"  (1   John  iii.  9).     The  precise 
meaning   of    the   assertion   that    regeneration 
is  incompatible  with  sin  will  be  considered  in 
the  next  chapter.     Here  it  is  suflScient  to  point 
out   that  the    apostle's   words    imply   that    a 
physical  transformation  takes  place  in  the  souls 
of  those  who  are  "  born  of  God."     Nothing  less 
than  this  can  be  signified  by  the  words  :  "  His 
seed   abideth   in    him."      Precisely  the    same 
teaching   is   contained   in   some   words  of  St. 
Peter,  which  we  have  already  had  occasion  to 
quote  :  "  We  have  been  begotten  again,  not  of 
corruptible  seed,  but  of  incorruptible."  Our  Lord 
Himself,  at  the  very  beginning  of  His  ministry, 
put  this  truth  before  Nicodemus.     "  Unless  a 
man  be  born  again,"  He  said  to  him,  "  he  cannot 
see  the  kingdom  of  God"  (John  iii.  3).   And  when 
the  Jewish  doctor  pressed  to  know  His  meaning 
further,  He  declared  that  the  new  birth  of  which 
He  spoke  must  be  effected  by  the  Holy  Spirit 
Himself,    and  that   it   was   bestowed  on  man 
through  the  sacrament  of  baptism  :   "  Unless  a 
man  be  born  again  of  water  and  the  Holy  Ghost 
he  cannot  enter  into   the   kingdom   of  God " 
(John  iii.  5). 

Occasionally  St.  Paul  speaks  of  the  change 


14    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

involved  in  this  new  birth  as  a  new  creation. 
'*  Wherefore  if  any  man  is  in  Christ,"  he  writes, 
"he  is  a  new  creature  :  the  old  things  are 
passed  away ;  behold  they  are  become  new  '* 
(2  Cor.  V.  16.,  R.V.).  And  again:  "We  are 
His  workmanship,  created  in  Christ  Jesus  for 
good  works"  (Eph.  ii.  10).  And  later  in  the 
same  epistle  he  exhorts  his  readers  to  "  put  on 
the  new  man  who  according  to  God  is  created 
in  justice  and  holiness  of  truth  "  (Eph.  iv.  24). 

It  is  scarcely  possible  to  exaggerate  the 
strength  of  the  expressions  which  the  fathers  of 
the  Church  employ  regarding  the  new  birth  of 
baptism.  St.  Chrysostom  says :  "  What  its 
mother's  womb  is  to  the  child,  that  the  water 
of  baptism  is  to  the  believer  :  in  it  he  is  formed 
and  fashioned."^  And  the  same  striking  simile 
is  found  in  Clement  of  Alexandria,  St.  Cyprian, 
St.  Cyril  of  Jerusalem  and  others.  St.  Leo  the 
Great  and  St.  Ambrose  do  not  hesitate  to 
compare  the  baptismal  water  with  the  womb  of 
the  Blessed  Virgin,  which  gave  birth  to  the 
Son  of  God.  "  The  water  of  baptism,"  says 
St.  Leo,  "  is  for  every  man  who  is  born  again 
as  it  were  the  Virgin's  womb:  and  the  same 
Spirit  fills  the  font,  Who  filled  the  Virgin."^ 

^  Horn.  XXVI.  In  Joan  (P.G.  lix.,  153). 
»  Leo  M.,  Sem.  in  Nat.,  iv.  (P,L.  liv.,  206), 


SANCTIFYING  GEACE— I  15 

In  yet  another  series  of  passages  a  comparison 
is  drawn  between  the  office  of  water  in  baptism 
and  the  part  ascribed  to  that  element  in  the 
account  of  the  creation.  As  the  Holy  Spirit 
moved  upon  the  face  of  the  waters  ere  yet  life 
had  appeared  upon  the  earth,  so  does  His 
presence  rest  upon  the  waters  of  the  font :  as 
on  the  fifth  day  of  the  Creation  water  was  the 
element  from  which  living  creatures  first  issued, 
so  it  is  now  water  that  gives  birth  to  soul. 
Thus  St  Jerome  writes  :  **  The  Spirit  of  God 
alone  moved,  even  as  one  who  drives  his  chariot, 
over  the  face  of  the  waters,  and  produced  from 
them  the  infant  world,  a  type  of  the  Christian 
child  that  is  drawn  from  the  laver  of  baptism. 
.  .  .  The  first  living  beings  come  out  of  the 
waters  :  and  believers  soar  out  of  the  laver  with 
wings  to  heaven."^  TertuUian,  Theophilus  of 
Antioch,  Chrysostom — all  speak  in  similar  terms. 
It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  in  one  of  the 
ancient  liturgical  prayers  still  employed  by  the 
Church  at  a  service  which  most  of  the  readers 
of  this  work  will  have  often  witnessed,  the  same 
two  comparisons  occur.  The  Preface  sung  at 
the  Blessing  of  the  Font  on  Holy  Saturday 
contains  the  following  words :  **  0  God,  Whose 

^  Jerome,    Ep.    LXIX.    (Nicene   and   Fosf-Nicene   Frs.^ 
p.  145). 


16    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Spirit  moved  upon  the  waters  at  the  first 
creation  of  things,  that  the  nature  of  water 
raight  even  then  receive  power  to  sanctify  .  .  . 
may  He  (the  Holy  Spirit)  by  the  secret  infusion 
of  His  Divinity  render  fruitful  this  water  pre- 
pared for  the  regeneration  of  men  :  that  it  may 
receive  the  gift  of  sanctity,  and  from  the 
immaculate  womb  of  the  Divine  fount  a  heavenly 
offspring  may  come  forth,  born  again  into  a  new 
creature."  In  the  early  Church  the  baptism  of 
catechumens  took  place  on  Holy  Saturday. 
The  whole  prayer  has  direct  and  immediate 
reference  to  the  ceremony  just  about  to  follow, 
which  was  to  make  them  members  of  the 
Church  and  number  them  amongst  God's 
children.  They  are  the  "heavenly  ofispring" 
which  the  baptismal  font  was  to  bring  forth  to 
the  new  life.  And  the  Preface,  which  is  of 
considerable  length,  closes  with  the  petition 
"  that  each  one  who  becomes  a  partaker  of  this 
sacrament  of  regeneration  may  be  born  again 
into  a  new  infancy,  in  which  true  innocence 
shall  be  his." 

These  citations,  short  and  inadequate  as  they 
are,  will  suffice  to  show  how  intense  has  been 
the  conviction  of  the  Church  in  every  age  that 
the  new  birth  which  makes  man  a  son  of  God 
is  a  tremendous  reality  :  that  after  it  he  is  an 


SANCTIFYING  GKACE— I  17 

altogether  different  being  from  what  he  was 
before. 

4.  The  passages  in  the  New  Testament  in 
which  we  are  told  that  the  purpose  of  our  Lord's 
coming  was  that  men  might  have  '*  life,"  are  but 
another  expression  of  the  same  truth.  It  will 
be  worth  our  while  to  consider  some  of  these : 
for  they  will  help  us  to  realize  still  more  clearly 
how  large  is  the  place  which  this  doctrine 
occupies  in  the  Christian  revelation.  "  I  am 
come,"  our  Lord  says,  **  that  they  may  have  life, 
and  that  they  may  have  it  more  abundantly  " 
(John  X.  10).  And  again  :  *'  He  that  belie veth 
in  Me,  though  he  were  dead,  shall  live :  and 
every  one  that  liveth  and  believeth  in  Me  shall 
not  die  for  ever  "  (John  xi.  25,  26).  This  life 
He  assured  His  followers  was  to  find  its  appro- 
priate nourishment  in  the  gift  of  the  Holy 
Eucharist  which  He  was  about  to  bestow : 
**  Except  you  eat  the  flesh  of  the  Son  of  Man 
and  drink  His  blood,  you  shall  not  have  life  in 
you"  (John  vi.  54).  And  St.  John,  to  whom 
we  owe  the  record  of  these  sayings,  closes  the 
main  narrative  of  his  Gospel  with  the  words  : 
**  These  are  written  that  you  may  believe  that 
Jesus  is  the  Christ,  the  Son  of  God  :  and  that 
believing  you  may  have  life  in  His  Name" 
(John  XX.  31).     The  same  apostle's  first  epistle 

2 


18  CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OP  GRACE 

sets  before  us  with  almost  startling  distinctness 
the  great  alternative  between  this  life,  God's 
gift  to  those  who  accept  Christ,  and  spiritual 
death,  the  lot  of  those  who  reject  Him  :  "  He 
that  hath  the  Son  hath  life  :  he  that  hath  not 
the  Son  hath  not  life.  These  things  I  write  to 
you  that  you  may  know  that  you  have  eternal 
life,  you  who  believe  in  the  name  of  the  Son  of 
God"  (1  John  V.  12,  13). 

The  life  of  which  our  Lord  and  His  apostle 
speak  in  these  passages,  and  which  they  some- 
times term  eternal  life,  is,  plainly  enough,  not 
something  which  belongs  to  a  future  existence 
alone,  but  an  endowment  which  those  who 
believe  in  Christ  possess  here,  and  which  death 
when  it  comes  will  be  unable  to  destroy.  What 
it  is,  St.  John  tells  us.  "  Whosoever  believeth 
that  Jesus  is  the  Christ/*  he  says,  "  is  born  of 
God  "  (1  John  V.  1).  The  life  which  Christ  has 
brought  us,  which  He  purchased  for  us  at  the 
price  of  His  Passion,  is  the  life  which  makes  us 
sons  of  God — the  life  which  becomes  ours 
through  the  new  birth  of  regeneration. 

When  the  Catholic  Church  speaks  of*  sancti- 
fying grace,"  it  is  this  new  life  given  us  by  God 
that  she  means.  But  here  it  should  be  noted 
that  the  term  *'  life  "  has  two  senses.  Some- 
times we  employ  it  to  denote  the  state  in  which 


SANCTIFYING  GKACE— I  19 

a  man  is  capable  of  exercising  the  activities 
which  flow  from  the  existence  of  a  vital  prin- 
ciple. It  is  in  this  sense  that  we  say  that  a 
man's  life  has  been  a  happy  or  a  sad  one,  or 
that  his  life  has  lasted  so  many  years.  On  the 
other  hand,  sometimes  it  is  used  to  signify  the 
vital  principle  itself.  Sanctifying  grace  is  life 
in  this  latter  sense  :  it  is  the  vital  principle  by 
which  we  live  as  sons  of  God.  When  we  wish  to 
speak  of  the  state  in  which  we  are  capable  of 
the  activities  proper  to  this  life,  we  speak  of  the 
state  of  grace. 

5.  Here  it  seems  desirable  to  say  a  few  words 
as  to  the  term  **  grace."  Passages  of  Scripture 
may  very  possibly  occur  to  the  mind  of  the 
reader,  in  which  the  word  cannot  be  understood 
as  signifying  the  life  of  which  we  have  been 
speaking.  How,  it  may  be  asked,  is  this  to  be 
explained  ?  Is  it  really  the  case  that  the 
Church,  while  adopting  a  word  from  Scripture, 
has  attached  to  it  a  meaning  other  than  that 
which  it  there  bears  ? 

To  this  it  may  be  answered  that  in  Scripture 
the  word  ** grace"  (x^/069,  gratia)  is  used  in 
several  senses.  Very  frequently,  certainly,  it 
signifies  not  a  gift  bestowed  on  us,  but  the 
goodwill  or  favour  with  which  God  regards  us. 
Thus  St.  Paul  says  of  God,  that  He  '*  called  me 


20    CATHOLIC  DOCTKINE  OF  GRACE 

by  His  grace  "  (Gal.  i.  15),  and  tells  us  that  we 
are  * 'justified  freely  by  His  grace  through  the 
redemption  which   is  in  Christ  Jesus "   (Rom* 
iii.  24).    In  the  same  sense  he  lays  stress  on  the 
difference  between  what  is  freely  bestowed  by 
grace  and  what   is  due   as  a  matter  of  pure 
justice.     '*  If  the  election  is  by  grace,  it  is  not 
now  by  works  ;    otherwise  grace  is  no    more 
grace  "  (Rom.  xi.  6).    But  the  word  is  also  used 
to  signify  the  gifts  which  God*s  goodwill  towards 
us  leads  Him  to  bestow.    In  this  reference,  with 
one  or  two  rare  exceptions  {e.g,,  2  Cor.  ix.  8),  it 
is  used  of  spiritual  gifts  only  ;  and  more  particu- 
larly of  those  which  God  confers  through  Christ 
as  the  fruit  of  His  redemptive  work.     Thus  the 
apostle  writes  to  the  Corinthians  :  "  We  exhort 
you  that  you  receive  not  the  grace  of  God  in 
vain  "  (2  Cor.  vi.  1).     It  is  this  use  of  the  term 
that  leads  him  to  distinguish  the  Christian  dis- 
pensation,  as  that  of  grace,   from  the  Jewish 
dispensation,  that  of  the  law.    As  thus  employed 
it   may   denote  all  the  various  spiritual   gifts 
bestowed    on    the    Church.      Thus   we    read : 
*' There  are  diversities  of  graces,  but  the  same 
Spirit  ...  to  one  indeed  by  the  Spirit  is  given 
the  word  of  wisdom,  and  to  another  the  word  of 
knowledge,  according  to  the  same  Spirit;   to 
another   the  grace  of  healing,  in  one  Spirit" 


SANCTIFYING  GEACE— I  21 

(1  Cor.  xli.  7-9).  But  occasionally  the  word  is 
used  in  an  altogether  restricted  reference,  to 
signify  the  characteristic  prerogative  of 
Christians  as  such — the  spiritual  gift  which 
is  theirs  in  virtue  of  their  membership  in  the 
Church,  and  which  is  the  ground  of  their 
confidence  towards  God.  This  is  nothing  else 
than  the  gift  of  which  we  have  been  speaking, 
the  new  life  by  which  the  Christian  becomes  a 
son  of  God  ;  in  other  words,  sanctifying  grace. 
Thus  St.  Peter  speaks  of  himself  as  "  testifying 
that  this  is  the  true  grace  of  God  wherein  you 
stand"  (1  Pet.  v.  12);  and  elsewhere  bids  his 
readers  "  Grow  in  grace  and  in  the  knowledge  of 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ"  (2  Pet.  iii.  18).  And 
similarly  St.  Paul  says  that  '*  Through  Jesus 
Christ  we  have  access  through  faith  into  this 
grace  wherein  we  stand  "  (Rom.  v.  2). 

There  are  one  or  two  other  uses  of  the  word 
in  Scripture.  But  as  they  occur  but  rarely,  and 
do  not  bear  on  our  subject,  it  will  be  sufficient 
merely  to  notice  their  existence.  It  is  used  to 
denote  that  which  attracts  favour:  ''Let  your 
speech  be  always  in  grace  " — i.e,,  courteous  and 
such  as  to  win  goodwill  (Col.  iv.  6).  And  once 
or  twice  it  has  the  sense  of  '*  thanks  " :  ''  Thanks 
be  to  God  Who  hath  given  us  the  victory  through 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  "  (1  Cor,  xv.  57). 


22    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Nothing  could  be  more  natural  than  that 
among  Christians  the  word  should  soon  become 
a  technical  term  to  signify  the  spiritual  gifts 
characteristic  of  the  religion  of  Christ ;  and  that 
the  gift  of  new  life,  by  which  we  become  sons 
of  God,  should  be  regarded  as  the  supreme 
grace.  As  theological  terminology  developed, 
the  expression  *'  sanctifying  grace  "  was  em- 
ployed to  distinguish  it  from  other  gifts  which 
also  had  a  claim  to  be  designated  as  graces. 
And  that  name  has  now  passed  into  common 
use. 

The  gift  of  Divine  sonship  is  by  no  means  the 
only  immediate  effect  resulting  from  the  infusion 
of  sanctifying  grace  into  the  soul.  Scripture 
sets  before  us  other  aspects  of  this  elevation  of 
our  nature.  We  are  incorporated  into  Christ, 
and  participate  in  His  life  ;  we  become  **  heirs  of 
God  and  joint-heirs  with  Christ  "  ;  we  are  made 
**  partakers  of  the  Divine  nature."  We  shall 
conclude  the  present  chapter  with  some  account 
of  our  incorporation  into  Christ,  reserving  the 
two  latter  heads  for  subsequent  treatment. 

6.  Our  incorporation  into  Christ  is  taught  in 
explicit  terms  in  our  Lord's  discourse  to  His 
apostles  at  the  Last  Supper.  There  He  com- 
pared His  relationship  to  them  to  that  which 
the   vine   bears   to  its   branches.     **  I  am  the 


SANCTIFYING  GEACE— I  23 

vine,"  He  said,  ''you  are  the  branches.    As  the 
branch   cannot   bear  fruit   of  itself,   unless   it 
abide  in  the  vine,  so  neither  can  you,  unless  you 
abide  in  Me  "  (John  xv.   5).     The  words  imply 
that  there  is  a  real  and  organic  union  between 
the  Christian  and  Christ ;    and  that  this  union 
confers  on  the  former  a  new  and  higher  life, 
which  is  sustained  by  a  continuous  communica- 
tion   of   vital    energy    from    Christ    Himself. 
This    teaching    receives   full    development    in 
St.   Paul's  writings.     We  are,  he  assures  us, 
members  of  Christ ;  Christ  is  the  Head,  and  we 
are  members  of  His  Body,  which  is  the  Church. 
'*  Know  you  not,"  he  says,  **  that  your  members 
are  the  members  of  Christ "  (1  Cor.  vi.  15) ;  and 
again :  *'  As  the  body  is  one  and  hath  many 
members  ...  so  also  is  Christ.  .  .   .     Now  you 
are  the  body  of  Christ,  and  severally  members 
thereof"  (1  Cor.  xii.  12,  27,  R.V.).     It  is  this, 
he  tells  us,  that  makes  us  God's  children  :  *'  You 
are  all  the  children  of  God,  by  faith  in  Christ 
Jesus  ;  for  as  many  of  you  as  have  been  baptized 
into  Christ,  have  put  on  Christ"  (Gal.  iii.  26,  27). 
Those   who   are   admitted    to   this    union    by 
baptism  become  sharers  in  Christ's  Passion  and 
Resurrection.     The  symbolic  burial  and  resur- 
rection of  baptism,  when  the  new  Christian  is 
dipped  in  the  water  and  rises  from  it  again, 


24     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GKACE 

effects  a  spiritual  transformation  in  him.  **  Are 
ye  ignorant,"  says  the  apostle,  '*  that  all  we 
who  were  baptized  into  Christ  Jesus  were 
baptized  into  His  death  ?  We  were  buried, 
therefore,  with  Him  through  baptism  into 
death  :  that  like  as  Christ  was  raised  again 
from  the  dead  through  the  glory  of  the  Father, 
so  we  also  might  walk  in  newness  of  life " 
(Rom.  vi.  3,  4,  KY.). 

The  change  which  we  have  just  considered 
transfers  us,  we  are  told,  from  the  family  of  the 
first  Adam  to  that  of  the  second.  The  image 
of  Christ  takes  the  place  of  the  image  of  Adam 
in  us  :  the  new  man  replaces  the  old.  Yet  during 
our  earthly  existence  this  change  is  not  com- 
plete. And,  in  order  that  the  life  of  Christ 
may  receive  its  full  development,  the  old  man 
within  us  must  be  done  to  death — it  must  be 
crucified.  Thus  the  apostle  speaks  of  himself  as 
"  always  bearing  about  in  the  body  the  dying 
of  Jesus,  that  the  life  also  of  Jesus  may  be 
manifested  in  our  body  "  (2  Cor.  iv.  10).  And 
to  his  Colossian  neophytes  he  writes  as  follows  : 
"  If  you  be  risen  with  Christ,  seek  the  things 
that  are  above,  where  Christ  is  sitting  at  the 
right  hand  of  God.  .  .  .  For  you  are  dead,  and 
your  life  is  hid  with  Christ  in  God.  .  .  .  Mortify 
{lit.y  put  to  death),  therefore,  your   members 


SANCTIFYING  GKACE— I  25 

which  are  upon  the  earth,  fornication,  unclean - 
ness,  lust,  evil  concupiscence,  and  covetousness  " 
(Col.  iii.  1-5).  In  this  way  the  life  of  grace  is 
a  progressive  assimilation  to  Christ  on  the  part 
of  the  Christian.  It  is  a  continuous  advance  in 
the  putting  off  of  the  old  man  and  the  putting 
on  of  the  new  (Eph.  iv.  8). 

In  what  measure,  it  may  be  asked,  can  the 
union  with  Christ  be  attained?  What  is  its 
goal  so  far  as  our  present  life  is  concerned  ? 
This  also  has  been  told  us.  It  may  be  carried 
so  far  as  to  justify  the  apostle's  words :  "  I  live, 
and  yet  no  longer  I,  but  Christ  liveth  in  me  " 
(Gal.  ii.  30,  R.V.).  Our  sonship  is,  in  fact, 
nothing  less  than  the  transformation  of  our 
nature  into  the  likeness  of  the  Son  of  God ;  and 
the  principle  which  is  to  effect  this  change  in 
us,  which  is  to  raise  us  from  our  baseness  to 
this  stupendous  dignity,  is  the  sanctifying  grace 
conferred  upon  us  at  our  baptism. 


CHAPTER  II 
SANCTIFYING  GEACE-II 

1.  Heirs  of   God.     2.  Partakers   of  the   Divine  Nature. 

3.  Opposition  between   Sanctifying  Grace  and   Sin. 

4.  State  of  Justification. 

1.  ScMPTURE  assures  us  that  one  of  the  effects 
of  our  sonship  is  that  we  are  to  be  heirs  of  God. 
**  If  a  son,  an  heir  also  through  God  "  (Gal.  iv. 
7)  says  St.  Paul.  Moreover,  he  declares  that 
the  inheritance  to  which  we  have  a  claim  is 
comparable  to  that  enjoyed  by  our  Lord  Him- 
self We  are,  he  tells  us,  '*  heirs  of  God  and 
joint-heirs  with  Christ."  (Rom.  viii.  17).  Ex- 
pressions such  as  these  cannot  be  set  aside  as 
metaphors.  They  can  only  signify  that  in 
virtue  of  our  sonship  we  are  to  possess  the 
treasures  which  are  by  nature  proper  to  God 
alone.  In  regard  to  this  Divine  inheritance, 
however,  we  must  be  careful  to  avoid  the  limita- 
tions involved  in  the  idea  of  inheritance  as  it  is 
known  among  men.  The  material  possessions 
which    men    own    here     can    belong    to    one 

26 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— II  27 

person  only  at  a  time  :  and  for  that  reason  a 
son  cannot  inherit  as  long  as  his  father  lives. 
As  regards  spiritual  riches  it  is  otherwise. 
They  can  be  held  by  many  simultaneously,  and 
the  increase  in  the  number  of  those  who  hold 
them  does  not  diminish  the  full  possession  en- 
joyed by  each.  Men  inherit  the  kingdom  of 
God  when  they  are  elevated  to  a  share  in  those 
spiritual  treasures  which  make  the  blessedness 
of  God.  It  is  this  which  our  adoption  secures 
for  us.  The  beatitude  which  by  nature  would 
be  the  exclusive  prerogative  of  the  Three 
Divine  Persons,  becomes  ours  also. 

In  what  does  God's  bliss  consist  ?  The  bliss 
of  every  spiritual  being  must  needs  be  found  in 
the  exercise  of  thought  and  love  :  for  it  is  by 
these  powers  that  spiritual  riches  are  possessed. 
God  is  a  Spirit  :  and  it  is  by  knowledge  and  by 
love  that  He  enjoys  the  infinite  riches  of  the 
Godhead.  Moreover,  if  we  ask  what  is  the  ob- 
ject the  contemplation  and  love  of  which  con- 
stitute His  beatitude,  we  must  answer  that  it 
can  only  be  the  Supreme  Truth  and  the  Supreme 
Good — the  abyss  of  all  perfection,  the  Divine 
Essence  itself.  God  cannot  be  dependent  for 
His  blessedness  on  any  creature  :  and  were  the 
immediate  object  of  His  contemplation  anything 
but  Himself,  this  would  be  the  case.     The  joy 


28     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

with  which  He  contemplates  the  world  He  has 
made  cannot  add  anything  to  that  which 
was  His  before  the  world  was.  The  created 
universe,  with  all  its  innumerable  wonders,  does 
but  mirror  forth  an  infinitesimal  fragment  of 
the  treasures  of  truth  and  reality  contained  in 
the  infinity  of  Divine  Being.  God  loves  all 
that  He  has  made  :  and  He  loves  those  things 
most  which  are  most  worthy  of  His  love.  But 
creatures  deserve  His  love  only  in  proportion  as 
they  manifest,  more  or  less  adequately,  some 
element  in  His  own  uncreated  perfection.  The 
supreme  object  of  love  can  be  nothing  but  the 
Source  of  all  Good. 

God's  love  for  Himself  involves  no  egoism,  as 
would  be  the  case,  were  a  creature's  love  to 
centre  in  itself.  Egoism  is  to  love  self  more 
than  one  loves  the  Good  :  to  invert  the  due 
order  of  things  by  a  disproportionate  love  of 
self  There  is  no  inversion  of  due  order  in 
God's  love  for  Himself  He  is  supreme  good- 
ness, and  in  loving  Himself  it  is  goodness  that 
He  loves.  This  love  is  the  highest  holiness  : 
for  holiness  consists  in  the  love  of  the  Good. 

We  are  accustomed  to  say  that  the  bliss  of 
God  is  found  in  the  Beatific  Vision.  By  that 
term  we  signify  primarily  the  immediate  know- 
ledge of  the  Divine  Essence.     But  it  does  not 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— II  29 

lie  in  knowledge  alone.     The  contemplation  of 
the  Good  carries  with  it  the  love  of  the  Good. 
The  Beatific  Vision  is  alike  infinite  knowledge 
and   infinite  love.      Again  the  perfect  know- 
ledge and  perfect  love  of  the  highest  Good  in- 
volve as  their  consequence  supreme  joy.     For 
joy  is  consequent  on  the  possession  of  the  Good  : 
and,  as  we  have  already  noted,  in  the  spiritual 
order  possession  consists  in  cognition  and  love. 
Thus   the   bliss  of  God   is   at   the  same  time 
infinite  intelligence,  infinite  love  and  infinite  joy. 
The  Vision  of  God  is  utterly  beyond  the  scope 
of  man's  natural  endowments.     In  regard  to 
what   is   so   far   above  us,   we  are  altogether 
powerless.     This  truth  finds  expression  in  some 
words  of  St.  Paul.     He  speaks  of  God  as  the 
**  King  of  kings  and  Lord  of  lords,  .  .  .     Who 
inhabiteth   light   inaccessible,  Whom  no   man 
hath  seen  or  can  see  "  (1  Tim.  vi.  15).     Indeed 
reason  itself  shows  us  that  no  created  being, 
however  exalted,  can  by  its  natural  powers  en- 
joy the  immediate  intuition  of  God.     The  limits 
of  a  creature's  knowledge  are  fixed  and  deter- 
mined  by  its  faculties.     And  the  reach  of  a 
creature's  faculties  is  strictly  limited  :  it  is  not 
indefinite.      Why  is  it  that  a  man  cannot  per- 
ceive the  spiritual  world  around  him — the  good 
and  evil  angels  that  are  about  his  path  ?     We 


30    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

can  know  about  these  things :  but  we  are  in- 
capable of  direct  knowledge  of  them.  It  is  not 
because  in  themselves  they  are  incapable  of 
being  the  objects  of  direct  cognition.  It  is 
because  we  are  men,  and  although  we  have  a 
spiritual  soul,  yet  all  the  elements  of  our  know- 
ledge must  come  to  us  through  the  avenues  of 
sense.  From  the  data  of  sense  we  can  argue  to 
the  existence  of  a  spiritual  world  ;  but  we  can- 
not perceive  it.  Our  nature  is  corporeal :  and 
hence  the  immediate  knowledge  of  pure  spirits 
— a  higher  order  of  being — is  beyond  our 
faculties.  It  may  be  laid  down  as  a  general 
principle,  that  where  natures  are  on  entirely 
different  planes  of  being,  the  lower  nature  is 
incapable  of  direct  perception  of  the  higher. 
Such  a  difference  there  is  between  the  corporeal 
and  the  incorporeal.  But  how  much  more  is 
this  true  of  God  and  creatures.  Even  the 
highest  creature  is  separated  from  God  by  an 
immeasurable  distance — by  the  chasm  which 
divides  the  finite  from  the  Infinite.  There  is 
no  common  genus  for  the  self-existent  Creator, 
and  for  those  beings  which  are  held  up  out  of 
nothingness  by  the  act  of  His  will.  However 
exalted  the  nature  of  a  creature  may  be,  how- 
ever wide  the  range  of  its  faculties,  it  is  utterly 
impossible  that  those  faculties  should  give  it  a 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— II         31 

direct  and  immediate  intuition  of  God.  For 
the  natural  powers  of  a  creature  must  cor- 
respond to  its  finite  essence.  And  powers  pro- 
portioned to  a  finite  essence  must  be  destined 
for  finite  objects.  The  direct  knowledge  of 
the  Infinite  must  in  the  very  nature  of  things 
be  wholly  beyond  them. 

Yet  although  the  possession  of  Divine  be- 
atitude is,  so  far  as  our  natural  powers  are  con- 
cerned, altogether  out  of  our  reach,  it  is  no  less 
certain  that  it  is  to  be  ours.  God  designs  to 
raise  us  by  His  omnipotence  to  a  beatitude  and 
a  glory  to  which,  by  nature,  we  have  no  claim. 
Again  and  again  does  Holy  Scripture  assure  us 
that  the  happiness  of  the  Blessed  lies  in  the 
Beatific  Vision  itself — in  the  unveiled  Vision  of 
God.  *'  Dearly  beloved,"  says  the  apostle,  "  we 
are  now  the  sons  of  God :  and  it  hath  not  yet 
appeared  what  we  shall  be.  We  know  that 
when  He  shall  appear,  we  shall  be  like  to  Him  ; 
for  we  shall  see  Him  as  He  is  "  (1  John  iii.  2) ; 
and  again,  speaking  of  the  blessed  in  heaven, 
he  says :  "  His  servants  shall  serve  Him  ;  and 
they  shall  see  His  face"  (Apoc.  xxii.  4,  5).  St. 
Paul  expressly  contrasts  the  obscure  knowledge 
which  we  now  possess  by  faith,  with  the  open 
vision  to  be  granted  to  us  in  heaven.  The  know« 
ledge  of  faith,  he  says,  is,  at  best,  indirect  like  the 


32    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

image  of  a  man,  as  it  is  seen  reflected  in  a  mirror 
in  heaven  faith  will  pass  into  sight :  "  Now  we 
see  in  a  mirror,  darkly ;  but  then  face  to  face  ; 
now  I  know  in  part ;  but  then  I  shall  know 
even  as  I  am  known  "  (1  Cor.  xiii.  12,  R.V.).  It 
is  in  this  sense,  too,  that  we  should  in  all  prob- 
ability understand  our  Lord's  words  when  He 
promises  to  His  apostles  that  they  shall  share 
His  glory  :  **The  glory  which  Thou  hast  given 
Me,  I  have  given  them,  that  they  may  be  one, 
even  as  We  also  are  one  .  .  .  Father,  I  will  that 
where  I  am,  they  also  whom  Thou  hast  given 
Me  may  be  with  Me  :  that  they  may  see  My 
glory  which  Thou  hast  given  Me  "  (John  xvii. 
22,  24).  The  Beatific  Vision  is  in  the  truest 
sense  the  glory  of  the  only-begotten  Son  ;  for 
by  nature,  as  we  have  seen,  it  is  the  exclusive 
prerogative  of  the  Three  Divine  Persons.  And 
the  same  truth  seems  to  be  expressed  where 
our  Lord  promises  to  His  apostles  that  "  they 
shall  eat  and  drink  at  My  table  in  My 
kingdom "  (Luke  xxii.  30) ;  and  where  He 
declares  in  the  Apocalypse  that,  **To  him  that 
shall  overcome,  I  will  give  to  sit  with  Me  on 
My  throne  "  (Apoc.  iii.  21).  Such  words  imply 
far  more  than  mere  creaturely  happiness  ;  they 
signify  the  participation  in  rights  and  privileges 
proper  to  the  Son  of  God  Himself. 


SANCTIFYING  GEACE— II  33 

Without  sanctifying  grace,  human  nature 
has  no  claim  to  beatitude  such  as  this. 
But  the  infant,  who  expires  with  grace  in  his 
soul,  enters  as  by  right  on  this  inheritance  of 
glory.  Grace  has  made  him  a  son  and  thereby 
an  heir  of  God.  It  is  no  wonder  that  the 
Church  esteems  the  baptism  of  a  dying  infant 
a  matter  of  such  overwhelming  moment  as  to 
be  well  worth  the  sacrifice  of  life  itself  to  attain 
such  an  end. 

Grace  is  the  title  to  glory.  But  it  must  not 
be  imagined  that  the  connection  between  the 
two  is  purely  external,  and  that  glory  follows 
grace  simply  because  God  has  decreed  that  so 
it  shall  be.  Grace  is  nothing  less  than  the 
commencement  of  glory.  Nor  is  it  hard  to 
show  that  this  is  so.  The  Beatific  Vision,  as 
we  have  seen,  involves  the  elevation  of  our 
faculties  to  a  new  plane.  The  intellect  must 
be  endowed  with  higher  powers,  through  which 
it  can  possess  that  which  by  nature  is  beyond 
it — the  direct  intuition  of  the  Divine  Essence. 
The  will  must  receive  an  altogether  new  love 
of  God — a  love  corresponding  to  that  new  filial 
relation,  in  which  those  stand  who  are  co-heirs 
with  Christ  of  Divine  beatitude.  In  other 
words,  a  new  life  must  be  infused  into  the  soul 
f— the  Jife  of  the  sons  of  God.     But  this,  as  the 

3 


34    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Christian  revelation  teaches  us,  is  precisely  what 
grace  confers.  We  do  not  have  to  wait  for 
this  gift.  It  is  ours  already.  Undoubtedly 
we  do  not  enjoy  it  in  its  full  development. 
Our  intellect  is  not  as  yet  strengthened  to  see 
God,  though  the  language  of  the  great  mystics 
would  seem  to  suggest  that  to  some  of  them 
even  this  has  been  granted  as  a  transient 
favour.  But  what  we  possess  in  germ  here 
will  be  ours  in  its  full  maturity  in  heaven. 
The  life  of  grace  will  pass  into  the  life  of  glory. 
**  Dearly  beloved,  we  are  now  the  sons  of  God  ; 
and  it  hath  not  yet  appeared  what  we  shall  be  : 
we  know  that  when  He  shall  appear,  we  shall 
be  like  to  Him ;  for  we  shall  see  Him  as  He 
is"  (1  John  iii.  2). 

2.  Yet  another  of  the  immediate  effects  of  grace 
remains  to  be  considered.  God,  says  St.  Peter, 
*'  has  given  us  most  great  and  precious  promises 
that  by  these  you  may  be  made  partakers  of  the 
Divine  nature''  (2  Pet.  i.  4).  Startling  as  the 
words  are,  the  teaching  which  we  have  already 
considered  will  have  prepared  us  for  them. 
They  signify  that  the  sonship  conferred  on  us 
through  Jesus  Christ  raises  us  so  far  above  our 
creaturely  condition,  that  by  it  we  partake  in 
the  life  which  is  proper  to  the  Three  Divine 
Persons  in  virtue  of  Their  nature.    The  passage 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— 

does  not  stand  altogether  alone.  Whe 
Lord  prays  to  His  Father  on  behalf  of  tK§ 
apostles  and  all  who  through  their  word  should 
believe  in  Him,  ''  that  they  all  may  be  one,  as 
Thou,  Father,  in  Me  and  I  in  Thee,  that  they 
also  may  be  one  in  Us  ...  I  in  them,  and 
Thou  in  Me  :  that  they  may  be  made  perfect  in 
one'*  (John  xvii.  22,  23),  His  words  can  hardly 
signify  less  than  this.  If  our  union  with  God 
is  comparable  to  that  which  unites  the  Father 
and  the  Son,  it  can  only  be  a  union  based  on  a 
share  in  the  Divine  life. 

In  what  manner  can  a  created  gift  such  as 
grace  raise  us  to  this  wonderful  fellowship  ? 
This  question  we  have  already  answered.  The 
effect  of  grace  is  to  render  us  capable  of  the 
Beatific  Vision.  And  this  is  the  beatitude  appro- 
priate to  the  Divine  nature  and  to  no  other. 
Those,  therefore,  who  by  a  marvellous  work  of 
God's  omnipotence  are  elevated  to  that  stupen- 
dous privilege,  are  in  truth  partakers  of  the 
Divine  nature. 

The  fathers  of  the  Church  from  the  earliest 
times  with  one  consent  take  the  apostle's  words 
in  their  literal  sense.  There  is  no  question  of 
any  figurative  interpretation.  They  do  not 
hesitate  to  speak  of  the  '*  deification  "  of  man. 
By  grace,  they  tell  us,  men  become  gods.    Thus 


36    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

in  the  second  century,  St.  Irenseus  writes:  *'We 
are  not  made  gods  from  the  first,  but  first  men, 
then  gods."*  His  testimony  is  of  peculiar  value  : 
for  we  know  that  he  imbibed  his  knowledge  of 
Christian  truth  from  St.  Polycarp,  himself  a 
disciple  of  the  apostle  St.  John.  We  cannot 
doubt  that  on  a  point  such  as  this  he  is  giving 
us  the  apostolic  tradition.  His  yet  earlier  con- 
temporary, St.  Justin  Martyr,  is  no  less  explicit. 
*'  The  word  of  God,"  he  writes,  "  makes  mortals 
into  immortals,  men  into  gods."  ^  Precisely  the 
same  teaching  is  found  in  Clement  of  Alexandria, 
Theophilus  of  Antioch,  Hippolytus  and  Origen. 
When  we  come  to  the  fourth  century,  the  age 
of  the  greatest  of  the  Greek  fathers,  the  doc- 
trine occupies  a  prominent  place  in  the  contro- 
versy with  the  Macedonian  heretics,  who  denied 
the  divinity  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  St.  Athanasius, 
St.  Basil,  St.  Gregory  Nazianzen  in  refuting 
this  error  assume  that  their  readers  will  all 
admit  that  we  are  deified  by  the  grace  which 
the  Holy  Spirit  infuses  into  our  souls.  This 
they  regard  as  a  point  beyond  dispute,  as  one 
of  those  fundamentals  which  no  one  who  calls 
himself  a  Christian  dreams  of  denying,  and 
which  may  therefore  serve  as  a  basis  for  argu- 

^  Adv,  Em.,  iv.,  38  (P.G.  vii.,  1109). 
%  Qr,  a4  Grmc,  5  {?.Q.  vi.,  238), 


SANCTIFYING  GEACE— II  37 

ment.  They  urge  that  it  is  absurd  to  hold  that 
any  save  God  Himself  can  make  men  to  be 
gods  :  and  that  this  alone  demonstrates  that 
the  Holy  Spirit  is  not  a  created  being  but  truly 
God.  Thus,  St.  Athanasius  says  :  *'  If  by  the 
communication  of  the  Holy  Spirit  we  are  made 
partakers  of  the  Divine  nature,  he  would  be 
mad  who  should  say  that  the  Holy  Spirit  has  a 
created  nature  and  not  the  nature  of  God.  For 
it  is  through  Him  that  they  in  whom  He  dwells 
are  deified.  But  if  He  deifies,  then  there  can 
be  no  doubt  that  His  nature  is  the  nature  of 
God."^  St.  Gregory  Nazianzen  speaks  to  the 
same  effect :  "I  cannot  believe  that  salvation 
is  communicated  to  me  by  an  equal.  If  the 
Holy  Spirit  is  not  God,  let  Him  first  become 
God  and  then  let  Him  bring  me,  his  equal,  to 
Divine  honours."^ 

The  testimony  of  the  West  is  no  less  decisive. 
St.  Augustine  appeals  to  this  doctrine  to  explain 
the  opening  words  of  the  forty-ninth  Psalm  : 
*'  The  God  of  gods,  the  Lord,  hath  spoken  :  and 
hath  called  the  earth  from  the  rising  of  the  sun 
to  the  going  down  thereof."  What,  he  inquires, 
is  signified  by  the  expression  :  ''  The  God  of 
gods"  ?     In  the  course  of  his  reply,  he  writes  as 

1  Ad  Serap.,  i.,  24  (P.G.  xxvi.  585). 

2  Or.  34  (P.G.  xxxvi.  252). 


38     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

follows  :  "  It  is  evident  that  it  is  men  whom  He 
calls  gods,  not,  of  course,  as  being  begotten  of 
His  nature,  but  as  being  deified  by  His  grace. 
For  as  He  who  is  just  in  His  own  right,  and  who 
does  not  owe  His  justice  to  another,  can  alone 
justify,  so  He  alone  can  deify  who  is  God  in  His 
own  right,  and  not  by  another's  gift.  He  who 
justifies.  He  it  is  who  deifies,  for  by  justification 
He  makes  men  sons  of  God.  He  gave  them 
"power  to  he  made  the  sons  of  God  (John  i.  12). 
If  we  have  been  made  sons  of  God,  then  we 
have  been  made  gods.  But  it  is  God's  grace 
that  effects  this  by  adoption,  not  His  nature  by 
generation."^  And  in  another  place  he  says: 
*'  He  descended  that  we  might  ascend ;  and 
retaining  His  own  Divine  nature,  He  partook 
of  our  human  nature,  that  we,  while  retaining 
the  nature  that  is  ours,  might  become  partakers 
of  His."  2 

The  Church's  theologians  have  been  faithful 
to  the  patristic  tradition.  St.  Thomas  Aquinas 
proposes  the  question  whether  God  alone  can 
produce  sanctifying  grace :  and  replies  that 
since  grace  is  a  participation  in  the  Divine 
nature,  it  follows  that  none  but  God  can  pro- 
duce grace  :  for  God  alone  can  deify.    Elsewhere 

1  Enarr,  in  Ps.  xlix.,  2  (P.L.  xxxvi.,  565). 

2  Epist.  140,  ad  Honor.,  n.  10  (P.L.  xxxiii.,  542). 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— II  39 

he  writes :  '^  The  only-begotten  Son  of  God, 
desiring  to  make  us  partakers  of  His  Godhead, 
assumed  our  nature,  that,  having  become  man, 
He  might  make  men  to  be  gods."  ^ 

We  do  not  beUeve  that  we  shall  be  held  to 
have  multiplied  quotations  unnecessarily  on  this 
point.  The  doctrine  of  man's  deification  is  so 
wonderful  that  the  mind  finds  it  hard  to  believe 
it  true.  Conscious  as  we  are  of  our  baseness, 
we  can  scarcely  credit  that  we  are  to  receive — 
or  rather  have  already  received — so  amazing  a 
dignity.  We  ask  ourselves  if  this  is  not  after 
all  only  a  metaphor.  It  needs  the  repeated  and 
emphatic  assertions  of  the  great  teachers  of  the 
Church  to  persuade  us  that  it  is  no  metaphor, 
but  the  literal  truth  ;  that  the  sanctifying  grace 
with  which  we  are  endowed,  communicates  to 
us  properties  which  in  their  essential  nature  are 
divine  ;  that  through  it  we  are  destined  to  share 
in  the  life  and  the  beatitude  of  the  Ever  Blessed 
Trinity. 

3.  The  state  of  grace  and  the  state  of  sin  are 
mutually  exclusive.  The  state  of  grace  is  a 
state  of  friendship  with  God.  The  fellowship 
with  God  which  grace  confers,  necessarily 
involves  our  union  with  God  by  love.     If  there 

1  Summ.  Theol,  1%  2",  112,  art.  1  ;  Off.  in  Fest.  0(yrp. 
Chr.,  Lect.  iv. 


40     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

be  no  love,  there  can  be  no  fellowship :  that  is 
to  say,  grace  is  absent.  On  the  other  hand  the 
state  of  sin  is  a  state  of  enmity  with  God.  By 
all  grave  sin  the  sinner  rejects  Gods  service. 
The  will  turns  itself  away  from  Him  to  creatures. 
Where  there  is  mortal  sin,  then  there  is  the 
positive  aversion  of  the  will  from  God.  Hence 
any  mortal  sin  is  suflBcient  to  expel  grace  from 
the  soul. 

St.  Paul  treats  at  some  length  of  the  opposi- 
tion between  grace  and  sin  in  Romans  vi., 
pointing  out  that  the  difference  between  them 
is  that  between  servitude  and  liberty.  Baptism, 
by  which  grace  is  bestowed,  he  reminds  us, 
symbolizes  death  and  resurrection.  We  pass 
from  a  lower  life  to  a  higher — from  a  state  of 
servitude  to  sin  to  a  state  of  incorporation  into 
Christ  and  to  a  share  in  His  life.  But  he  warns 
us  that  those  who,  after  having  been  thus  freed, 
yield  to  temptation  and  commit  mortal  sin, 
inevitably  fall  back  forthwith  into  the  state  of 
bondage  and  spiritual  death  from  which  they 
had  been  released  :  "  Reckon  that  you  are  dead 
to  sin,  but  alive  unto  God  in  Jesus  Christ  our 
Lord.  Let  not  sin  therefore  reign  in  your 
mortal  body,  so  as  to  obey  the  lusts  thereof .  .  . 
know  you  not  that  to  whom  you  yield  yourselves 
servants  to  obey,  his  servants  you  are  whom 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— II  41 

you  obey,  whether  it  be  of  sin  unto  death  or  of 
obedience  unto  justice  .  .  .  For  the  wages  of 
sin  is  death ;  but  the  grace  of  God,  life  ever- 
lasting in  Christ  Jesus  our  Lord"  (Rom.  vi.  11, 
12,  16,  23). 

The  opposition  between  grace  and  mortal  sin 
is  of  so  radical  a  character,  that  not  even  Divine 
omnipotence  could  bring  it  about  that  they 
should  co-exist  in  the  same  soul.  At  one  time 
there  was  some  debate  on  this  point.  But  at 
present  Catholic  theologians  are  practically 
unanimous  in  holding  that  the  words  of  Scripture 
involve  this  conclusion.  Scripture  describes  the 
opposition  between  the  two  as  being  that  which 
exists  between  light  and  darkness  (Eph.  v.  8, 
2  Cor.  vi.  14)  ;  life  and  death  (l  John  iii.  14, 
Col.  ii.  13)  ;  the  new  man  and  the  old  man 
(Col.  iii.  9) ;  the  kingdom  of  darkness  and  the 
kingdom  of  Christ  (Col.  i.  13).  Expressions 
such  as  these  seem  to  be  quite  incompatible 
with  any  other  conclusion  than  that  the  two 
states  are  direct  contraries.  Even  omnipotence 
cannot  unite  two  contraries  :  it  cannot  make 
two  straight  lines  enclose  a  space,  or  make  a 
thing  at  one  and  the  same  time  be  both  alive 
and  dead. 

Venial  sin  does  not  carry  with  it  the  same 
fatal  consequences  as  does  mortal.     Although 


42  CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

venial  sin  is  a  violation  of  God's  law,  it  is  com- 
patible with  the  continued  existence  of  charity 
in  the  soul.  Either  the  act  is  only  half- 
deliberate  ;  or  the  consent  to  the  temptation 
was  not  full  and  final ;  or  the  fault  itself  was 
of  a  trifling  character.  In  all  these  cases  the 
malice  of  the  act  is  not  sufficient  to  involve  a 
complete  break  with  God.  The  man  who 
commits  even  a  deliberate  venial  sin  does  not 
thereby  so  reject  God's  service  as  to  make  the 
creature  and  not  the  Creator  his  last  end. 
Only  if  he  does  this,  does  he  expel  from  his  soul 
the  charity  which  unites  him  to  his  heavenly 
Father.  Hence  a  man  may  be  guilty  of  many 
acts  of  unfaithfulness,  and  yet  not  forfeit  his 
privileges  as  a  child  of  God. 

St.  John  speaks  of  this  opposition  when  he 
says  :  '*  Whosoever  is  born  of  God  committeth 
not  sin :  for  His  seed  abideth  in  him  :  and  he 
cannot  sin,  because  he  is  born  of  God  "  ( 1  John 
iii.  9).  Here  the  reference  is  primarily  to  mortal 
sin ;  and  the  apostle  intends  to  impress  on  us 
the  utter  incompatibility  of  such  sin  and  son- 
ship  to  God  :  the  commission  of  grave  sin  is  the 
rejection  of  sonship.  But  the  words  appear  to 
go  yet  further  :  they  seem,  at  first  sight,  to 
imply  that  the  child  of  God  is  incapable  of 
sinning  at  all.     They  are,  in  all  probability,  to 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— II  43 

be  understood  as  signifying  that  so  far  as  a 
man  acts  as  a  child  of  God,  he  will  not  sin  ;  that 
it  is  because  he  neglects  the  promptings  of  grace 
that  sin  has  any  part  in  him.  Thus  St.  Augus- 
tine, discussing  this  passage,  tells  us  that  grace 
will  eventually  expel  all  sin,  though  not  during 
this  life;  as  long  as  we  remain  on  earth  our 
deliverance  is  never  quite  complete ;  only  in  the 
life  to  come  will  the  apostle's  words  find  their 
complete  realization.  ■* 

4.  When  God  by  the  gift  of  grace  raises  a 
man  from  the  state  of  sin  to  one  of  acceptance 
with  Himself,  He  is  said  to  "justify  "  him,  and 
the  process  is  called  the  "justification"  of  the 
sinner.  Similarly  sanctifying  grace  and  the 
other  spiritual  endowments  which  accompany 
it  are  spoken  of  as  "justice,''  and  those  who 
are  in  the  state  of  grace  are  termed  "  the  just."* 
This  word,  as  is  plain,  has  not  the  same  sense 
in  this  reference  that  it  has  when  it  is  used  to 
denote  the  cardinal  virtue  of  justice.  In  that 
case  it  signifies  the  habitual  purpose  of  render- 

1  De  Pecc.  Merit,  ii.  mi.  9,  10  (P.L.  xliv.,  156);  Contra 
duas  Epist.  Pelag.,  iv.  n.  31  (P.L.  xliv.,  634). 

^  In  the  Authorized  and  Revised  Versions  the  words 
"righteousness"  and  "righteous"  are  employed  instead 
of  "  justice "  and  "  just."  This  rendering  has  certain 
advantages;  but  if  it  be  adopted,  the  connection  of  the 
terms  with  '*  justification "  and  "  to  justify "  becomes 
obscured. 


44    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Ing  to  each  man  his  due.  In  the  sense  of  which 
we  are  speaking  it  denotes  the  state  in  which 
the  soul  is  healed  from  its  ills  and  rendered 
acceptable  to  God.  This  theological  use  of  the 
word  *' justice"  goes  back  to  St.  Paul,  w^ho  in 
many  passages  of  his  epistles  treats  of  our  justi- 
fication. Much  controversy,  however,  has  centred 
round  the  precise  meaning  of  the  words  in  his 
writings  ever  since  the  days  of  Luther  and 
Calvin ;  and  it  seems  necessary  to  explain  very 
briefly  the  points  at  issue. 

Within  the  Catholic  Church  there  has  never 
been  any  doubt  that  St.  Paul's  meaning  is  that 
which  we  have  indicated.  He  has  ever  been 
understood  as  teaching  that  man  is  justified 
by  the  infusion  of  sanctifying  grace  into  his 
soul,  that  his  justification  is  nothing  else  than 
the  change  effected  in  him  by  this  gift,  when 
through  it  his  sins  are  forgiven  and  he  is 
transformed  into  a  new  creature  and  made 
a  child  of  God.  The  Council  of  Trent  in  its 
decree  regarding  the  revealed  doctrines  of 
justification,  defines  it  to  be  ''  not  merely  the 
remission  of  sins,  but  the  sanctification  and 
renovation  of  the  inner  man  by  the  free 
acceptance  of  grace  and  the  [accompanying] 
gifts ;  whereby  man  from  unjust  is  made  just, 
and  from  an  enemy  is  made  a  friend  of  God, 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— II  45 

that  he  may  be  '  an  heir  according  to  hope  of 
life  everlasting.' "  ^ 

Luther  and  Calvin,  on  the  other  hand,  alike 
assert  that  justification  is  a  purely  external 
process.  According  to  them,  when  the  merits 
of  the  Redemption  are  applied  to  the  soul,  no 
internal  change  takes  place  in  the  sinner  :  he 
does  not  thereby  become  any  better  than  he 
was  before.  The  benefit  which  he  receives  is 
simply  that,  in  virtue  of  the  Passion  of  Christ, 
God  no  longer  takes  account  of  his  past  sins. 
They  are  covered  by  Christ's  merits  ;  these  are 
imputed  to  him  as  though  they  were  his  own. 
On  the  ground  of  these  merits  God  reckons  him 
as  just,  though  in  himself  he  is  as  devoid  of 
justice  as  he  was  before  justification.  This, 
they  maintain,  is  the  doctrine  of  justification 
set  forth  by  St.  Paul  in  his  epistles.  In  one 
point,  however,  the  Calvinist  system  differs 
from  the  Lutheran,  and  is  superior  to  it.  It 
teaches  that  after  the  purely  external  justifica- 
tion a  process  entitled  sanctification  commences, 
in  which  under  the  influence  of  the  Holy  Ghost 
the  justified  man  gradually  advances  in  piety 
and  lives  more  and  more  to  God.  But  both 
systems  wholly  reject  the  doctrine  of  sanctifying 
grace  and  of  the  regeneration  and  elevation  of 

^  Sess.  VI.,  cap.  7  (Denzinger,    Ench.j  1913,  n.  799). 


46    CATHOLIC  DOCTKINE  OF  GRACE 

human  nature  by  its  infusion  into  the  soul.  To 
both  alike  sonship  to  God  is  not  a  reality  but  a 
legal  fiction.^ 

The  discussion  contained  in  this  and  the  pre- 
ceding chapter  will  have  shown  how  unscrip- 
tural  is  this  view,  and  how  the  doctrine  of 
sanctifying  grace  runs  through  warp  and  woof 
of  the  whole  New  Testament.  It  appears  in 
the  Gospels  as  in  the  Epistles,  in  the  words  of 
our  Lord  as  in  those  of  St.  Peter,  St.  Paul  and 
St.  John.  The  teaching  is  there  for  all  to  see, 
though  time  was  required  for  the  development 
of  a  technical  terminology.  The  idea  that  when 
St.  Paul  speaks  of  justification,  he  has  in  view 
a  purely  external  act  on  God's  part,  and  that 
he  regards  justice  as  being  ours  only  by  impu- 
tation, is  destitute  of  all  solid  foundation.  One 
or  two  citations  will  render  this  perfectly  evi- 
dent. Thus  in  a  verse  which  we  have  already 
quoted  he  writes  :  *'  According  to  His  mercy  He 
saved  us  by  the  regeneration  and  renovation  of 
the  Holy  Ghost  .  .  .  that  being  justified  by  His 
grace,  we  may  be  heirs  according  to  hope  of 
life  everlasting"  (Tit.  iii.  5,  7).  Here  our  justi- 
fication is  definitely  identified  with  our  regenera- 

1  The  Anglican  Church  makes  express  profession  of  the 
Protestant  teaching  on  this  subject  in  Article  XL  of  the 
Thirty-nine  Articles.  The  majority  of  its  divines  adhere 
to  the  system  of  Calvin  rather  than  that  of  Luther, 


SANCTIFYING  GRACE— II  47 

tion  and  renovation  by  the  Holy  Ghost.  These, 
however,  cannot  be  external  to  us.  We  cannot 
receive  a  new  nature  except  by  internal  trans- 
formation. These  words  alone  would  be  sufficient 
to  convict  the  Protestant  view  of  error.  No  less 
conclusive  is  the  parallel  drawn  by  the  apostle 
between  the  sin  which  we  derive  from  Adam 
and  the  justice  imparted  to  us  by  Christ :  "  For 
as  by  the  disobedience  of  one  man  many  were 
made  sinners,  so  also  by  the  obedience  of  One 
shall  many  be  made  just"  (Eom.  v.  19).  No 
one  disputes  that  St.  Paul  held  original  sin  to 
be  internal  to  us.  The  doctrine  of  Christ's 
office  as  the  Second  Adam,  and  of  the  removal 
of  original  sin  through  the  justice  that  comes 
from  Him — a  doctrine  insisted  on  in  detail  in 
the  passage  from  which  this  verse  is  taken — 
becomes  meaningless,  unless  that  justice  is  also 
internal.  If  the  parallelism  between  Adam  and 
Christ  is  such  as  St.  Paul  teaches,  then  Christ 
must  impart  justice  to  the  soul  just  as  truly  as 
Adam  has  transmitted  sin. 

It  is  plain  that  by  denying  the  reality  of 
sanctifying  grace  the  Reformers  struck  at  the 
very  heart  of  the  Christian  religion.  The  rejec- 
tion of  that  doctrine  carried  with  it  the  rejection 
of  such  truths  as  our  sonship  to  God,  our  mem- 
bership  in   Christ,   our   deliverance   from   the 


48    CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

power  of  sin.  The  old  phrases  might  still  be 
retained,  and  in  fact  were  retained  in  very 
large  measure,  but  they  had  been  evacuated  of 
all  meaning.  What  remained  was  the  mere 
stump  of  a  religion.  None  can  wonder  that 
Protestantism  as  a  religious  system  was  from  the 
very  first  destitute  of  all  vitality  :  that,  though 
of  such  recent  origin,  it  is  already  in  a  state  of 
decay,  and  seems  destined  eventually  to  dis- 
appear altogether. 


CHAPTER  III 

MAN  APART  FROM  GRACE 

1.  An  Unendowed  Humanity.  2.  Original  Justice. 
3.  Condition  of  Fallen  Man.  4.  The  Gospel  Message, 
5.  Modern  Pelagianism. 

1.  We  have  seen  in  the  preceding  chapters 
that,  in  God's  present  dispensation,  man  is  not 
left  in  his  natural  condition.  He  is  the  re- 
cipient of  gifts  altogether  beyond  anything  to 
which  humanity  could  lay  claim  :  and  through 
these  he  is  destined  to  attain  a  supernatural 
beatitude.  Here  certain  questions  inevitably 
present  themselves.  What,  we  ask,  is  man 
apart  from  grace  ?  What  would  he  have  been, 
if  God  had  never  purposed  to  confer  on  him 
either  grace  or  the  beatific  vision — if,  that  is> 
He  had  given  him  the  endowments  proper  to 
human  nature,  and  these  alone  ?  And  what  is 
his  condition  as  he  comes  into  this  world  a 
member  of  a  fallen  race  and  stained  with 
original  sin  ?  The  answer  to  these  questions 
will  throw  great  light  on  the  meaning  of  grace. 

49  4 


50     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

The  benefit  bestowed  can  only  be  adequately 
understood,  when  we  realize  what  the  human 
race  would  have  been  without  it,  and  what  its 
forfeiture  by  our  first  father  entailed  upon  us. 

What  we  have  already  said  will  have  shown, 
that  had  God  left  man  with  his  natural  endow- 
ments alone,  heaven,  in  the  proper  sense  of  the 
term,  would  have  been  out  of  his  reach.  He 
could  never  have  enjoyed  the  beatific  vision 
and  seen  God  face  to  face.  Human  faculties 
apart  from  grace  are  destitute  of  all  capacity 
for  the  possession  of  that  supreme  good.  Cer- 
tainly man's  ultimate  beatitude  even  then 
would  have  consisted  in  the  knowledge  and 
love  of  God  ;  for  a  rational  nature  cannot  find 
beatitude  elsewhere.  But  it  would  have  been  a 
knowledge  and  a  love  commensurate  with  his 
natural  powers.  He  would,  when  his  earthly 
probation  was  over,  have  been  placed  beyond 
the  reach  of  temptation  and  of  temporal  misery  ; 
and  he  would  have  enjoyed  an  ample  knowledge 
of  God  and  of  His  attributes,  so  far  as  He  can 
be  known  by  His  created  works.  But  the  im- 
mediate and  direct  intuition  of  the  beatific 
vision,  and  the  ecstatic  love  and  joy  resulting 
from  that  marvellous  prerogative,  could  never 
have  been  his.  He  would  have  received  the 
reward   due    to  a  faithful   servant :    he  could 


MAN  APART  FROM  GRACE    51 

never  have  been  a  child — a  co-heir  with  Christ 
— sharing  his  Father's  home  and  his  Father's 
blessedness.  As  regards  his  life  here  below, 
man's  state  would  have  been  very  similar  to 
that  in  which  he  finds  himself  at  present.  He 
would  have  enjoyed  no  immunity  from  sickness 
or  from  death.  He  would  have  had,  moreover, 
to  endure  the  same  struggle  with  temptation 
which  is  his  lot  now.  Our  chief  difficulty 
in  this  regard  arises,  as  we  are  well  aware, 
from  the  fact  that  our  lower  impulses  are  not 
fully  and  perfectly  controlled  by  the  rational 
faculty.  Love,  hatred,  fear,  anger  and  the 
other  passions  anticipate  the  commands  of 
reason.  The  danger  from  this  source  may  be 
lessened  by  the  training  of  character  and  the 
acquisition  of  virtues,  but  it  is  never  altogether 
removed :  throughout  life  our  passions  need 
constant  watching  and  the  most  rigorous  con- 
trol. This  struggle  between  the  higher  and 
lower  elements  within  us,  is  a  natural  resultant 
of  our  complex  being.  It  would  therefore  have 
been  present  in  the  state  we  have  supposed. 
One  difference,  however,  there  would  have 
been.  At  present  our  victory  in  the  struggle 
is  made  possible  by  grace  ;  without  grace  it 
cannot  be  obtained.  Had  the  supernatural  gift 
of  grace  formed  no  part  of  God's  purpose  for 


52     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

man,  He  would  most  assuredly  have  given  us 
such  assistance  as  we  need,  though  the  aid 
would  not  have  come  through  an  endowment 
imparting  to  us  the  gift  of  Divine  sonship.  It 
would  have  belonged  to  the  order  of  nature,  not 
to  the  order  of  grace. 

In  point  of  fact  our  actual  condition  is  very 
far  from  this.  We  are  born,  it  is  true,  without 
grace,  and  subject  to  all  the  miseries  incident 
to  unassisted  human  nature.  But  we  are 
worse  off  by  far  than  had  we  been  born  in  what 
theologians  term  *'the  state  of  pure  nature." 
We  come  into  the  world  stained  with  original 
sin.  To  explain  what  this  involves  we  must 
say  something  of  the  privileges  bestowed  on 
the  human  race  at  its  creation,  and  of  the  for- 
feiture of  these  privileges  by  the  Fall. 

2.  Man  was  from  the  first  destined  to  a 
supernatural  beatitude.  The  gift  of  sanctifying 
grace  was  bestowed  on  Adam.  That  this  was 
so  is  the  consentient  testimony  of  the  Christian 
fathers.  Indeed  so  unanimous  are  they  on  the 
point,  that  the  Council  of  Trent  did  not  hesitate 
to  include  a  statement  to  this  effect  in  its 
decrees.^  By  his  transgression,  Adam  forfeited 
the  gift.  Grace  cannot  remain  in  a  soul 
stained  with  mortal  sin.  His  sin  was  a  grave 
1  Sess  v.,  can.  1  (Denzinger,  ii.  788). 


MAN  APAET  FROM  GRACE    53 

act  of  disobedience  deliberately  committed,  and 
thus  sufficed  to  deprive  him  of  it.  *'  In  what 
day  soever  thou  shalt  eat  of  it,  thou  shalt  die 
the  death,"  God  had  said  to  him.  The  threat 
was  fulfilled  to  the  letter.  The  act  of  sin  ex- 
tinguished in  his  soul  its  supernatural  life,  the 
life  by  which  he  was  a  child  of  God. 

Together  with  grace  our  first  parents  received 
the  gift  of  "integrity" — that  is  to  say,  the 
perfect  subjection  of  the  appetites  to  reason 
and  of  the  body  to  the  soul.  In  them  there 
was  no  rebellion  of  the  lower  nature  against 
the  higher.  It  is  in  this  sense  that  the  Church 
has  ever  understood  the  words  of  Scripture  : 
"  They  were  both  naked,  to  wit,  Adam  and  his 
wife :  and  were  not  ashamed."  When  there 
was  no  temptation  from  the  passions,  there  was 
nothing  shameful  in  nudity.  It  was  when  the 
gift  of  integrity  had  been  lost,  and  passion 
awoke  in  the  soul,  that  man  recognized  that  he 
must  clothe  himself  or  be  ashamed.  St.  Paul 
clearly  implies  the  immunity  of  our  first  parents 
from  the  unregulated  movements  of  the  pas- 
sions. In  the  seventh  chapter  of  Romans  he 
reckons  the  concupiscence  with  which  we  have 
to  struggle  as  being  part  of  the  sin  which  he 
has  previously  (chap,  v.)  declared  to  have 
entered  into  the  world  through  Adam.     "  Sin," 


54    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

he  says,  "  takiag  occasion  by  the  commandment 
wrought  in  me  all  manner  of  concupiscence  " 
(Rom.  vii.  8).  Concupiscence  does  not  in  itself 
amount  to  sin  unless  we  consent  to  it ;  and  its 
designation  as  such  by  the  apostle  in  this 
context,  can  only  signify  that  its  presence  in 
man  is  a  direct  result  of  Adam's  fall. 

The  gift  of  integrity  was  bestowed  on  Adam 
in  dependence  on  sanctifying  grace.  To  forfeit 
grace  was  to  forfeit  integrity  also.  There  is  a 
natural  congruity  between  the  two.  The  full 
subjection  of  the  lower  appetites  which  integrity 
confers,  and  the  consequent  freedom  from 
degrading  temptations,  are  gifts  which  well  be- 
fit the  high  dignity  of  the  sons  of  God.  Yet 
the  two  are  not  necessarily  connected.  There 
is  nothing  in  the  nature  of  things  to  prevent  a 
soul  from  receiving  the  gift  of  grace,  even 
though  the  complementary  endowment  of  in- 
tegrity should  be  withheld.  Thus  it  is  in  our 
own  case.  Grace  is  restored  to  us  in  baptism ; 
but  we  are  not  delivered  from  the  burdensome 
struggle  with  our  lower  nature. 

The  state  of  our  first  parents  as  possessed  of 
integrity  and  grace  is  commonly  spoken  of  as 
the  state  of  '' original  justice."  The  name  is 
employed  by  way  of  contrast  with  the  term 
**  original  sin." 


MAN  APAKT  FROM  GRACE    55 

3.  God  conferred  these  prerogatives  on  Adam 
with  a  view  to  their  inheritance  by  his  posterity. 
Had  he  persevered  in  obedience  to  God's  com- 
mands, they  would  have  passed  from  him  to  his 
descendants.      Parents  in  transmitting  human 
nature  to  their  children,  would  have  transmitted 
the  annexed  gifts  of  grace  and  integrity.  When 
he  fell,  he  forfeited  them  not  merely  for  himself 
but  for  his  race.     If  we  can  imagine  a  man  to 
be  destitute  of  some  natural  endowment,  not 
merely  through  an  accidental  defect,  but  be- 
cause the  very  tendency  and  title  to  the  faculty 
in  question  had  disappeared  from  his  nature, 
such  a  man,  it  is  plain,  would  not  transmit  this 
endowment   to   his   children.     The   case,   it  is 
true,  does  not  occur.     Even  though  a  man  be 
born,  say,  blind  or  deaf,  the  deficiency  is  always 
due  merely   to   some  accidental   malformation. 
The  faculty  has  not  been  extirpated  from  the 
nature :    the   title   to   its    possession    remains. 
Hence  in  the  normal  course  this  man's  children 
will  be  born  with  unimpaired  powers  of  vision  or 
hearing.     But   the   supposition    may   serve   to 
illustrate  the  case  of  Adam.     Here  it  was  not  a 
natural  endowment  that  was  in  question,  but  a 
supernatural  gift  added  to  the  nature.     There- 
fore, when  the  gift  was  forfeited,  the  loss  was 
absolute :    no    tendency   to    it   remained.      It 


56     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

followed  that  his  children  were  born  without 
it.  Man  came  into  the  world  not  in  original 
justice,  but  in  original  sin.  For  the  essence  of 
original  sin  lies  in  this,  that  man  is  born  de- 
prived of  that  sanctifying  grace,  which  apart 
from  Adam's  sin  should  have  been  his.  More- 
over, with  grace,  man  also  lost  integrity.  He 
had  refused  obedience  to  God.  As  part  of  his 
punishment  he  was  to  experience  the  curse  of 
rebellion  within  himself.  His  lower  appetites 
were  in  full  revolt  against  the  control  of  reason. 
Where  there  had  been  harmony  and  order, 
there  was  discord  and  anarchy.  From  hence- 
forth his  life  must  be  one  long  struggle  against 
an  enemy  within  the  gate. 

The  condition  of  fallen  man  was  indeed  piti- 
able. He  had  forfeited  all  title  to  supernatural 
beatitude.  He  could  not  hope  ever  to  enter 
God's  presence  and  to  be  numbered  amongst 
His  children.  It  is  true  that  he  retained  the 
full  complement  of  his  natural  powers.  His 
reason  was  not  shattered,  nor  his  faculty  of 
free-will  lost.  He  could  see  the  path  of  duty 
and  understand  his  obligations  in  its  regard ;  he 
was  under  no  constraint  to  follow  the  way  of 
evil.  But  what  prospect  was  there  that  he 
would  long  be  able  to  avoid  falling  into  grave 
sin  ?     By  the  very  constitution  of  our  nature 


MAN  APAET  FEOM  GRACE    57 

the  appeal  which  sensible  pains  and  pleasures 
make  to  us,  is  more  insistent  than  that  of  ab- 
stract principles,  however  weighty  and  vener- 
able. And  over  and  above  this,  fallen  man 
must  contend  with  the  incessant  stimulus  of 
the  lower  nature.  Under  such  circumstances 
it  is  morally  certain  that  sooner  or  later  he  will 
yield.  Yet  he  cannot  plead  that  his  fall  is 
necessitated  and  inevitable.  If  it  were  so,  there 
would  be  no  sin  in  it.  In  each  single  case  we 
are  free  :  we  can  resist  if  we  will.  But,  being 
what  we  are,  it  is  inevitable  that,  unless  God 
assists  us,  we  shall  before  very  long  cease  to  do 
so.  It  is  no  wonder  that,  viewing  human  nature 
apart  from  grace,  and  considering  the  inability 
of  the  rational  will  to  bring  the  lower  impulses 
into  subjection,  St.  Paul  exclaims  :  "  Wretched 
man  that  I  am  !  Who  shall  deliver  me  from  this 
body  of  death  ?"  (Rom.  vii.  24).  The  body  which 
carries  with  it  those  imperious  appetites  which 
drag  us  into  sin,  may  well  indeed  be  called  *'  a 
body  of  death."  Fallen  man,  if  God  had  left 
him  unaided,  would  have  been  far  worse  off 
than  had  he  been  created  simply  in  the  state  of 
pure  nature.  In  that  case,  as  we  have  seen,  he 
would  have  received  help  of  the  natural  order 
to  enable  him  to  keep  God's  law.  Now  he  had 
forfeited  the  supernatural  aid  of  grace,  and  he 


58    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

had  nothing  to  make  good  the  loss.  His  condi- 
tion has  been  well  compared  by  a  recent  writer 
to  that  of  a  man  turned  out  of  doors  naked  on 
a  winter  night.  Of  him,  too,  it  may  be  said 
that  he  retains  his  full  natural  equipment.  But 
none  would  esteem  his  lot  enviable,  or  have 
much  hope  that  he  would  survive. 

God  did  not  leave  man  without  succour. 
Even  when  He  imposed  the  penalty,  He  gave 
the  promise  of  deliverance.  Adam's  sons  from 
henceforth  must  come  into  the  world  under  the 
sentence  of  disinheritance — degraded  from  the 
high  estate  to  which  they  had  been  raised. 
But  they  were  still  to  hope  :  for  the  seed  of  the 
woman  should  undo  the  evil  wrought  by  the 
serpent.  Moreover,  though  the  actual  coming 
of  the  Redeemer  was  long  delayed,  yet  in 
anticipation  of  the  promised  Redemption  grace 
was  offered  to  all  who  by  faith  and  repentance 
should  return  to  God.  From  the  very  hour  of 
the  Fall  man  might,  if  he  would,  recover  the 
supernatural  life  which  he  had  lost  :  he  might 
be  once  more  a  child  of  God  with  the  prospect 
before  him  of  eternal  blessedness.  Thus  it  came 
about  that  the  patriarchs  and  prophets  of  the 
Old  Law  lived  and  died  in  grace,  and  are  now, 
the  Church  teaches  us,  reigning  in  glory.  They 
no  less  than  ourselves  found  deliverance  from 


MAN  APAET  FROM  GRACE    59 

the  bondage  of  sin  through  the  merits  of  Jesus 
Christ. 

What  we  have  said  will  bring  home  to  us 
how  deplorable  is  the  condition  of  the  pagan 
world.  There  is  something  to  appal  the  mind 
in  the  thought  of  those  myriads  of  men  who 
have  never  heard  the  Gospel- message,  who  know 
nothing  of  the  Redemption  wrought  for  them, 
nor  of  the  gift  of  regeneration  that  might  be 
theirs.  Their  state  is  all  the  more  lamentable, 
because,  with  but  rare  exceptions,  they  have  not 
the  least  idea  that  they  stand  in  need  of  help. 
We  do  not  wish  to  be  understood  as  meaning 
that  for  these  salvation  is  impossible.  The 
Church  is  unhesitating  in  her  teaching  that 
none  is  lost  save  through  his  own  fault.  In  a  later 
chapter  (Chap.  XI.)  we  shall  discuss  in  greater 
detail  the  position  of  the  heathen.  Here  it  is 
enough  to  say  that  the  opportunities  accorded 
to  them  are  immeasurably  less  than  those  which 
are  offered  to  such  as  by  God's  mercy  have  been 
made  members  of  the  Church.  They  have  no 
access  to  those  channels  of  grace  which  flow  so 
copiously  for  all  who  belong  to  Christ's  flock. 
In  them  original  sin  is  not  washed  away  by 
baptism ;  and  no  sooner  do  they  reach  the  age 
of  reason  than,  in  the  vast  majority  of  cases, 
they  stain  their  souls  with  actual  mortal  sin. 


60    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

So  far  as  they  are  concerned  the  havoc  wrought 
by  Adam  has  not  been  repaired.  He  brought 
his  posterity  under  bondage  to  Satan,  and  in  that 
bondage  they  are  still  held.  The  prince  of  this 
world  holds  them  as  his  captives.  They  belong 
to  that  kingdom  of  darkness  which  Christ  came 
to  destroy ;  and  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven 
which  He  set  up  on  earth  they  have  no  part. 

The  actual  state  of  heathen  races,  as  ex- 
perience shows  it  to  us,  bears  out  what  we  have 
said.  St.  Paul  has  described  (Rom.  i.)  the  con- 
dition of  the  pagan  world  which  he  saw  before 
him — that  world  which  possessed  so  polished  a 
civilization,  in  which  poetry  and  the  arts  had 
attained  to  such  high  perfection,  and  philosophy 
set  forth  such  lofty  moral  ideals.  All  this  not- 
withstanding, pagan  society,  he  assures  us,  was 
corrupt  to  the  very  core.  So  great  was  its 
corruption,  that  men  had  ceased  to  regard  their 
sins,  however  abominable,  as  blameworthy. 
They  did  not  scruple  to  defend  them  alike  in 
themselves  and  in  others  (Rom.  i.  32).  All  that 
he  tells  us  finds  ample  confirmation  in  many  a 
page  of  Greek  and  Latin  literature.  Nor  is  it 
only  of  the  civilization  of  which  he  was  himself 
a  witness  that  his  words  are  verified,  but  of  all 
human  society  in  so  far  as  it  has  fallen  away 
from  God.     Man's  passions  are  everywhere  the 


MAN  APAET  FROM  GEACE    61 

same,  and  when  unchecked  by  grace  have  ever 
the  same  dark  issue.  No  better  illustration 
could  be  needed  than  that  which  is  afforded  by 
our  own  times.  European  society  has  in  great 
measure  rejected  those  Christian  principles  on 
which  it  was  built  up  :  and  in  so  far  as  it  has 
done  so,  it  has  experienced  a  similar  moral 
corruption. 

4.  No  one  can  read  the  New  Testament  with- 
out noticing  that  the  tone  of  the  apostolic 
writings  is  that  of  men  charged  with  news 
almost  too  good  to  be  true.  The  very  name 
they  gave  to  their  preaching — the  Evangelium, 
or  **  Good  tidings  " — gives  expression  to  this 
conviction.  They  speak  as  men  entrusted  with 
the  news  of  a  tremendous  deliverance,  and  com- 
missioned to  offer  a  favour  so  tremendous  as  to 
be  almost  beyond  the  mind's  power  to  grasp. 
Joy  is  the  characteristic  note  throughout.  We 
may  cite  one  or  two  passages  by  way  of 
example.  "  We  speak,"  writes  St.  Paul,  "  the 
wisdom  of  God  in  a  mystery,  a  wisdom  which  is 
hidden,  which  God  ordained  before  the  world 
unto  our  glory  ...  as  is  written :  That  eye 
hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard  :  neither  hath  it 
entered  into  the  heart  of  man,  what  things  God 
hath  prepared  for  them  that  love  Him  "  ( 1  Cor. 
ii.  7,  10).     And  again  :  "  To  me,  the  least  of  all 


62    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

the  saints,  is  given  this  grace,  to  preach  among 
the  Gentiles  the  unsearchable  riches  of  Christ " 
(Eph.  iii.  8).  And  somewhat  similarly  St.  John 
writes  :  '*  We  have  seen  and  do  bear  witness 
and  declare  unto  you  the  life  eternal,  which  was 
with  the  Father  and  hath  appeared  unto  us. 
That  which  we  have  seen  and  heard  we  declare 
unto  you  .  .  .  And  these  things  we  write  unto 
you,  that  you  may  rejoice,  and  your  joy  may  be 
full "  ( 1  John,  i.  2,  4).  And  in  the  same  strain 
St,  Peter  says  :  "  You  are  a  chosen  generation, 
a  kingly  priesthood,  a  holy  nation,  a  purchased 
people  :  that  you  may  declare  His  virtues,  who 
hath  called  you  out  of  darkness  into  His  mar- 
vellous light"  (1  Pet.  ii.  9). 

The  exultant  tone  of  the  apostles  is  not  based 
simply  on  their  hopes  of  future  bliss.  It  has 
regard  to  blessings  which  were  always  theirs. 
They  see  themselves  already  in  possession  of 
"  unsearchable  riches  " — of  the  *'  things  which 
God  hath  prepared  for  them  that  love  Him." 
Nor  could  it  have  been  otherwise.  For  the 
Gospel-message  was  nothing  less  than  the  re- 
storation to  man  of  that  sonship  which  had 
been  forfeited  by  Adam.  It  was  the  deliver- 
ance from  a  hideous  servitude,  and  the  elevation 
to  a  position  of  splendid  privilege.  There  had, 
it  is  true,  been  the  promise  of  deliverance.  The 
memory  of  that  promise  had  been   preserved 


MAN  APART  FROM  GRACE    63 

among  the  Jews ;  and  owing  to  the  dispersion 
of  the  Jewish  race,  it  had  latterly  aroused  ex- 
pectation in  many  lands.  The  preaching  of 
the  apostles  made  known  to  man  that  the 
Redemption  was  an  accomplished  fact  :  that 
the  dominion  of  sin  was  broken :  that  the 
mercies  of  the  covenant  were  no  longer  confined 
to  a  single  people,  but  open  to  all  races  :  and 
that  all  who  should  accept  them  were  made 
sons  of  God.  It  is  no  wonder  that  such  tidings 
as  this  filled  the  hearts  of  those  who  heard  it 
with  triumphant  joy. 

Not  all  the  privileges  of  grace  were  restored 
to  us.  Man  still  remains  liable  to  suffering ; 
and  the  gift  of  integrity  is  withheld.  But  even 
these  restrictions  manifest  the  love  of  God 
towards  us.  Were  suffering  altogether  absent 
from  our  lives,  it  would  be  only  too  easy  for  us 
to  become  satisfied  with  this  present  life  ;  to 
have  no  desire  for  the  joys  of  the  next  world 
and  for  the  supreme  joy  of  the  presence  of  God. 
The  existence  of  suffering  detaches  us  from  this 
world,  and  leads  us  to  fix  our  hopes  on  the  higher 
happiness  of  the  life  to  come.  Moreover,  concu- 
piscence makes  hard  fighting  a  sheer  necessity 
if  we  are  to  save  our  souls.  In  this  way  we 
are  compelled  to  the  strenuous  practice  of 
virtue,  and  thus  enabled  to  merit  more  grace 
and  thereby  obtain  a  higher  place  in  heaven. 


64     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

5.  The  truths  on  which  we  have  been  dwell- 
ing as  to  the  state  of  fallen  nature,  and  man's 
absolute  need  of  Divine  grace,  if  he  is  to  control 
the  rebellion  of  his  lower  appetites,  belong  to 
the  very  fundamentals  of  the  Christian  faith. 
They  are  amongst  its  most  vital  elements, 
whether  we  regard  it  from  the  point  of  view  of 
dogma  or  as  a  moral  system.  They  are  insisted 
on  alike  in  Scripture  and  in  the  whole  of 
ecclesiastical  tradition.  Writer  after  writer 
points  to  the  sad  condition  of  fallen  man  as 
being  the  reason  which  led  the  Son  of  God  to 
become  incarnate  for  us,  or  appeals  to  it  as  a 
convincing  proof,  that,  unless  we  constantly 
seek  God's  help,  we  shall  perish  miserably.  A 
religion  which  should  deny  these  truths  would 
not  be  Christianity  at  all. 

The  rejection  of  the  Church's  teaching  on 
these  points  is  a  characteristic  feature  of 
Pelagianism,  a  heresy  which  sprang  up  in  the 
early  days  of  the  fifth  century,  and  which  was 
combated  by  those  two  great  doctors  of  the 
Church,  St.  Augustine  and  St.  Jerome.  The 
cardinal  error  of  Pelagius  was  his  assertion  of 
the  absolute  sufficiency  of  the  unaided  human 
will  to  fulfil  the  whole  moral  law.  Man,  he 
maintained,  needs  no  Divine  assistance  to  enable 
him  to  avoid  sin  :   to  admit  that  we  lack  power 


MAN  APART  FROM  GRACE   65 

in  this  regard,  that  by  reason  of  original  sin  we 
are  too  weak  to  overcome  temptations  in  our 
own  strength,  would  be  to  deny  the  freedom  of 
the  will,  and  to  fall  into  necessitarianism. 
Starting  from  this  principle  he  was  led  to  reject 
the  whole  doctrine  of  original  sin.  Adam's 
fall,  he  declared,  may  have  injured  us  by  ex- 
ample as  being  the  first  sin  committed  on  earth  ; 
but  it  communicated  no  taint  to  human  nature. 
Consistently  with  this,  he  denied  that  baptism 
was  necessary  to  salvation.  It  doubtless  con- 
ferred some  privilege  in  the  next  life,  or  the 
Gospels  would  not  have  taught  that  it  was 
requisite  in  order  to  enter  the  kingdom  of 
God  :  but  the  infant  who  died  without  baptism 
would  receive  eternal  life  no  less  than  those 
who  were  baptized. 

The  Pelagian  system  was  condemned  by 
Pope  Zosimus  in  a.d.  418 ;  and  an  explicit 
rejection  of  its  errors  was  exacted  from  every 
bishop  under  pain  of  expulsion  from  his  see. 
Twelve  years  later,  in  a.d.  430,  sentence  was 
again  pronounced  against  it  by  the  oecumenical 
council  of  Ephesus. 

In  a  work  like  the  present  we  are  not  con- 
cerned with  the  history  of  Pelagianism.  But 
it  seemed  necessary  to  refer  to  it,  because  pre- 
cisely the  same  errors  are  at  the  present  day 

0 


66     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

widely  prevalent.     The  idea  that  man's  soul  is 
disabled,  and  that  in  order  to  resist  temptation 
he  needs  a  new  force  infused  into  him,  is,  out- 
side  the    Catholic    Church,    almost   forgotten. 
Religion  is  reduced  to  the  recognition  of  God's 
sovereignty  and   the  observance  of  a  certain 
standard  of  morality ;    but  it  is  not  supposed 
that  there  is  anything  in  this  beyond  the  scope 
of  our  natural    powers.     The    idea   that   man 
comes  into  the  world  spiritually  crippled,  and 
that  the  religion  of  Jesus  Christ  can  remedy 
his  ills  simply  because  it  communicates  to  him 
a  new  principle  of  life,  has  disappeared.    What, 
for  instance,  is  the  view  taken  of  baptism  by 
the  vast  majority  of  our  fellow-countrymen  ? 
It  is  probably  true  to  say  that  by  most  non- 
Catholics  it  is  at  most  held   to  secure  to  the 
recipient  a  certain  external  favour   on    God's 
part.       Many,  certainly,   regard   it  as  strictly 
obligatory  by  reason  of  Christ's  command.     Yet 
even  they  do  not  consider  that  the  rite  confers 
any  internal  gift,  and  would  very  likely  dismiss 
as  absurd  the  idea  that  the  child  who  dies  un- 
baptized  must  remain  for  ever  deprived  of  the 
beatitude  conferred  on  those  who  have  received 
that  sacrament. 

There  is  no  mystery  as  to  the  source  of  these 
errors.      They  hav^  their  origin  in  a  resi-ction 


MAN  APART  FROM  GRACE    Q7 

against  the  false  teaching  of  the  Protestant 
Reformers.  Luther  and  Calvin  grossly  ex- 
aggerated the  effects  of  original  sin.  They 
declared  that  it  had  so  vitiated  and  corrupted 
human  nature,  that  fallen  man  is  incapable  of 
the  smallest  good.  Whatever  he  does,  they 
said,  is  sin.^  Indeed,  according  to  Luther,  even 
after  justification,  every  act  that  man  performs 
is  stained  with  sin.  The  justified  are  saved, 
not  because  they  are  delivered  from  sin,  but 
solely  by  the  imputation  to  them  of  Christ's 
merits.  A  teaching  so  manifestly  false  could 
not  but  provoke  a  reaction.  Experience  teaches 
us  plainly  enough  that  fallen  man  is  not  v^holly 
destitute  of  virtue  :  that  even  bad  men  are 
capable,  from  time  to  time,  of  good  and 
generous  actions.  Hence  it  is  no  matter  of 
surprise  that  those  who  have  been  brought  up 
to  believe  that  this  travesty  of  Christian  teach- 
ing is  the  teaching  of  Scripture  as  to  human 
nature,  should  in  preference  accept  the  solution 
of  rationalism  and  deny  original  sin  altogether. 
But  when  sanctifying  grace  and  original  sin  are 
both  gone,  what  remains  of  Christianity  is 
hardly  distinguishable  from  pure  and  simple 
Pelagianism. 

One   of  the   most   marked   features  of  thi^ 

1  Cf  Art.  XIII.  of  the  Thirty-nine  Articles, 


68     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

modern  view  of  religion  is  the  almost  universal 
acceptance  of  the  principle  that  one  religion  is 
as  good  as  another.  This  is  not  looked  upon 
as  a  matter  admitting  of  argument  or  discus- 
sion. It  is  assumed  as  one  of  those  self-evident 
truths  which  are  beyond  dispute  :  and  the  fact 
that  Catholics  deny  it  is  regarded  as  a  stand- 
ing proof  of  their  wrong-headedness.  It  is 
accepted  equally  by  the  sincerely  pious  and  by 
those  who  are  wholly  indifferent  to  religious 
motives.  The  pious  appeal  to  it  as  justifying 
their  charitable  hopes  for  the  salvation  of  all. 
There  are,  they  say,  many  roads  to  heaven  :  we 
must  not  condemn  those  who  are  not  travelling 
along  the  same  road  as  ourselves.  The  in- 
different find  in  it  an  adequate  excuse  for  the 
neglect  of  all  religion.  So  indubitable  does  the 
principle  appear  to  the  modern  Protestant,  that 
nothing  is  commoner  than  to  hear  the  opinion 
expressed  that  foreign  missions  are  the  most 
futile  of  enterprises.  Why,  it  is  asked,  can  we 
not  leave  the  Mahommedan  to  serve  his  God  in 
his  own  way  ?  a  sincere  Mahommedan  is  just 
as  likely  to  be  saved  as  any  Christian  :  to  start 
a  religious  propaganda  in  a  Moslem  or  pagan 
country  may  cause  much  political  trouble,  and 
can  do  no  good  to  anyone. 

It  is,  of  CQur^^,  ma^nifest  that  if  the  Christian 


MAN  APART  FROM  GRACE   69 

religion  has  nothing  more  to  offer  to  its  adhe- 
rents than  a  somewhat  clearer  knowledge  of  the 
moral  law  than  is  to  be  found  in  other  creeds, 
there  is  much  to  be  said  for  the  objection.  It 
might  reasonably  be  doubted  in  that  case, 
whether  it  is  worth  while  to  disturb  the  rooted 
beliefs  of  a  nation  in  order  to  confer  on  it  the 
problematic  benefit  of  Christianity.  Far  better, 
it  would  seem,  to  try  to  induce  them  to  observe 
the  law  which  they  already  acknowledge  as 
divine.  The  preaching  of  a  new  faith,  even 
though  it  propose  a  higher  ideal,  may  well  cause 
more  harm  by  the  unsettlement  to  which  it 
must  give  rise,  than  it  will  do  good. 

But  in  fact  this  new  form  of  belief,  is,  as  we 
have  urged,  not  Christianity  at  all.  It  may  be 
said  without  irreverence  that  it  would  not  have 
been  worth  while  for  God  to  become  incarnate 
and  die  upon  the  Cross,  to  give  man  a  gift  such 
as  that.  The  true  religion  of  Jesus  Christ  does 
not  consist  simply  in  an  example  of  the  perfect 
fulfilment  of  the  moral  law.  It  is  a  stupendous 
gift  to  our  race — the  transformation  of  our 
nature  by  grace,  the  elevation  of  man  to  the 
high  dignity  of  a  child  of  God.  It  alone  comes 
from  God,  and  it  alone  can  bring  man  to  eternal 
beatitude.  All  other  religions  are  the  work  of 
human  imagination,  and  are  powerless  to  sav© 


70    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 


us.  The  Catholic  missionary  goes  out  to  heathen 
countries  knowing  that  he  brings  with  him  a 
boon  that  is  beyond  all  price.  Were  the  result 
of  his  life's  work  but  to  make  a  single  convert, 
his  labours  would  have  been  well  spent.  With- 
out him  that  soul  would  never  have  obtained 
grace,  but  would  have  passed  out  of  this  life 
still  in  bondage  to  sin  :  through  him  it  has  been 
delivered  from  Satan  and  raised  to  be  a  par- 
taker of  the  Divine  nature.  He  has  achieved  a 
result  of  inestimable  value. 


CHAPTER  IV 

THE  SUPERNATURAL  VIRTUES  AND  THE  GIFTS 
OF  THE  HOLY  GHOST 

1.  Principles  of  Supernatural  Action.  2.  The  Theological 
Virtues :  Faith,  Hope  and  Charity.  3.  The  Infused 
Moral  Virtues.  4.  The  Seven  Gifts  of  the  Holy- 
Ghost.     6.  The  Gift  of  Wisdom. 

1.  We  have  considered  grace  in  its  aspect  as 
a  new  nature  conferred  by  God  on  man  and 
elevating  us  to  Divine  order.  We  have  now  to 
consider  in  what  way  that  new  nature  modifies 
the  activities  of  the  soul — how  far  these  too  are 
elevated  and  transformed.  It  stands  to  reason 
that  as  is  the  nature,  such  must  be  the  actions 
that  issue  from  it.  If  the  gift  of  grace  places 
man  on  a  new  plane  of  being  as  a  child  of  God, 
it  follows  that  his  actions  too  will  be  ennobled 
and  will  be  of  a  kind  which  they  were  not 
before.  The  fruit  must  bear  the  character  of 
the  tree.  The  acts  which  flow  from  grace  are 
not  produced  by  mere  human  nature  :  they 
issue  from  man  as  incorporated  into  Christ,  as  a 
branch  of  the  true  Vine.     The  vital  force  ani- 

71 


72    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

mating  them  is  the  new  life  which  Christ  com- 
municates to  those  who  have  been  grafted  into 
Him. 

Here,  as  in  so  many  cases,  there  is  a  striking 
analogy  between  grace  and  nature.  When  God 
calls  a  human  soul  into  existence,  He  endows  it 
also  with  principles  of  action,  which  we  call 
faculties.  He  gives  to  it  the  power  of  thought 
and  the  power  of  free  choice — intellect  and  will. 
In  the  order  of  grace  something  similar  takes 
place.  When  God  elevates  our  nature  and 
makes  us  heirs  of  heaven,  He  gives  us  prin- 
ciples of  supernatural  activity.  He  does  not 
simply  confer  grace  on  the  soul,  leaving  its 
faculties  precisely  what  they  were  and  desti- 
tute of  any  corresponding  elevation.  He 
ennobles  them  also,  and  bestows  on  them  appro- 
priate gifts,  so  that  actions  of  the  supernatural 
order  become  their  connatural  effect.  As  the 
soul  is  never  found  without  its  faculties,  so 
grace  is  never  found  without  these  related  gifts. 
They  are  called  the  supernatural  virtues.  The 
word  **  virtue,"  howeverj  when  used  in  this  con- 
nection, has,  as  will  appear  in  the  course  of  the 
chapter,  a  somewhat  different  meaning  from 
that  which  it  usually  bears  now,  as  e.g.,  when 
we  say  of  someone  that  he  is  a  man  of  great 
virtue. 


THE  SUPERNATURAL  VIRTUES    73 

2.  Chief  among  these  supernatural  gifts  are 
the  three  theological  virtues,  faith,  hope  and 
charity.  Many  passages  of  the  New  Testament 
make  it  abundantly  clear  that  these  terms  are 
employed  by  the  sacred  writers  to  signify  per- 
manent principles  of  action,  abiding  in  the  soul, 
and  bestowed  by  God  as  part  of  the  endowment 
requisite  to  its  new  state.  Thus  in  regard  to 
faith,  we  are  told  that  Stephen  was  *'  a  man 
full  of  faith  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost "  (Acts  vi.  3)» 
and  similarly  that  Barnabas  was  **  a  good  man 
and  full  of  the  Holy  Ghost  and  of  faith  "  (Acts 
xi.  24).  In  these  passages  the  presence  of  the 
Holy  Spirit  is  beyond  question  understood  to 
be  a  gift  which  abides  in  the  soul ;  and  the 
parallelism  between  that  presence  and  the  virtue 
of  faith  implies  that  this  is  true  also  of  the 
latter.  The  same  conclusion  may  be  drawn 
from  St.  Pauls  words  to  the  Ephesians  :  "  For 
this  cause  I  bow  my  knees  to  the  Father  of  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ  .  .  .  that  Christ  may  dwell 
by  faith  in  your  hearts"  (Eph.  iii.  14,  17)  ;  as 
also  from  the  text  of  the  Old  Testament,  which 
the  apostle  cites  on  more  than  one  occasion  : 
"The  just  man  liveth  by  faith"  (Rom.  i.  17; 
Gal.  iii.  11 ;  Heb.  x.  38).  So,  too,  St.  James 
tells  us  that  a  state  of  things  may  come  about 
in  which  faith  exists  in  the  soul,  but  is  as  desti- 


74     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

tute  of  fruit  as  is  a  dead  tree.  "  Faith,"  he 
writes,  '*  if  it  have  not  works,  is  dead  "  (Jas. 
ii.  17).  All  these  passages — and  more  might 
be  cited  —  clearly  regard  faith  as  something 
which,  after  the  manner  of  a  virtue,  remains 
continuously  in  the  soul,  though  it  is  not  always 
in  actual  exercise. 

A  similar  series  of  texts  is  found  relating  to 
charity.  The  epistles  of  St.  John  are  in  great 
measure  devoted  to  this  virtue,  and  throughout 
them  it  is  treated  as  a  permanent  attribute  of 
regenerated  man.  **  God  is  charity,"  writes  the 
apostle,  '^  and  he  that  abideth  in  charity  abideth 
in  God,  and  God  in  him.  In  this  is  the  charity 
of  God  perfected  in  us  that  we  may  have  confi- 
dence in  the  day  of  Judgment "  (1  John  iv. 
16,  17).  So  too,  St.  Paul:  ^' Peace  to  the 
brethren  and  charity  with  faith,  from  God  the 
Father  and  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ"  (Eph.  vi. 
23)  ;  and  elsewhere  :  *^  I  beseech  you,  brethren, 
through  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  by  the 
charity  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  that  you  help  me  in 
your  prayers  for  me  to  God  "  (Rom.  xv.  30).  In 
all  these  verses  it  is  implied  that  charity  is  a 
gift  from  God,  an  enduring  disposition  of  the 
soul,  resulting  from  the  presence  of  the  Holy 
Spirit  within  us. 

The  virtue  of  hope  appears  in  more  than  one 


THE  SUPEENATURAL  VIRTUES"  75 

passage  in  close  parallelism  with  faith  and  love, 
e.g.,  **Let  us  who  are  of  the  day  be  sober,  having 
on  the  breastplate  of  faith  and  charity  and  for 
a  helmet  the  hope  of  salvation  "  (1  Thess.  v.  8, 
cf.  1  Pet.  i.  21,  22;  Ecclus.  ii.  8-10).  The 
three  are  connected  in  this  way  in  the  well- 
known  words,  which  may  be  said  to  sum  up  the 
doctrine  of  Scripture  on  this  point  :  "  And  now 
there  remain  faith,  hope  and  charity,  these 
three  :  but  the  greatest  of  these  is  charity " 
(1  Cor.  xiii.  13).  In  this  passage  the  apostle 
has  just  declared  the  superiority  of  charity  to 
gifts  such  as  those  of  prophecy  or  of  tongues, 
and  to  the  other  charismata  then  so  abundant 
in  the  Church.  In  these  concluding  words  he 
tells  us  that,  in  contrast  to  the  gifts  just  men- 
tioned, faith,  hope  and  charity  are  to  remain. 
The  words  clearly  signify  that  these  three,  not 
less  than  prophecy  or  tongues,  are  special  gifts 
bestowed  on  Christ's  members  as  such  :  but  that, 
while  a  time  should  come  in  which  the  charis- 
mata should  cease  to  be  part  of  God's  ordinary 
providence  for  the  Church,  these  would  at  all 
times  constitute  a  permanent  element  in 
Christian  life. 

The  infusion  of  faith,  hope  and  charity  is  so 
clearly  part  of  revealed  truth  that  the  Council 
of  Trent  did  not  hesitate  to  make  it  a  matter 


7^     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

of  formal  definition.  It  is  therefore  an  express 
dogma  of  the  Church  that  in  justification  we 
receive  this  threefold  gift.^  An  opinion  has 
been  held  by  some  theologians  that  charity  and 
sanctifying  grace  are  identical.  On  this  point 
the  Council  pronounced  no  decision.  But  it  is 
now  commonly  admitted  that  the  contrary  is 
the  case  :  that,  as  we  have  already  said,  grace 
resides  in  the  soul  itself,  while  charity  has  its 
seat  in  the  will. 

It  is  easy  to  see  what  is  the  part  played  by 
faith,  hope  and  charity  respectively  in  the  new 
life  which  we  have  received.  It  is  through 
them  that  the  soul  directs  its  course  to  the 
supernatural  end  proposed  to  it,  which  is  none 
other  than  God  Himself  as  the  object  of  our 
immediate  knowledge  and  most  intimate  love. 
By  faith  we  believe  God's  message  regarding 
the  world  to  come,  and  accept  those  unseen 
verities  as  the  guiding  principles  of  life.  Hope 
gives  us  that  confidence  of  attainment,  which 
must  support  us  in  every  step  of  the  long 
struggle,  and  without  which  we  should  be 
incapable  even  of  beginning  it.  By  charity  we 
love  God  with  the  love  due  to  Him  from  those 
whom  He  has  made  His  children.  And  charity 
it  is  that  unites  us  to  God,  our  last  end  ;  for 

»  Sess.  VL,  cap.  7  (Denz.,  800). 


THE  SUPERNATUEAL  VIRTUES    77 

love  is  a  principle  of  union.  The  soul  that 
possesses  the  beatific  vision,  is  through  charity- 
linked  to  God  for  ever  in  the  embrace  of  love  : 
and  even  in  this  life  charity  has  power  to  unite 
the  soul  to  God,  in  the  measure  which  is 
possible  for  those  who  do  not  yet  behold  Him 
face  to  face. 

We  have,  however,  yet  to  explain  why  it  is 
needful  that  these  virtues  should  be  super- 
naturally  infused  into  our  souls  ?  Are  not,  it 
may  be  asked,  our  natural  powers  sufficient  for 
the  purposes  we  have  just  mentioned  ?  If  God 
has  given  man  a  revelation,  surely  it  is  but 
natural  that  man  should  believe.  And  if  in 
that  revelation  He  has  promised  to  aid  us  in 
attaining  Himself  as  our  last  end,  what  is  to 
prevent  us  from  being  confident  that  through 
His  assistance  we  shall  succeed  ?  What,  again, 
is  to  hinder  us  from  loving  Him  ?  Why  then 
should  He  endow  the  soul  with  special  gifts  of 
faith,  hope  and  charity  ?  In  what  way  do  they 
benefit  us  ?  We  shall  reply  to  this  question  by 
a  brief  account  of  each  of  the  three  virtues. 

In  the  gift  of  faith  the  soul  receives  what  we 
may  term  a  permanent  bent,  inclining  it  to 
adhere  to  the  truths  of  the  Christian  revelation. 
When  these  have  once  been  accepted  as  God's 
own  word  on  the  authority  of  the  Church,  the 


78     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

mind  forthwith  holds  them  with  a  certitude 
which  excludes  all  hesitation  or  doubt  of  any 
kind.  It  cleaves  to  them,  as  it  were,  in- 
stinctively. It  would  be  easier  for  it  to  reject 
the  most  evident  natural  verities  than  the 
truths  of  revelation.  The  certainty  the  soul 
has  in  their  regard  is  so  complete,  that  it  spon- 
taneously accepts  them  as  the  first  principles  of 
life.  If  one  who  has  received  the  gift  of  faith 
should  come  to  disbelieve,  it  will  almost  in- 
variably be  found  that  doubt  has  been  freely, 
not  to  say  forcibly,  introduced  into  the  mind: 
that  the  gift  has  been  more  or  less  deliberately 
thrown  away. 

We  do  not  think  that  anyone  who  has  ex- 
perience of  faith,  as  it  is  found  among  Catholics, 
will  contest  the  truth  of  what  we  have  said. 
Undoubtedly  the  Catholic,  if  ordinarily  well- 
instructed,  has  ample  grounds  for  his  belief. 
But  no  amount  of  argumentative  proof  affords 
an  adequate  explanation  of  the  assurance  with 
which  he  cleaves  to  the  dogmas  of  religion. 
Even  though  his  life  may  have  belied  his  pro- 
fession, the  certainty  is  there.  When  death 
draws  near,  it  is  at  once  seen  that  though  his 
acts  were  sadly  inconsistent  with  his  belief, 
that  belief  is  as  real  and  true  as  ever. 

In  the  ritual  for  baptism  the  priest  addresses 


THE  SUPERNATURAL  VIRTUES     79 

the  candidate  with  the  words:  "What  dost 
thou  ask  of  the  Church  of  God  ?"  and  the  can- 
didate is  bidden  to  reply :  **  Faith."  The 
request  may  well  have  appeared  strange  to  us. 
How  can  belief  be  given  ?  And  if  it  is  an  adult 
who  is  in  question,  surely  he  must  already 
believe,  or  he  would  not  be  seeking  admission 
to  the  fold.  In  view  of  what  we  have  said,  the 
meaning  becomes  clear.  Certainly  the  cate- 
chumen, if  he  has  attained  the  age  of  reason, 
must  already  believe  with  all  his  heart ;  but 
the  sacrament  of  regeneration  will  confer  on 
him  the  gift  of  faith — that  permanent  principle 
which  renders  his  belief  firm  as  a  rock  and 
secure  against  all  storms. 

Without  this  gift  our  faith  would  have  little 
stability.  The  human  intellect  tends  to  dis- 
belief; its  native  bias  is  to  scepticism.  No 
principle,  however  certain,  is  secure  against  its 
solvent  force.  It  asserts  its  independence  by 
questioning  the  validity  of  the  most  funda- 
mental truths.  Moreover,  we  are  at  all  times 
tremendously  swayed  by  public  opinion.  It  is 
no  light  task  to  retain  our  belief  in  what  is 
denied  by  the  majority.  And,  speaking 
generally,  the  great  majority  of  men  will  ever 
reject  the  Christian  revelation  :  an  age  of  faith 
is  rare.      Most  men  turn  away  from  a  doctrii;e 


80    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

that  imposes  such  rigorous  conditions  on  those 
who  follow  it.  With  these  hostile  influences  to 
cope  with,  we  could  not  long  keep  our  hold  on 
the  truths  of  faith,  had  not  God  bestowed  this 
gift  upon  us. 

As  faith  protects  us  from  losing  sight  of  the 
goal  before  us,  so  does  hope  give  to  us  an 
enduring  desire  of  reaching  it,  and  a  confidence 
of  eventual  success.  Every  act  of  hope  is 
necessarily  composite,  containing  these  two 
elements  of  desire  and  confidence.  And  the 
supernatural  endowment  which  God  bestows 
implants  in  the  soul  a  permanent  longing  to 
possess  Him,  and  the  assurance  that  through 
His  assistance  we  shall  attain  our  end.  Both 
these  parts  of  hope  call  for  our  consideration. 

We  have  spoken  of  hope  as  being  the  desire 
of  God.  It  is  sometimes  described  as  the  desire 
of  eternal  life.  The  two  expressions  are  equiva- 
lent :  for  to  the  Christian  eternal  life  consists 
in  the  possession  of  God.  If  it  signified  no 
more  than  a  continuance  of  our  personal  exist- 
ence under  conditions  in  which  sorrow  and 
suSering  had  no  part,  no  supernatural  endow- 
ment would  be  needed.  Even  the  unbeliever 
would  wish  for  this.  But  it  is  otherwise  when 
the  end  proposed  to  us  is  God  Himself.  By 
pature  man  is  so  material  in  his  desires,  caring 


THE  SUPERNATURAL  VIRTUES    81 

so  much  for  things  of  the  body  and  so  little 
for  things  of  the  spirit  that  the  wish  to  possess 
God  could  hardly  maintain  itself  in  being.  In 
the  negligent  and  the  sinful  it  would  soon  be 
extinguished.  Yet  experience  shows  us  that  in 
the  baptized  Catholic  that  wish  is  almost  in- 
eradicable. Even  those  who  have  neglected 
Him  for  long  years  retain  the  desire  to  attain 
Him :  and  often  but  little  is  needed  to  render 
that  desire  an  effective  principle  of  action. 
This,  the  Church  assures  us,  is  the  fruit  of  the 
gift  of  hope. 

~  Similarly,  it  is  this  gift  which  imparts  to  us 
the  assurance  of  success.  God  has  pledged 
Himself  to  assist  us  in  the  struggle.  And  hope 
is  the  reliance  of  the  soul  on  God's  omnipotence 
employed  in  its  behalf  It  thus  becomes  a 
spring  of  new  vitality  within  us,  enabling  us  to 
make  efforts  otherwise  beyond  us.  Without 
a  special  endowment  animating  the  soul  with 
this  confidence,  we  should  soon  lose  sight  of 
God's  promises,  and  cease  to  rely  upon  His 
assistance.  The  recollection  of  previous  falls, 
our  repeated  failure  to  carry  out  what  we 
purpose,  the  apparent  absence  of  any  sign  of 
spiritual  progress — all  these  things  tend  to 
make   success   seem    beyond   our   reach.     We 

should   give  up   the   struggle  as  useless,  and 

6 


82    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

desist  from  further  effort.  Yet  notwithstand- 
ing that  the  possession  of  God  is  so  far  beyond 
the  natural  faculties  of  man,  the  soul  which 
enjoys  hope  is  buoyed  up  in  its  efforts  after 
beatitude  by  a  confidence  far  stronger  than  that 
which  it  could  have  felt  regarding  the  attain- 
ment of  its  last  end  in  the  natural  order.  There 
is,  it  will  be  seen,  a  close  parallelism  between 
faith  and  hope.  The  virtue  of  faith  gives  to  the 
intellect  a  certainty  as  to  revealed  truth,  not 
less  than  that  which  it  has  as  to  first  principles 
of  natural  reason.  Hope  confers  on  the  will  a 
confidence  of  attaining  salvation  comparable  to 
that  which  a  man  of  courage  possesses  as 
regards  the  successful  achievement  of  those 
enterprises  which  he  recognizes  to  be  within 
the  competence  of  his  natural  powers. 

Faith  and  hope,  however,  are  surpassed  in 
dignity  by  charity,  the  virtue  **  by  which  we 
love  God  above  all  things  and  our  neighbour  as 
ourselves  for  God's  sake."  There  are  many 
different  kinds  of  love.  There  is  the  love  which 
is  borne  to  each  other  by  man  and  wife,  the 
love  of  members  of  the  same  family,  the  love  of 
fellow-citizens,  and  so  on.  It  is  readily  seen 
that  in  every  case  love  has  its  basis  in  the  fact 
that  in  one  way  or  another  the  lives  of  the  two 
parties  are  associated  together  :  and  that  the 
various  kinds  of  love  differ  one  from  another 


THE  SUPERNATURAL  VIRTUES    83 

according  to  the  different  kinds  of  union  on 
which  they  are  founded.  The  union  between 
brother  and  sister  differs  from  that  between 
natives  of  the  same  city  or  country,  and  that 
again  from  the  union  which  binds  together 
master  and  servant.  The  ground  of  love  is 
different  in  each  case,  and  therefore  the  love 
itself  is  of  a  different  kind.  Love  is  due  to  God 
from  man  simply  on  the  score  of  creation,  and 
apart  from  all  consideration  of  the  gift  of  grace  : 
for  the  dependence  of  the  creature  on  the 
Creator  for  all  that  he  possesses,  even  for 
existence  itself,  affords  a  basis  for  love.  But 
there  can  be  no  comparison  between  the  love 
which  has  this  origin  and  the  infinitely  higher 
love  which  is  due  from  those  on  whom  the  gift 
of  grace  has  been  bestowed.  They  are  more 
closely  united  to  God  than  is  the  child  to  its 
earthly  father.  They  have  been  made  partakers 
of  His  nature  and  are  destined  to  share  His 
blessedness.  It  follows  that  they  owe  Him  a 
love  such  as  corresponds  to  the  wonderful 
relation  which  binds  them  to  Him.  This  love, 
in  the  very  nature  of  things,  is  one  which  is 
beyond  the  power  of  human  language  to  des- 
cribe, beyond  the  capacity  of  the  human  heart 
to  give.  Only  if  God  confers  new  and  higher 
powers  upon  our  wills,  can  we  give  to  Him  the 
love  that  such  a  union  demands.    In  order  that 


84    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

we  may  be  able  to  pay  this  debt,  our  souls 
together  with  grace  receive  the  virtue  of  super- 
natural charity. 

It  should  be  observed  that  when  we  say  that 
by  charity  we  love  God  above  all  things,  we  do 
not  except  even  our  own  selves.  If  our  love 
for  God  is  real,  we  care  more  for  God  than  we 
do  for  ourselves.  At  first  sight  it  may  seem 
difl&cult  to  understand  how  this  can  be.  Yet  it 
is  true  to  say  that,  even  if  God  had  left  man  in 
the  state  of  pure  nature,  without  either  grace 
or  charity,  reason  would  have  prescribed  that 
he  should  love  God  above  himself  For  to  the 
creature  God  is  the  sole  source  of  all  good. 
Whatever  good  there  is  in  him  comes  to  him 
simply  and  entirely  in  so  far  as  he  belongs  to 
God ;  and  apart  from  God  he  is  cut  off  from 
all  good.  In  view  of  thi^  relation  right  order 
requires  that  man  should  love  God  first  and 
foremost  as  the  source  of  all  his  good,  the  end 
for  which  he  exists,  the  ultimate  motive  of  all 
his  action :  and  that  all  other  things,  even 
himself,  should  be  loved  in  reference  to  God, 
and  in  so  far  as  they  contribute  to  God's  glory. 

We  may,  perhaps,  be  helped  to  realize  how 
the  love  of  God  can  thus  not  merely  outweigh 
but  absorb  the  love  of  self,  if  we  consider  how 
the  virtue  of  patriotism  will  lead  men  to  give 


THE  SUPERNATURAL  VIRTUES     85 

their  lives  for  their  country.  All  men  recognize 
that  a  citizen,  who  is  worthy  of  the  name, 
should  be  ready,  if  need  arise,  to  make  that 
supreme  sacrifice.  To  his  country  he  owes 
everything.  She  has  made  him  what  he  is. 
Her  past  history  and  her  national  traditions 
are  embodied  in  him.  Through  her,  however 
humble  his  circumstances,  he  has  dignity  and 
worth.  Isolated  from  her  he  would  be  a  mem- 
ber severed  from  the  body  to  which  it  belongs, 
a  branch  torn  from  the  parent  stem.  Just  as 
the  hand  instinctively  exposes  itself  to  danger 
to  save  the  body,  so  will  any  good  citizen  be 
ready  to  expose  his  life  to  save  his  country. 
Not  in  himself,  but  in  her,  lies  his  chief  good  : 
and  hence  his  love  for  her  exceeds  the  love  he 
feels  for  himself 

Often  the  welfare  of  the  country  or  the  tribe 
is  visibly  embodied  in  a  single  individual,  e.g.^ 
in  the  king.  In  that  case  love  of  country  is 
centred  in  the  person  of  the  prince,  and  thereby 
acquires  all  that  passionate  intensity  which 
only  seems  possible  in  regard  of  a  personal 
object.  History  is  full  of  examples  of  men  who 
have  given  their  lives  without  an  instants 
hesitation  for  the  king  or  the  chief  who  had 
this  claim  on  their  devotion. 

All  this  applies  in  an  immeasurably  higher 


86     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

degree  to  man  in  his  relation  to  his  Creator. 
There  is  no  vestige  of  good,  however  remote, 
which  does  not  flow  to  him  from  that  Source. 

Were  not  his  mind  clouded  and  his  will 
clogged  by  sin,  the  love  of  God  would,  by  an 
imperious  necessity,  be  the  ruling  passion  of  his 
life :  and  the  intensity  of  that  love  must  in- 
crease with  the  measure  of  good  which  God  has 
bestowed.  If,  then,  in  return  for  the  gift  of 
existence  and  blessings  of  the  mere  natural 
order,  God  s  rational  creation  is  bound  to 
love  Him  above  all  things,  the  elevation  of  our 
nature  by  grace,  the  gift  of  a  Divine  adoption, 
demands  that  the  love  should  be  immeasurably 
higher.  It  is  through  the  virtue  of  charity 
that  we  are  enabled  to  pay  that  debt. 

We  have  already  insisted  on  the  important 
truth  that  the  soul  in  grace  recognizes  and 
accepts  God  as  its  last  end.  In  other  words, 
its  ruling  purpose  is  so  to  live  as  eventually  to 
attain  to  Him.  It  is  through  charity,  and 
through  charity  alone,  that  we  can  thus  direct 
our  whole  life  to  God.  Only  if  we  love  Him 
above  all  things,  does  He  become  our  chief  aim. 

No  other  virtue  but  charity  can  do  this. 
Hope  cannot  effect  it.  For  though  hope 
desires  God  beyond  all  created  goods,  it  desires 
Him,  not  for  His  own  sake,  but  for  ours — that 


THE  SUPERNATUEAL  VIRTUES    87 

we  may  be  happy  in  possessing  Him.  By 
charity  we  love  God  for  His  own  sake  :  if  we 
love  ourselves,  it  is  because,  in  however  small  a 
degree,  we  too  may  contribute  to  God's  glory. 

So  soon  as  charity  has  made  God  our  last 
end,  its  influence  is  felt  in  every  part  of  our 
life.  Our  main  purpose,  if  we  are  in  earnest, 
determines  all  our  activities.  In  all  our 
decisions  this  enters  into  our  consideration ; 
and  what  is  incompatible  with  it,  we  forthwith 
reject.  Moreover,  it  thus  becomes  the  oflSce  of 
charity  to  set  the  other  virtues  in  operation. 
If  God  is  our  last  end,  we  must  practise  the 
virtues  that  we  may  thereby  please  Him  and 
achieve  our  aim.  It  is  this  which  was  in  the 
apostle's  mind  when  he  wrote  :  '  *  Charity  is 
patient,  is  kind  :  charity  envieth  not,  dealeth 
not  perversely,  is  not  puffed  up,"  etc.  (1  Cor. 
xiii.  4  sqq.).  He  does  not  mean  that  charity  is 
to  be  identified  with  each  of  the  long  list  of 
virtues  which  he  enumerates.  Charity  is  not 
the  same  thing  as  patience  or  as  humility. 
But  where  charity  is  found,  there  all  these 
virtues  will  be  found  too  :  for  it  will  call  them 
one  and  all  into  action.  Hence  it  is  not  with- 
out good  reason  that  in  Catholic  theology  it  is 
customary  to  speak  of  charity  as  the  queen  of 
the  virtues, 


88     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

But  it  may  be  said  that  surely  such  a  disposi- 
tion is  only  for  the  saints.  Can  it  really  be  the 
case  that  it  is  found  even  in  the  imperfect 
Christian,  who  has  just  made  his  confession  and 
thereby  recovered  the  grace  he  had  forfeited  by 
mortal  sin  ?  Does  he  really  love  God  so  well 
that  this  love  furnishes  him  with  the  great 
motive  of  existence  ?  The  Church  emphatically 
replies  that  it  is  so.  However  far  he  may  have 
fallen,  this  is  his  state  when  he  is  restored  to 
grace  :  and  that  he  should  pass  out  of  this  state 
it  is  needful  that  by  a  deliberate  mortal  sin  he 
should  have  broken  with  God,  and  placed  his 
last  end  in  something  else.  When  the  sinner 
comes  to  confession,  it  is  an  essential  condition 
that  by  a  genuine  sorrow  for  the  past  and  pur- 
pose of  amendment  he  should  have  cast  out  of 
his  soul  whatever  is  incompatible  with  the  love 
of  God.  The  sacrament  of  penance  infuses  both 
grace  and  love  as  abiding  dispositions  of  the 
soul.  Nor  can  the  disposition  remain  idle  and 
nugatory  ;  it  must  issue  in  explicit  acts. 

Before  we  leave  the  subject  of  faith,  hope 
and  charity,  a  word  must  be  said  on  their  dis- 
tinctive name  of  the  *'  theological "  virtues. 
The  explanation  of  this  term  is  to  be  sought  in 
the  fact  that  the  acts  of  these  virtues,  and  of 
these   alone,    have    God    for   their   immediate 


THE  SUPEENATUEAL  VIETUES     89 

object.  It  IS  God  whom  we  know  by  faith, 
God  whom  we  hope  to  possess,  God  whom  we 
love.  The  acts  of  the  other  virtues  may  be 
done  for  God's  sake  ;  but  the  actual  object  is 
not  God.  If  I  practise  temperance,  the  object 
of  my  act  is  the  control  of  my  bodily  appetites 
as  reason  or  faith  prescribes ;  if  I  practise 
justice,  my  object  is  the  rendering  to  each  man 
his  due.  The  only  acts  of  virtue  which  tend 
immediately  and  directly  to  God  in  Himself,  are 
acts  of  faith  and  hope  and  love.  It  is  true  that 
these  virtues  have  also  secondary  objects.  By 
charity  we  love  our  neighbour  for  God's  sake  ; 
by  hope  we  confidently  look  not  merely  for  the 
beatific  vision,  but  also  for  the  means  which 
are  requisite  to  enable  us  to  reach  our  goal ;  by 
faith  we  accept  all  the  truths  contained  in 
God's  revelation,  and  not  those  alone  which 
concern  Him  in  Himself.  But  the  primary 
object  of  the  virtues  is  God  alone  ;  the  second- 
ary objects  only  fall  within  their  scope  because 
of  the  relation  in  which  they  stand  to  God,  the 
primary  object. 

3.  In  the  judgment  of  most  theologians,  there 
are  adequate  reasons  for  holding  that  in  justifi- 
cation not  merely  do  we  receive  faith,  hope  and 
charity,  but  that  the  soul  is  further  endowed 
with    the    full    complement   of    moral   virtues 


90    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

required  for  its  perfect  equipment.  These  are 
commoDly  spoken  of  as  the  '*  infused  virtues  "  ; 
not  that  the  theological  virtues  are  not  also 
infused,  but  that  their  relation  to  God  has 
secured  them  a  name  peculiar  to  themselves. 
Amongst  the  infused  virtues  a  special  place  is 
taken  by  prudence,  justice,  temperance,  and 
fortitude,  inasmuch  as  the  four  groups  into 
which  the  virtues  fall  take  their  distinctive 
characters  from  them.  For  this  reason  they 
are  commonly  called  the  cardinal  virtues.  The 
infused  virtues  differ  very  materially  from  the 
natural  virtues  that  bear  the  same  name.  The 
moral  excellence  which  the  natural  virtues  con- 
fer is  that  which  befits  a  man  simply  in  so  far 
as  he  is  a  member  of  civil  society.  They  aim 
no  higher.  The  moral  excellence  of  the  super- 
natural infused  virtues  is  that  which  befits  a 
man  as  an  adopted  child  of  God,  an  heir  of 
heaven  and  a  member  of  Jesus  Christ.  The  rule 
which  determines  the  standard  of  purely  natural 
virtue  is  unassisted  human  reason ;  the  rule 
determining  supernatural  virtue  is  the  revela- 
tion of  God  and  the  internal  illumination  of  the 
Holy  Spirit.  We  may  illustrate  the  contrast  in 
the  case  of  temperance.  The  virtue  of  temper- 
ance, as  the  philosopher  conceives  it,  is  a  control 
of  the  bodily  appetites  such  as  will  best  conduce 


THE  SUPERNATURAL  VIRTUES     91 

to  the  health  of  the  body  and  mind,  and  thereby 
render  the  man  a  perfect  citizen.  Anything 
that  falls  short  of  this,  or  any  ascetic  practice 
which  goes  further,  he  reckons  as  a  positive 
fault.  The  religion  of  Jesus  Christ  opens  our 
eyes  to  a  temperance  of  a  higher  order,  which 
is  not  satisfied  with  merely  controlling  the 
appetites,  but  adopts  the  standards  of  Christian 
asceticism,  **  chastising  the  body  and  bringing 
it  into  subjection  "  (1  Cor.  ix.  27).  The  Catholic 
recognizes  that  the  aim  set  before  him  is  some- 
thing higher  than  merely  to  be  a  perfect  mem- 
ber of  a  civil  State  ;  it  is  to  be  a  perfect  member 
of  a  heavenly  kingdom.  And  he  believes  that 
by  striving  after  the  higher  ideal,  he  will 
achieve  the  lower  all  the  more  adequately  than 
if  he  had  made  it  alone  his  object.  The  ration- 
alist philosopher  derides  the  austerities  of  the 
saints  as  mere  blind  fanaticism.  The  ordinary 
pious  Catholic,  even  though  he  could  no  more 
hope  to  imitate  the  heroic  penances  of  the  saints 
than  he  could  hope  to  paint  like  Raphael,  or  to 
write  poetry  like  Shakespeare,  nevertheless 
knows  that  it  is  the  rationalist,  and  not  the 
saint,  who  is  blind.  For  he,  too,  possesses  the 
infused  virtues,  and  is  striving  in  his  own  degree 
after  that  Christian  perfection  of  which  the 
saints  afiFord  the  most  glorious  examples. 


92     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Here,  however,  a  question  suggests  itself, 
similar  to  that  we  have  already  put  as  regards 
charity.  In  what  sense  can  it  be  said  that  all 
the  justified  possess  the  infused  virtues  ?  Is  it 
not  only  too  evident  that  many  a  penitent 
sinner  has  no  habits  of  virtue  at  all,  but  on  the 
contrary  not  a  few  vicious  habits ;  and  that 
even  with  the  help  of  grace,  it  needs  every 
effort  of  which  he  is  capable  to  hold  them  in 
check  ?  The  answer  to  this  difficulty  is  not  far 
to  seek.  As  we  said  at  the  beginning  of  this 
chapter,  the  sense  attached  to  the  word 
"  virtue "  in  this  connection  is  somewhat 
different  from  that  in  which  the  term  is 
commonly  used.  In  ordinary  parlance  virtue 
signifies  an  acquired  habit,  rendering  acts  of 
the  kind  in  question  easy  and  agreeable  to  us. 
In  theology  it  does  not  refer  to  habits  such  as 
these.  It  signifies  an  inclination  or  tendency 
given  to  the  intellect  or  will,  and  conferring  on 
them  a  capacity  {virtus)  for  such  acts.  For  the 
acquisition  of  the  natural  virtues  we  have 
sufficient  provision  apart  from  any  special 
endowment.  The  intellect  shows  us  what  is 
good  according  to  the  laws  of  the  natural  order, 
and  the  will,  if  sound  and  healthy,  follows  the 
dictates  of  reason.  But  for  the  cultivation  of 
supernatural   temperance    or   fortitude  or  any 


THE  SUPERNATUKAL  VIRTUES     93 

other  of  the  infused  virtues,  nature  is  insufficient. 
We  possess  no  inborn  tendency  in  that  direc- 
tion ;  and  lacking  this  tendency,  we  could 
never  hope  to  acquire  facility  in  their  exercise. 
When  we  say  that  justification  always  carries 
these  virtues  with  it,  we  simply  signify  that 
this  connatural  tendency  invariably  accompanies 
the  gift  of  sanctifying  grace.  This  inclination 
is  perfectly  compatible  with  a  physical  bias 
towards  some  fault,  contracted  by  frequent 
falls.  The  task  before  the  penitent  sinner  is 
little  by  little  to  drive  out  the  vicious  bias,  and 
on  the  basis  of  the  infused  inclination  to  build 
up  an  acquired  habit  of  a  very  different  kind. 
In  the  early  stages  of  his  struggle  the  acts  of 
virtue  will  be  hard,  whereas  it  would  be  easy 
enough  to  return  to  vice.  Yet  it  is  none 
the  less  true  that  he  possesses  the  virtue,  and 
that  the  contrary  vice  has  been  cut  off  at  the 
root. 

What  we  have  said  as  to  the  justified  sinner 
will  explain  in  what  sense  it  can  be  said  that  in 
baptism  the  infant  receives  the  gift  of  the 
supernatural  virtues.  The  undeveloped  capacity 
of  producing  such  acts  is  implanted  in  his  soul. 
When  reason  dawns,  if  the  passions  are  checked, 
and  the  lower  nature  is  not  allowed  to  prevail 
over   the   higher,    the   character   will   develop 


94     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

along  these  lines,  and  the  tendencies  conferred 
in  baptism  will  find  their  issue  in  Christian 
sanctity. 

4.  It  remains  to  speak  of  yet  another  endow- 
ment bestowed  on  us  with  grace — viz.,  the  seven 
gifts  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  The  prophet  Isaias, 
speaking  of  the  promised  Messias,  says  of  Him  : 
*'  The  Spirit  of  the  Lord  shall  rest  upon  Him : 
the  spirit  of  wisdom  and  of  understanding,  the 
spirit  of  counsel  and  of  fortitude,  the  spirit  of 
knowledge  and  of  piety  :  and  He  shall  be  filled 
with  the  spirit  of  the  fear  of  the  Lord  "  (Isa.  xi. 
2,  3).  And  the  fathers  of  the  Church  tell  us 
that  not  merely  did  Christ  our  Lord  receive 
these  gifts  in  His  Sacred  Humanity,  but  that 
He  confers  them  in  various  degrees  on  all  His 
followers. 

Among  the  Scholastic  theologians  there  was 
some  discussion  as  to  whether  the  seven  gifts 
are  to  be  identified  with  the  three  theological 
and  four  cardinal  virtues.  St.  Thomas  Aquinas, 
the  most  eminent  amongst  them,  held  that  the 
respective  series  were  far  too  difierent  for  such 
a  supposition  to  be  admissible  :  and  that  in 
such  a  matter  the  only  safe  plan  was  to  keep  as 
close  as  possible  to  the  data  of  revelation. 
Hence  he  was  led  to  assign  a  difierent  oflSce  to 
the  gifts  from  that  which  is  fulfilled  by  the 


GIFTS  OF  THE  HOLY  GHOST      95 

virtues.  Nothing  has  been  defined  on  the  sub- 
ject ;  but  the  general  tendency  of  theologians 
has  been  to  accept  the  reasoning  of  St.  Thomas. 
He  points  out  that  certain  of  the  operations  of 
the  soul  in  a  state  of  grace  seem  to  require  the 
presence  of  another  principle  of  action  besides 
the  virtues.  We  know  that  the  wills  and 
minds  of  those  who  are  united  to  God  receive 
numerous  impulses  from  the  Holy  Ghost,  and 
are  constantly  producing  actions  due  to  His 
direct  influence.  Since  this  is  part  of  God's 
regular  course  of  providence,  it  would  appear 
reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  soul  in  grace 
possesses  certain  permanent  dispositions  render- 
ing it  responsive  to  the  Divine  impulse.  This, 
therefore,  is  the  office  which  with  every  show 
of  probability  is  assigned  to  the  gifts. 

We  shall  point  out  later  (Chap.  VII.,  §  2)  how 
important  is  the  part  which  they  play.  Here  it 
must  be  sufficient  to  note  that  the  action  of  the 
gifts  is  complementary  to  that  of  the  virtues  in 
their  respective  spheres.  Wisdom  is  the  comple- 
ment of  charity  ;  understanding  and  knowledge 
of  faith  ;  counsel  of  prudence.  The  gift  of  piety 
corresponds  to  justice :  fortitude  to  the  virtue 
bearing  the  same  name  :  and  the  fear  of  the 
Lord,  to  the  two  virtues  of  temperance  and 
hope.      It  would  carry  us  beyond  our  limits  to 


96     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

discuss  the  gifts  in  detail.  Something,  however, 
must  be  said  of  the  gift  of  wisdom,  since  it 
bears  intimately  on  the  subject  of  our  next 
chapter. 

5.  The  gift  of  wisdom  is  an  experimental 
knowledge  of  God^  having  its  origin  in  the  love 
of  charity.  God  has  given  us  three  ways  of 
coming  to  the  knowledge  of  Himself.  The 
first  is  by  the  use  of  our  natural  reason :  the 
second  is  by  faith  :  and  the  third  is  the  experi- 
mental knowledge  of  love.  The  gift  of  wisdom 
does  not  teach  us  fresh  truths  about  God  :  it 
makes  our  knowledge  of  Him  a  personal  know- 
ledge. We  have  pointed  out  above  that  love 
of  its  very  nature  is  unitive  :  that  through  it 
those  who  love  each  other  are  made  one  :  and 
that  the  love  of  charity  establishes  even  in  this 
life  a  true  union  between  God  and  the  soul. 
It  is  in  virtue  of  this  union  that  we  may  enjoy 
intimacy  with  God,  and  possess  in  His  regard 
the  knowledge  of  experience.  There  is  no  need 
to  labour  the  point  that  experimental  know- 
ledge is  different  in  kind  from  that  which  is 
derived  from  testimony  or  from  reason.  The 
little  child  who  has  not  yet  the  use  of  reason, 
knows  his  mother  after  this  manner.     He  is  too 

1  "Notitia  experimentalis,"  Summa^  la,  q.  43,  art.  5, 
ad.  2 ;  I.  S.,  d.  U,  q.  2,  a.  2,  ad.  3. 


THE  GIFTS  OF  THE  HOLY  GHOST    97 

young  to  know  about  her,  bub  his  knowledge  of 
her  is  none  the  less  very  real.  He  feels  her 
love  for  him  :  and  he  returns  love  for  love.  If 
he  is  deprived  of  her,  he  sheds  tears.  St. 
Thomas  when  treating  of  the  gift  of  wisdom, 
reminds  us  how  wide  is  the  scope  of  experi- 
mental knowledge.  He  points  out  that  when 
the  mind  possesses  it  in  regard  to  any  subject, 
it  can  often  dispense  with  reasoning  and  arrive 
at  its  conclusions  instinctively.  Thus  in 
matters  relating  to  chastity,  he  says,  the  man 
who  has  made  a  study  of  Ethics  forms  his 
judgment  by  process  of  reason  ;  while  a  man 
who  knows  nothing  of  Ethics,  but  who  has  cul- 
tivated the  virtue  of  chastity,  will  reach  a  true 
conclusion,  because  he  has,  so  to  speak,  attuned 
his  soul  to  that  of  which  he  judges.^  This 
truth  holds  good  in  many  spheres.  A  man  may 
possess  a  wonderfully  accurate  judgment  in  art 
or  literature  or  music,  who  nevertheless  can 
assign  no  adequate  reason  for  its  pronounce- 
ments. He  judges,  not  by  deducing  conclusions 
from  fixed  principles,  but  instinctively. 

This  experimental  knowledge  of  God  is  the 

foundation  of  Christian  mysticism.     It  is  not, 

as  might  be  imagined,  a  privilege  belonging  to 

the  saints  alone.     There  is  no  one  who  is  in  a 

'  Summa,  2a,  2ae,  ^.  45,  art.  2. 

T 


98     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

state  of  grace,  who  does  not  possess  the  power 
to  attain  some  measure  of  this  knowledge.  We 
may  be  permitted  to  quote  some  words,  written 
on  this  subject  by  a  competent  authority  : 

"  How   does   it   happen    that    the   mystical 
knowledge  that  comes  by  love  remains,  for  the 
greater  part  of  Christians,  but  rudimentary  and 
undeveloped  ?     How  is  it  that  we  have  so  little 
of  that   '  intimate,    conscious,    constant   union 
with  God,'  which  is  the  outcome  of  true  love, 
and  which  constitutes  the  mystic  life  ?     Whose 
fault  is  it  ?     God's  or  our  own  ?     Has  God  per- 
chance failed  to  make  advances  to  us  and  to 
show  us  the  way  ?     I  answer  emphatically.  No  ! 
The  good  God  has  made  loving  advances  to  us, 
for  there  is  not  one  of  us  w^ho  has  not  tasted,  at 
some  time  or  other,  that  God  is  sweet.     It  may 
have  been  when  we  made  our  first  Communion, 
either  on   the  day  itself  or  after.     At  other 
times,  again  and  again,  God  has  allured  us  by 
making  us  feel  the  joy  of  being  near  Him  heart 
to  heart.      Who  has  not  had  such  spiritual  ex- 
periences,  and    after  all,  when  we  look   back 
upon  our  past  life,  are  they  not  the  happiest  ? 
Even  Napoleon  I.,  at  the  height  of  his  glory, 
confessed  to  his  astonished  generals  that  the 
happiest  memory  of  all  his  eventful  life  waa 
that  of  the  day  of  his  first  Communioa, 


THE  GIFTS  OF  THE  HOLY  GHOST    99 

"  In  reality,  then,  we  have  all  had  a  taste 
and  a  beginning  of  the  higher  knowledge  of 
God,  the  mystical  experimental  knowledge, 
communicated  directly  into  the  soul  by  God 
Himself.  A  taste  and  a  beginning,  but  nothing 
more.     Why  is  this  ? 

"  Because  we  have  not  kept  up  the  loving 
intercourse  with  God  to  which  we  were  invited. 
We  are  to  blame  :  the  fault  is  ours."^ 

1  The  Mystical  Knowledge  of  God^  by  Dom  Savinien 
Louismet,  O.S.B.  (London,  1917\  p.  52. 


CHAPTEK  V 

THE  INDWELLING  OF  THE  HOLY  SPIRIT 

1.  The  Teaching  of  Scripture.  2.  God's  Presence  in  all 
Things.  3.  His  Presence  to  the  Blessed  in  Heaven. 
4.  His  Presence  in  the  Just.  5.  The  Doctrine  of 
Appropriation. 

1.  When  grace  is  given  to  a  soul,  the  Holy- 
Spirit  takes  up  His  abode  within  it  :  nor  does 
He  leave  that  soul,  unless  grace  has  been  for- 
feited by  mortal  sin.  The  gift  of  His  personal 
presence  is  sometimes  spoken  of  as  uncreated 
grace  in  contrast  to  the  created  grace  with 
which  we  have  been  dealing  hitherto. 

There  are  few  doctrines  which  are  more  clearly 

or  more  frequently  taught  in   Holy  Scripture 

than  this  of  the  indwelling  of  the  Holy  Ghost 

in  the  souls  of  the  just.     St.  Paul  again  and 

again   refers   to  it  as  one  of  the  elementary 

truths  of  the  Christian   religion,   known   and 

acknowledged  by  all.     It  is  this,  he  assures  us, 

which  justifies  our  confident   hope  of  eternal 

beatitude  :    ^ '  Hope  confoundeth  not.     Because 

the  charity  of  God  is  poured  forth  in  our  hearts 
^--''"'  ""^^  inn 

8T.    MICHAEL'S 

COL-'v.f.Qc 


INDWELLING  OF  HOLY  SPIRIT     101 

by  the  Holy  Ghost,  who  is  given  to  us  "  (Rom. 
V.  5).  This,  he  urges,  should  furnish  us  with  a 
tremendous  motive  for  the  conquest  of  sins  of 
the  flesh  :  for  since  God  dwells  within  us,  sins 
of  this  kind  assume  the  character  of  sacrilege  : 
"  Know  you  not  that  your  members  are  the 
temple  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  who  is  in  you,  whom 
you  have  from  God  :  and  you  are  not  your  own. 
.  .  .  Glorify  and  bear  God  in  your  body " 
(1  Cor.  vi.  19,  20).  This  Divine  Guest,  he 
affirms,  bears  witness  within  us  that  we  are 
indeed  God's  children,  and  inspires  us  with  the 
filial  confidence  which  our  adoption  warrants  : 
"  You  have  not  received  the  spirit  of  bondage 
again  in  fear  :  but  you  have  received  the  spirit  of 
adoption  of  sons,  whereby  we  cry  :  Abba,  Father. 
For  the  Spirit  Himself  giveth  testimony  to  our 
spirit  that  we  are  the  sons  of  God  "  (Rom.  viii. 
15,  16).  Elsewhere,  too,  he  speaks  of  us  as 
having  been  ''  anointed  "  with  the  Spirit  (2  Cor. 
i.  21) ;  and  in  another  place  he  calls  Him  ''  the 
earnest  of  our  inheritance"  (Eph.  i.  14). 

These  few  citations  and  references  will  be 
enough  to  show  how  fundamental  a  place  the 
doctrine  holds  in  the  apostolic  teaching.  The 
fathers  of  the  Church  are  equally  explicit.  The 
following  striking  passage  from  St.  Cyril  of 
Alexandria,  in  which  the  gift  of  grace  is  attri- 


102    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

buted  to  the  presence  of  the  Holy  Ghost  in  our 
souls,  is  but  one  of  many  similar  utterances, 
which  might  be  cited.  "  When  the  Holy  Spirit 
copies  on  our  souls  the  Divine  Essence,  He  does 
not  do  so  after  the  manner  of  an  artist,  who 
paints  something  different  from  himself.  Not 
in  that  way  does  He  bring  us  to  the  likeness  of 
God.  But  being  God  Himself,  and  proceeding 
from  God,  He  impresses  Himself  invisibly  on 
the  hearts  of  them  that  receive  Him  as  a  seal  is 
impressed  on  wax :  and  thus  by  their  communion 
with  and  resemblance  to  Himself,  He  reproduces 
in  their  nature  the  beauty  of  the  archetype, 
and  shows  man  once  again  in  the  image  of 
God."  1 

An  extremely  interesting  passage  on  this 
subject  occurs  in  the  autobiography  of  St. 
Theresa.  Her  knowledge  of  the  doctrine  was 
derived  in  the  first  instance,  not  from  any 
instruction,  but  from  personal  experience.  "  I 
was,  at  the  beginning,"  she  relates,  ''  so  ignorant 
that  I  did  not  know  that  God  was  present  in 
all  things.  But  since  during  this  kind  of  prayer 
I  found  Him  so  mtimately  present  to  my  soul, 
since  the  sight  which  I  had  of  this  presence  was 
so  clear,  it  was  absolutely  impossible  for  me  to 
have  any  doubt  on  the  point.     Some  persons 

1  Thesaurus,  34  (P.G.  Ixxv.,  610). 


INDWELLING  OF  HOLY  SPIRIT     103 

who  had  not  much  learning  told  me  that  God 
was  only  present  by  His  grace.  I  was  so  certain 
of  the  contrary  that  I  was  unable  to  accept 
their  view,  and  it  caused  me  some  trouble.  A 
very  learned  theologian  of  the  Order  of  the 
great  St.  Dominic  delivered  me  from  these 
doubts.  He  told  me  that  God  was  really  pre- 
sent in  all  things,  and  he  showed  me  how  He 
communicates  Himself  to  us.  This  filled  me 
with  the  most  lively  consolation."^ 

2.  Yet  a  difiiculty  at  once  suggests  itself  to 
us.  God  surely  is  present  everywhere.  His 
omnipresence  or,  as  it  is  often  termed,  His 
immensity,  is  one  of  those  elementary  truths  to 
which  even  the  untutored  reason  bears  witness. 
The  child  just  learning  the  outlines  of  the  faith 
finds  no  difficulty  in  understanding  this.  It 
would  be  necessary  to  go  low  in  the  scale  of 
beliefs  to  find  a  religion  which  taught  that 
God's  presence  was  restricted  to  certain  locali- 
ties. In  what  sense  then  can  it  be  said  that  it 
is  the  peculiar  privilege  of  the  just  that  God 
should  dwell  within  them  ?  In  one  and  all  of 
the  passages  which  we  have  cited,  it  is  assumed 
that  the  presence  of  the  Holy  Ghost  is  a  gift 
conferred  in  justification,  which   they  did  not 

^  Viede  SainU  Thirhe,  c.  18,  traduction  de  R.  P.  Bouix, 
6.J.,  cited  in  Froget,  De  V inhabitation  du  S.  Esjjiity  p.  82. 


104    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

possess  before,  that  at  that  moment  God  des- 
cended upon  them  and  took  up  His  abode  within 
them.  Indeed  Scripture  expressly  says  of  sin- 
ners :  ''The  Lord  is  far  from  the  wicked  "  (Prov. 
XV.  29).  It  is  clear  that  this  inhabitation  of 
the  soul  by  the  Holy  Ghost  is  something 
different  from  God's  general  omnipresence.  It 
may  be  termed  His  extraordinary  presence  in 
distinction  from  His  ordinary  presence.  And 
we  shall  be  in  a  better  position  to  understand 
its  nature,  if  we  first  explain  briefly  the  manner 
of  His  ordinary  presence  in  creatures. 

When  we  aflSrm  that  God  is  everywhere,  that 
however  vast  be  the  space  He  has  created  or 
may  yet  create,  He  is  in  every  portion  of  it,  we 
do  not,  of  course,  regard  God  as  being  in  space 
after  the  manner  of  corporeal  things,  so  that 
one  portion  of  His  being  is  in  one  part  of  space, 
and  another  in  another  part.  There  is,  indeed, 
a  system  of  philosophy,  widely  held  at  the 
present  day,  which  comes  near  falling  into  this 
error.  According  to  Pantheism  the  universe  is 
God  manifesting  Himself  in  phenomena.  There 
is  no  ultimate  distinction  between  the  Creator 
and  the  creature.  They  are  related  as  the 
thinker  and  the  thought ;  and  since  it  is  held 
that  the  existence  of  the  thinker  without  the 
thought  involves  a  contradiction,  it  follows  that 


INDWELLING  OF  HOLY  SPIRIT     105 

there  can  never  have  been  a  time  when  there 
was  no  universe.  This  theory,  it  is  true,  teaches 
that  God  is  everywhere,  but  only  in  the  utterly 
inadequate  sense  which  we  have  indicated.  From 
its  principles  it  would  follow  that  God  is  not 
whole  and  entire  anywhere,  but  that  He  is,  so 
to  speak,  distributed  through  the  universe, 
which  is  not  really  other  than  Himself.  Very 
different  is  the  account  of  God's  immensity 
given  by  the  great  theologians.  They  tell  us 
that  the  distinction  between  the  Creator  and 
creature  is  absolute  :  that  God  existed  before 
there  was  any  space,  for  space  is  nothing  but 
the  dimensions  of  that  universe  which  He  has  of 
His  own  free  will  called  into  being.  But  so 
long  as  that  world  exists,  He  is  whole  and 
entire  in  every  part  of  it.  For  He  must  needs 
be  acting  in  every  being  that  exists  :  if  He 
were  not  at  each  instant  giving  existence  to  all 
things,  and  enabling  each  one  to  exercise  its 
due  activities,  they  could  not  be.  But  where 
God  is  acting,  there  God  is  ;  the  power  with 
which  He  acts  is  not  something  different  from 
Himself.  Thus  he  is  present  everywhere  as 
the  universal  cause  of  all  things.  It  is  thus 
that  He  may  be  viewed  as  being  everywhere  in 
space.  He  is  not  more  widely  diffused,  because 
the  universe  is  great  :  nor  would  He  be  bound 


106     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

within  narrower  dimensions,  were  it  smaller 
than  it  is.  He  does  not  need  space.  It  is  the 
things  in  space  which  stand  in  need  of  Him  :  for 
were  He  not  acting  on  them,  they  would  cease 
to  exist. 

We  find  it  hard  to  imagine  how  God  can 
be  present  whole  and  entire  in  all  parts  of 
space  ;  for  our  imagination  is  limited  by  the 
impressions  of  our  external  senses.  But  an 
illustration,  which  may  render  the  concep- 
tion more  easy,  is  furnished  by  the  mode  in 
which  our  soul  is  present  to  our  body.  The 
soul  is  in  the  body.  But  the  soul  is  not  ex- 
tended :  it  is  not  distributed  in  the  body  so 
that  it  can  be  said  to  have  parts.  If  we  lose  a 
limb,  we  do  not  thereby  lose  a  portion  of  our 
soul.  The  soul  is  present  in  its  entirety  to 
every  part  of  the  body.  The  relation  of  the 
Creator  to  the  created  universe  is,  to  be  sure, 
different  from  that  of  the  soul  to  the  body. 
God  is  not  the  soul  of  the  world.  But  the 
illustration,  however  halting,  may  assist  the 
mind  to  grasp  a  truth  which  we  cannot  repre- 
sent to  the  imagination. 

As  the  universal  cause  of  being,  God  is  in  all 
created  things  by  presence,  by  essence  and  by 
power.  He  is  in  them  by  presence^  because  He 
acts  and  works  in  each:  and  where  the  work 


INDWELLING  OF  HOLY  SPIRIT     107 

is,  there  must  of  necessity  the  workman  be. 
He  is  in  them  by  His  power  \  for  the  Divine 
power  cannot  be  at  a  distance  from  the  activity 
which  it  exerts.  And  He  is  in  them  by  His 
essence :  for  in  God  essence  and  power  are 
identical :  they  are  not,  as  in  us,  distinct 
the  one  from  the  other.  Since  He  is  present 
by  His  power,  He  is  present  by  His  essence 
also. 

3.  Is  there  any  other  mode  in  which  God  can 
be  present  to  creatures — a  mode  in  which  He 
can  be  present  to  some  only  and  not  to  others  ? 
Yes :  there  is  the  presence  which  is  granted  to 
the  Blessed  in  heaven.  That  presence  is  a  pre- 
sence by  knowledge  and  by  love.  He  can,  if 
He  will,  grant  to  His  friends  on  earth  a  pre- 
sence of  a  similar  character,  so  that  even  here 
the  first  faint  dawn  of  the  light  of  heaven 
shines  upon  their  souls.  Beyond  these  two 
there  is  but  one  other  way  in  which  God  can  be 
present  to  a  creature — that  which  was  realized 
at  the  Incarnation  of  our  Lord,  when  He 
assumed  a  created  nature  into  His  own  Person- 
ality. But  with  this  presence — that  of  the 
hypostatic  union — we  are  not  here  concerned. 
Our  purpose  is  to  speak  of  that  great  privilege 
of  the  justified  which  we  term  the  indwelling 
of  the  Holy  Spirit :  and  to  show  that  by  this  it 


108     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

is  signified  that  God  is  present  to  the  souls  of 
the  just  by  supernatural  knowledge  and  super- 
natural love. 

But,  it  will  be  said,  surely  this  is  not  a  real 
presence  at  all.  A  person  may  be  present  to 
me  in  thought  and  may  be  in  my  heart  by  love, 
even  though  he  himself  be  far  away  or  dead. 
The  terms  are,  indeed,  often  employed  in  oppo- 
sition the  one  to  the  other.  We  sav  of  some 
one  that  he  is  present  to  our  thoughts,  thereby 
signifying  that  he  is  not  present  really.  If  we 
explain  the  indwelling  of  the  Holy  Ghost  after 
this  fashion,  are  we  not  reducing  it  to  a  mere 
metaphor  ? 

The  diflSculty  is  a  genuine  one.  It  is,  of 
course,  true  that  so  far  as  mere  natural  know- 
ledge goes,  the  presence  of  an  object  in  thought 
in  no  way  involves  a  real  presence.  But  it 
may  be  shown  that  this  is  not  so  in  regard  to 
the  supernatural  knowledge  of  God  of  which 
we  are  speaking.  The  full  proof  of  this  would 
involve  us  in  a  philosophical  discussion  unsuited 
to  the  present  work.  But  the  point  is  one  of 
such  profound  interest  that  we  cannot  leave  it 
altogether  unnoticed.  We  must,  however,  be 
content  to  indicate  in  the  briefest  way  how 
this  conclusion  is  established. 

When  we  say  that  presence  in  thought  is  not 


INDWELLING  OF  HOLY  SPIRIT     109 

a  real  presence,  this  is  because  the  object  of 
thought  is  not  present  to  the  naind  in  its  con- 
crete, reality,  but  by  an  idea  or  concept.  For 
me  to  perceive  an  object  by  my  senses  it  must 
be  actually  present :  it  is  impossible  for  the  eye 
to  see,  or  the  ear  to  hear,  or  the  sense  of  touch 
to  feel  things  that  are  out  of  their  reach.  But 
for  me  to  think  of  a  thing  the  idea  suflSces. 
Indeed,  even  if  the  object  is  present  to  me  and 
falls  under  my  sense,  the  mind  cannot  know  it 
without  a  concept.  The  judgments  which  the 
mind  forms  about  the  thing,  are  formed  within 
itself  and  are,  in  fact,  its  concepts.  In  this  lies 
the  great  difference  between  sense-perception 
and  intellectual  knowledge.  The  perceptions  of 
sense  are  direct  and  immediate.  I  see  the  thing 
itself:  I  do  not  see  my  sight  of  the  thing.  Intel- 
lectual knowledge,  on  the  other  hand,  is  indirect. 
I  know  the  thing  by  knowing  the  judgment 
'formed  with  my  mind.  But,  wonderful  as  it 
may  seem,  when  the  soul  beholds  God,  it  will 
know  Him  not  by  the  aid  of  a  concept  formed 
within  itself,  but  immediately  and  directly. 
Just  as  the  eye  gazes  directly  on  the  thing  it 
sees,  so  will  the  mind  gaze  directly  upon  God. 
And  just  as  when  we  see  an  object  with  our 
eyes,  that  object  is  truly  present  to  us,  so  when 
the  mind  knows  God,  not  mirrored  in  a  con- 


110    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

cept,  but  in  Himself,  God  will  be  really  present 
in  a  new  way  to  the  mind.  In  this  way  the 
knowledge  of  God  which  the  Blessed  possess  in 
heaven  is  at  one  and  the  same  time  a  presence 
to  thought  and  most  truly  a  real  presence. 
He  is  not  present  to  them  vicariously  by  a  con- 
cept, but  in  Himself. 

That  God  should  be  thus  known  results  from 
the  fact  that  He  is  infinite  in  all  perfections. 
Just  as  He  is  infinite  in  being,  He  is  infinite  in 
intelligibility.  Other  things  are  not  intel- 
ligible till  the  mind  by  forming  a  concept  of 
them  has  brought  them  on  to  the  mental  plane, 
and  thus  made  them  objects  which  thought 
can  know.  But  God,  just  as  He  possesses  ex- 
istence of  Himself,  so  also  possesses  intelli- 
gibility. In  His  case  there  is  no  need  that  the 
mind  should  supply  the  conditions  which  render 
its  objects  suitable  for  thought.  Provided  then 
that  God  bestows  upon  a  soul  the  capacity  to 
know  Him,  it  can  know  Him  without  any  in- 
termediary concept.  It  can  behold  Him  **face 
to  face."  This  capacity  to  know  Him,  as  was 
pointed  out  in  Chap.  II.,  is  far  beyond  the  scope 
of  the  natural  endowments  of  any  creature 
however  exalted.  It  can  only  be  ours  through 
a  special  and  supernatural  gift — a  new  power 
infused  into  the  soul.      This  gift  is  palled  the 


INDWELLING  OF  HOLY  SPIEIT     111 

light  of  glory — a  term  adopted  by  way  of  con- 
trast to  the  light  of  reason  and  the  light  of 
faith,  through  which  knowledge  of  God  is 
granted  to  us  here  below. 

It  remains  to  speak  of  the  supernatural  love 
which  joins  the  Blessed  to  God.  Love  is  a  uni- 
fying force.  Without  love  we  are  self-centred. 
Love  enables  us  to  transcend  the  limits  of 
self — to  identify  ourselves  with  another.  We 
love  another  when  we  reckon  him  as  one  with 
ourselves,  when  his  interests  become  our  in- 
terests, and  his  good  is  as  our  good.  It  will, 
perhaps,  be  said  that  this  union  is  a  union  of 
affection,  not  a  real  union.  But,  in  fact,  love, 
if  it  be  genuine,  does  not  stop  short  here.  It 
demands  a  real  union  also.  Friends  who  love 
each  other  well,  crave  for  each  other's  society. 
A  son  whose  life's  work  is  abroad,  will  travel 
round  the  world  that  he  may  spend  a  short 
time  with  the  parents  whom  he  holds  so  dear. 
Love,  says  St.  Thomas,^  involves  a  three-fold 
union.  It  involves,  first,  the  union  which  is  its 
basis :  for  every  love  has  its  origin  in  some 
similarity  or  connection  between  those  who  love. 
Secondly,  there  is  the  union  in  which  love  con- 
sists— the  bond  of  affection.  And  in  the  third 
place,  there  is  the  union  which  love  effects :  and 

^  Summa,  la,  2ae,  q.  28,  art.  1,  ad.  % 


112    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

this  union  is  a  real  one.  Supernatural  love 
does  not  fall  behind  earthly  love  in  this  respect. 
Indeed,  as  it  is  the  most  perfect  form  of  love, 
the  union  which  it  produces  should  be  yet 
closer  and  more  intimate  than  any  which 
earthly  love  can  bring  about.  And  such,  in 
fact,  is  the  case.  The  soul  which  has  received  the 
Divine  adoption  and  has  attained  to  bliss,  loves 
God,  not  as  the  Creator  between  whom  and 
His  creature  there  is  an  impassable  gulf,  but  as 
the  Father,  who  has  raised  it  to  share  His 
own  nature  and  has  admitted  it  to  intimate  fel- 
lowship with  Himself  God  has  given  Himself 
to  the  soul,  and  by  the  love  of  charity  the  soul 
cleaves  to  Him  as  its  very  own.  The  two  are 
united  for  ever  by  an  indissoluble  bond.  Hence 
it  is  that  the  sacred  writers  do  not  hesitate  to 
speak  of  the  soul  as  the  spouse  of  God.  Thus 
St.  Paul  draws  a  parallel  between  the  union  of 
husband  and  wife  on  one  side  and  that  of  God 
and  the  soul  on  the  other.  Husband  and  wife, 
he  reminds  us,  do  but  become  one  flesh  ;  but 
'*he  that  is  joined  to  the  Lord  is  one  spirit" 
(1  Cor.  vi.   17). 

4.  What  has  been  said  will,  we  believe,  have 
shown  clearly  that  we  are  not  speaking  in 
metaphors,  when  we  say  that  God  is  present  to 
the  Blessed  in  heaven  through  knowledge  and 


INDWELLING  OF  HOLY  SPIRIT     113 

love.  This  presence  is  in  every  way  as  real  as 
His  presence  to  all  creatures  as  the  cause  which 
sustains  them  in  being,  and  without  whose  aid 
they  could  exert  no  activity  of  any  kind.  It 
is  a  presence  of  a  different  order,  but  no  less 
actual.  But  we  have  yet  to  show  that  even  in 
this  life  God  is  present  in  a  similar  fashion  to 
all  who  are  in  grace  :  that  in  virtue  of  the 
supernatural  endowments  which  accompany 
grace  they  enjoy  a  personal  union  with  Him, 
which  is  a  veritable  commencement  of  their 
future  beatitude.  This  truth  is  expressly 
taught  by  Pope  Leo  XIII.  in  his  beautiful 
Encyclical  [Divinum  illud  munus)  on  Pentecost, 
in  which  he  savs  :  '*  That  wondrous  union  which 
is  known  by  the  name  of  Indwelling  differs  only 
in  regard  of  its  state,  from  that  by  which  God 
confers  beatitude  on  those  who  have  entered 
heaven."  It  is  this  point  with  which  we  must 
now  deal. 

As  regards  God's  presence  to  us  during  this 
life,  love  plays  the  chief  part.  The  charity 
which  adorns  our  souls  now  is  the  same  charity 
which  we  shall  possess  in  heaven.  Faith  and 
hope  will  pass  away ;  but  the  virtue  of  charity 
will  abide.  The  gift  through  which  we  love 
God  here,  is  the  same  as  that  through  which 
we  shall  love  Him  in  the  next  life.     Even  now 

8 


114    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

our  love  to  God  is  the  love  of  children  to  their 
Father.  We  are  His,  and  He  is  ours.  We  do 
not,  indeed,  enjoy  the  glory  and  the  beatitude 
appropriate  to  that  high  dignity  ;  but  the  union 
is  ours  already.  Certainly  the  acts  of  love 
which  we  shall  be  able  to  make  in  heaven  will 
be  far  more  intense  than  any  which  are  possible 
to  us  in  this  life,  in  which  our  knowledge  of 
Him  is  so  obscure  and  imperfect.  But  they  will 
proceed  from  the  very  same  virtue.  And  where- 
ever  that  virtue  of  charity  is  found,  God  has 
given  Himself  to  the  soul :  He  has  chosen  it  as 
His  spouse.  Though  as  regards  knowledge, 
"we  walk  by  faith  and  not  by  sight,"  the  soul 
that  is  in  grace  possesses  God,  and  knows  that 
it  possesses  Him. 

Moreover,  even  though,  while  we  live  here, 
faith  is  a  necessary  condition  of  our  probation, 
God  has  found  a  way  to  give  Himself  to  us  by 
supernatural  knowledge.  We  have  seen  that 
wherever  charity  is  found,  there  also  is  the  gift 
of  wisdom.  The  function  of  that  gift  is  nothing 
less  than  this.  Through  it,  as  we  saw,  the  soul 
possesses  a  personal  and  experimental  knowledge 
of  God.  A  knowledge  of  this  character  is,  it  is 
evident,  a  veritable  presence  of  God  to  the  soul. 
In  certain  souls  it  reaches  a  sublime  degree. 
These  are  those  who,  by  a  special  and  exceptional 


INDWELLING  OF  HOLY  SPIRIT      115 

act  of  God's  favour,  have  learned  the  secrets  of 
mystical  prayer,  and  have  been  raised,  it  may 
be,  even  to  ecstatic  love.  Such,  however, 
are  at  all  times  the  few.  But  the  privileges 
conferred  by  the  gift  of  wisdom  belong  in  some 
measure  to  all  who  are  in  grace.  For  each  and 
all  are  united  to  God  by  love,  and  know  Him, 
not  merely  by  the  hearsay  of  faith,  but,  in  virtue 
of  that  union,  by  experience. 

It  is  in  this  way  that  the  greatest  of  the 
Church's  theologians  explains  for  us  how  God, 
who  is  in  all  things  by  His  essence.  His  pre- 
sence and  His  power,  can  nevertheless  in  a 
peculiar  manner  make  the  souls  of  the  just  His 
dwelling-place.  He  show^s  us  that  it  is  given  to 
those  who  are  in  grace  to  know  and  to  love 
God,  not  after  the  manner  of  mere  creatures, 
but  as  those  who  enjoy  the  rights  and  the 
privilege  of  children  ;  and  that  this  knowledge 
and  love  constitute  a  veritable  presence  of  God 
within  the  soul. 

5.  Is  this  presence  peculiar  to  the  Holy 
Ghost,  or  is  it  common  to  the  Three  Persons  of 
the  Blessed  Trinity  ?  Our  Blessed  Lord's  words, 
**  If  anyone  love  Me,  he  will  keep  My  word,  and 
My  Father  will  love  him ;  and  We  will  come  to 
him,  and  will  make  Our  abode  with  him  "  (John 
xiv.  23)  seem  to  teach  clearly  enough  that  all 


116     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

the  Three  Persons  are  present.  Further,  it  is  a 
theological  principle,  universally  recognized  as 
certain,  that  in  the  Blessed  Trinity  there  are  no 
differences  save  such  as  are  involved  in  those 
relations  of  origin  by  which  the  Three  Divine 
Persons  are  alike  constituted  and  distinguished. 
There  can  be  no  connection  between  these  rela- 
tions of  origin,  and  any  Divine  action  which  is 
external  to  the  Godhead.  Hence  it  follows 
that  all  God's  activity  in  regard  to  creatures — 
and  inhabitation  is  such  an  activity — must  be 
common  to  the  whole  Trinity.  It  is  not  the 
Holy  Spirit  alone,  but  the  Three  Divine  Persons 
who  dwell  within  our  souls. 

We  need  not  feel  surprise  that  the  inspired 
writers  should  speak  as  though  the  ofiice  were 
peculiar  to  the  Holy  Ghost.  Alike  in  Holy 
Scripture  and  in  the  works  of  the  fathers  cer- 
tain attributes  which  are  common  to  the  whole 
Trinity  are  habitually  assigned  to  one  of  the 
Divine  Persons  in  particular.  Thus  omnipotence 
is  specially  attributed  to  the  Father,  wisdom  to 
the  Son,  love  and  goodness  to  the  Holy  Spirit. 
We  meet  with  expressions  such  as  that  the 
Eternal  Father  created  the  world  by  His  omni- 
potence, through  the  wisdom  of  the  Son  and  the 
love  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  It  would  never  be 
said  that  He  did  so  through  the  wisdom  of  the 


INDWELLING  OF  HOLY  SPIRIT     117 

Holy  Ghost  and  the  love  of  the  Son.  This 
"  appropriation,"  as  it  is  termed,  of  a  common 
attribute  to  a  single  Person,  is  in  no  way  in- 
tended to  signify  that  it  belongs  to  that  Person 
exclusively.  It  is  a  figure  of  speech,  employed 
because  the  attribute  in  question  is  of  such  a 
character  as  to  illustrate  the  special  relation 
borne  by  that  member  of  the  Blessed  Trinity  to 
the  other  two  Persons.  Hence  there  is  good 
reason  why  in  theological  terminology  it  should 
be  employed  of  that  Person  alone  :  since  by 
these  specialized  attributions  men  are  helped  to 
realize  the  central  mystery  of  the  Divine  pro- 
cessions. The  data  of  revelation  seem  to  put  it 
beyond  doubt  that  the  Son  is  begotten  by  an 
act  of  the  Divine  intellect,  and  that  the  Holy 
Spirit  proceeds  from  the  Father  and  the  Son  by 
an  act  of  the  Divine  will.  This  being  so,  we 
can  readily  understand  why  wisdom  should  be 
appropriated  to  the  Son,  and  love  and  goodness 
to  the  Holy  Ghost,  for  wisdom  belongs  to  the 
mind,  while  it  is  the  will  which  is  the  source  of 
love.  God's  gifts  are  the  work  of  the  Divine 
love ;  and  grace  is  rightly  reckoned  as  having  a 
special  title  to  be  called  God's  gift,  for  it  is  an 
act  of  His  generosity  beyond  and  above  the 
nature  with  which  He  endowed  us.  It  is  for 
this  reason  that   our   sanctification   in   all  its 


118    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

aspects,  and  above  all  the  supreme  gift  by  which 
He  bestows  Himself  to  dwell  within  us,  is  attri- 
buted in  a  peculiar  manner  to  the  Third  Person 
of  the  Blessed  Trinity. 

This  explanation  of  Divine  inhabitation  given 
in  this  chapter,  which  is  drawn  from  the  pages 
of  St.  Thomas,  is  not  the  only  one  offered  by 
Catholic  theologians.  It  is  a  point  on  which 
various  views  have  been  held.  But  it  does  not 
seem  too  much  to  say  that  this  is  the  only  ex- 
planation, which,  while  it  accords  with  all  that 
both  reason  and  theology  teach  us  as  to  the 
nature  of  God,  gives  us  an  adequate  notion  of 
the  tremendous  privileges  implied  by  the  truth 
in  question. 


CHAPTER  VI  / 

THE  ACQUISITION  OF  SANCTIFYING  GRACE 

1.  Dispositions  requisite  for  Justification.  2.  Need  of 
Actual  Grace.  3.  Sanctifying  Grace  conferred  in 
Different  Degrees.  4.  Protestant  Doctrine  of  Justifi- 
cation by  Faith  alone.  5.  Sufficient  and  Efficacious 
Grace. 

1.  The  means  by  which  God  bestows  sanctify- 
ing grace  upon  our  souls  is,  as  we  have  seen,  the 
sacrament  of  baptism.  It  is  by  this  sacrament 
that  a  man  is  born  again  as  a  child  of  God. 
Moreover,  the  Church  assures  us  that  there  Is 
no  human  being  who  is  not  capable  of  receiving 
the  benefits  of  baptism.  The  infant,  in  whom 
the  powers  of  reason  are  as  yet  undeveloped, 
the  idiot,  in  whom  they  must  remain  dormant 
throughout  the  whole  of  this  life,  may  possess 
the  endowment  which  opens  the  gates  of  heaven 
to  them,  no  less  than  the  man  who  enjoys  the 
full  use  of  his  faculties.  But  the  conditions  in 
the  two  cases  are  different.  Those  who  cannot 
exercise  their  free  will  are  justified  by  the  mere 
application   of  the   sacrament.     God  does  not 

119 


120    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

demand  of  them  that  which  it  is  beyond  their 
power  to  give.  It  is  otherwise  with  the  reason- 
ing adult.  For  him  the  mere  passive  reception  of 
baptism  is  insufficient.  None  of  God's  reason- 
ing creatures,  neither  angel  nor  man,  may  enter 
heaven  unless  he  is  willing  to  co-operate  in  the 
work  of  his  salvation.  The  sacrament  will  only 
avail  him  if  he  seeks  it  with  certain  dispositions 
of  mind.  In  the  first  place  he  must  have  faith ; 
he  must  believe  God's  message  to  man  and  His 
promise  of  supernatural  life  through  Jesus 
Christ.  He  must  also  have  a  fear  of  God's 
judgments,  a  hope  of  His  rewards,  and  a  genuine 
sorrow  for  past  sins. 

It  is  easy  to  see  why  these  particular  disposi- 
tions should  be  required  before  grace  can  be 
infused  into  the  soul.  Apart  from  faith  man 
does  not  and  cannot  know  anything  of  the 
supernatural  end  for  which  God  destines  him  : 
revelation  alone  can  make  this  known  to  him. 
Unless  he  has  heard  God's  message  and  believes 
it,  it  is  out  of  the  question  that  he  should  take 
a  single  step  towards  its  attainment.  No  man 
strives  to  attain  that  which  is  totally  beyond 
his  reach.  Hence  faith,  as  the  Church  assures 
us,  is  "  the  commencement,  the  foundation,  and 
the  root  of  all  justification."^     Sorrow  for  past 

'  Trid.,  Sess.  VI.,  cap.  8  (Denz.,  801). 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIKED     121 

sins  is  no  less  essential.  For  the  very  purpose 
of  the  gift  of  grace  is  to  unite  our  wills  to  God 
by  charity.  There  can  be  no  such  union  as 
long  as  our  will  adheres  to  that  which  God  has 
forbidden.  Unless  we  recognize  the  gravity  of 
our  faults  and  repent  of  our  disobedience,  there 
can  be  no  room  for  charity  in  the  soul.  The 
love  of  what  God  forbids  is  incompatible  with 
the  love  of  God.  Fear  and  hope  are,  normally, 
requisite  in  order  to  bring  us  to  sorrow  for  the 
past.  It  needs  a  struggle  to  forsake  our  previous 
life  and  seek  God  ;  and  were  it  not  for  the  fear 
of  the  tremendous  penalties  which  God's  revela- 
tion makes  known,  and  for  the  hope  of  the 
rewards  which  He  promises,  we  are  hardly 
capable  of  the  effort  involved.  It  may  indeed 
happen  that  in  some  favoured  souls  faith  is 
immediately  followed  by  love.  If  that  is  so, 
there  is  for  them  no  need  of  explicit  acts  of  fear 
or  hope,  or  even  of  sorrow  for  the  past :  love 
would  supply  the  place  of  all.  If  anyone  loves 
God,  his  love  contains  equivalently  the  hope  of 
gaining  God,  the  fear  of  losing  Him,  and  regret 
for  past  sins.  But  this  case  must  be  reckoned 
as  altogether  exceptional.  Ordinarily  speaking, 
men  climb  the  ladder  of  sanctity  by  degrees. 
Fear  first  moves  them  to  forsake  sin  :  then  the 
hope  of  a  future  reward  exerts  an  ever  increas- 


122    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

ing  influence  upon  them  :  and  only  after  this 
do  they  recognize  that  God  is  more  precious 
than  His  gifts,  and  so  are  led  to  love  Him  with 
their  whole  heart. 

That  the  conditions  of  justification  are  such 
as  we  have  indicated  is  the  plain  teaching  of 
Scripture.  We  are  assured  again  and  again 
that  there  can  be  no  salvation  unless  we  believe 
in  the  revelation  of  Jesus  Christ.  '^  He  that 
belie veth  and  is  baptized,"  says  our  Lord,  *' shall 
be  saved  ;  but  he  that  believeth  not  shall  be 
condemned  "  (Mark  xvi.  16);  and  again  :  "  If  you 
believe  not  that  I  am  He,  you  shall  die  in  your 
sin"  (John  viii.  24).  Thus,  too,  St.  Paul  in 
answer  to  the  question  of  the  gaoler  at  Philippi, 
**  What  must  I  do  to  be  saved  ?"  replied  :  '*  Be- 
lieve in  the  Lord  Jesus  ;  and  thou  shalt  be  saved, 
and  thy  house."  As  regards  the  necessity  of 
sorrow  for  sin,  we  have  our  Lord's  words  :  "  Ex- 
cept ye  repent,  ye  shall  all  in  like  manner 
perish"  (Luke  xiii.  3,  R.V.).  And  St.  Peter, 
speaking  to  the  Jews  converted  by  the  miracle 
of  Pentecost,  expressly  declares  repentance  to 
be  an  essential  preliminary  to  the  grace  of 
baptism  :  "  Repent  ye,  and  be  ye  baptized  every 
one  of  you  in  the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus  unto 
the  remission  of  your  sins  :  and  ye  shall  receive 
the  gift  of  the  Holy  Ghost  "  (Acts  ii.  33,  R.V.). 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIRED     123 

The  importance  of  fear  and  hope  appears  from 
the  appeal  made  to  these  motives  in  the  preach- 
ing both  of  our  Lord  and  of  the  apostles.  The 
great  alternative  that  lies  before  us — the  glory 
and  joy  of  heaven  or  the  awful  punishments  of 
hell — is  constantly  urged  by  them  as  a  means 
to  bring  men  to  abandon  their  sins  and  seek  the 
justification  offered  to  them.  Thus  our  Lord 
exhorts  His  hearers  to  that  profession  of  belief 
in  Him  without  which  justification  is  impossible, 
in  the  following  terms  :  **  Whosoever  shall  con- 
fess Me  before  men,  him  shall  the  Son  of  Man 
also  confess  before  the  angels  of  God.  But  he 
that  shall  deny  Me  before  men,  shall  be  denied 
before  the  angels  of  God  "  (Luke  xii.  8,  9). 

From  the  earliest  days  of  Christianity  the 
Church  demanded  these  conditions  of  those  who 
sought  baptism  after  they  had  attained  the  age 
of  reason.  She  admitted  to  that  sacrament 
none  save  those  who  were  prepared  to  yield  an 
unhesitating  belief  to  the  Christian  revelation 
as  taught  by  her.  The  profession  of  the  Church's 
creed  has  at  all  times  been  an  essential  part  of 
the  baptismal  rite.  Nor  is  she  less  insistent 
on  the  need  of  repentance.  She  exacts  from 
the  catechumen  a  solemn  renunciation  of  the 
world,  the  flesh,  and  the  devil.  And  she  has 
always  sought  to  bring  men  to  desire  the  grace 


124     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRA.CE 

bestowed  in  justification  by  instilling  into  them 
the  fear  of  punishment  and  the  hope  of  reward. 
From  what  has  been  said  it  might  perhaps  be 
concluded   that   until  baptism  is  actually  ad- 
ministered, justification  is  altogether  unattain- 
able.    This,  however,  is  not  the  case.     Baptism 
undoubtedly  is,  ordinarily  speaking,  the  means 
by  which  the  man  who  believes  Christ's  revela- 
tion and  deplores  his  past  sins,  receives  the  gift 
of  sanctifying   grace.     But    if  the  believer  is 
moved    even    before    baptism    not   merely   to 
repentance  but  to  the  pure  love  of  God,  if,  that 
is,  his  sorrow  is  the  sorrow  of  pure  contrition, 
then  grace  is  forthwith  conferred  upon  him,  and 
his  soul  is  justified  antecedently  to  the  admini- 
stration  of  the  sacrament.     Our  Lord's  words 
are  clear  on  this  point :  "  If  anyone  love  Me,  he 
will  keep  My  word,  and  My  Father  will  love 
him ;  and  We  will  come  to  him,  and  will  make 
Our  abode  with  him  "  (John  xiv.  23).     This,  of 
course,  does  not  imply  that  those  who  attain 
justification    in   this    way    can   dispense   with 
baptism.     The  reception  of  the  sacrament  re- 
mains necessary  by  reason  of  God's  command, 
because  it  is  the  gate  leading  to  the  reception 
of  the  other  sacraments,  and  because  it  is  the 
external  sign  of  incorporation  into  the  Church. 
But    the    Church   has  always  recognized   that 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIRED     125 

where  actual  baptism  is  impossible,  its  place 
may  be  taken  by  '*  the  baptism  of  desire."  If  a 
man  believes  Christ's  revelation  and  has  a 
genuine  love  of  God  and  a  desire  of  receiving 
baptism,  then,  even  though  he  should  be  cut  oif 
by  death  before  its  reception,  his  soul  will  be 
among  the  saved. 

2.  Faith,  repentance,  fear  of  God  and  hope 
of  God  are  very  far  from  being  mere  conditions, 
the  fuljEilment  of  which  God  demands  of  us  as  a 
preliminary  to  our  justification,  but  without 
any  internal  connection  with  grace.  They  are 
a  positive  preparation  of  the  soul  for  the  recep- 
tion of  that  gift.  Faith  in  God's  promise  of 
salvation  through  Christ  is  the  soul's  first  step 
towards  its  supernatural  end,  and  fear  and  hope 
and  repentance  are  the  next  steps  in  the  same 
great  journey.  In  theological  terminology  they 
are  all  of  them  works  conducing  to  salvation 
{opera  salutaria).  Now  it  is  a  truth  of  revela- 
tion that  man's  natural  powers  are  wholly  in- 
competent to  do  anything  towards  the  attain- 
ment of  celestial  beatitude.  Man  viewed  apart 
from  grace  was  destined,  as  we  have  seen,  for  a 
happiness  of  a  less  exalted  character.  His 
faculties,  without  a  supernatural  elevation,  are 
not  such  as  to  enable  him  to  pursue  a  super- 
natural aim.     Even  faith,  the  first  step  of  all, 


126     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GEACE 

is  God's  gift.  Thus  St.  Paul  writes  to  the 
Ephesians :  "  By  grace  you  are  saved  through 
faith  :  and  that  (f.e.,  your  salvation  through 
faith)  not  of  yourselves  :  for  it  is  the  gift  of 
God  "  (Eph,  ii.  8) ;  and  elsewhere  :  '*Unto  you 
it  is  given  for  Christ  not  only  to  believe  in 
Him,  but  also  to  suffer  for  Him "  (Phil.  i. 
29).  Precisely  the  same  teaching  is  found  in 
the  Gospels,  where  our  Lord  says  to  the  Jews  : 
'^  No  man  can  come  to  Me  except  the  Father 
who  hath  sent  Me  draw  him.  .  .  .  There 
are  some  of  you  who  believe  not  .  .  .  therefore 
did  I  say  to  you  that  no  man  can  come  to  Me, 
unless  it  be  given  him  by  My  Father"  (John 
vi.  44,  65,  66),  Similarly  when  St.  Luke  tells 
us  in  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles  of  the  conver- 
sion of  the  woman  Lydia  at  Philippi,  he  says  : 
*' Whose  heart  the  Lord  opened  to  give  heed 
unto  the  things  which  were  spoken  by  Paul" 
(Acts  xvi.  14,  R.V.).  What  is  true  of  faith  is 
true  of  the  other  acts  which  lead  on  towards 
justification.  St.  Paul  tells  us  in  general 
terms  :  **  It  is  God  who  worketh  in  you  both  to 
will  and  to  accomplish"  (Phil.  ii.  13).  This 
truth  has  been  explicitly  affirmed  by  the 
Church  on  several  occasions.  In  the  fifth  cen- 
tury it  was  maintained  by  St.  Augustine 
against  the  Semipelagians  of  Marseilles.     These 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIRED     127 

men  repudiated  the  heresy  of  Pelaglus  that 
man  can  save  his  soul  without  grace ;  but 
they  contended  that  the  first  step  towards  sal- 
vation, faith,  or  at  least  the  desire  for  faith,  is 
purely  our  own  act.  The  great  African  doctor 
showed  that  such  a  view  was  contrary  to  the 
express  teaching  of  revelation.  Since  then  the 
doctrine  has  been  defined  in  more  than  one 
council.  It  will  be  sufficient  for  our  purpose  to 
quote  the  canon  in  which  the  opposite  error  is 
condemned  by  the  Council  of  Trent :  *'  If  any 
one  shall  maintain  that  without  the  prevenient 
inspiration  of  the  Holy  Ghost  and  without  His 
assistance,  man  can  believe  or  hope  or  love  or 
repent,  as  is  required  in  order  that  he  should 
receive  the  grace  of  justification  :  let  him  be 
anathema"  (Sess.  VI.,  can.  3).^  The  aid  thus 
conferred  upon  us  belongs  to  the  order  of  grace; 
for,  like  sanctifying  grace  itself,  it  elevates  our 
actions  to  the  supernatural  plane.  Since,  how- 
ever, it  is  not  the  gift  of  an  abiding  state,  but 
simply  of  a  particular  activity  of  the  soul,  and 
is  temporary  in  its  character,  it  is  distinguished 
by  the  name  of  actual  grace.  It  will  be  ob- 
served  that   in   the   decree  just   quoted,    the 


1  (( 


Si  quis  dixerit,  sine  praeveniente  Spiritus  Sancti 
inspiratione  atque  hjusadjutorio  hominem  credere,  operari, 
diligere  aut  pa3nitere  posse,  sicut  oportet  ut  ei  justiiicationis 
gratia  conferatur:  A.S."     (Denz.,  n.  813.) 


128     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Church  does  not  teach  that  belief  as  such  is  an 
impossibility  without  this  supernatural  assist- 
ance. Had  it  done  so,  it  might  be  argued 
that,  by  the  Church's  own  admission,  there 
must  be  some  want  of  cogency  in  the  argu- 
ments for  Christianity  as  they  are  presented  to 
us  :  since  otherwise  they  would  be  capable  of 
convincing  the  intellect  and  producing  belief 
even  without  a  special  assistance  on  God's  part. 
The  Church  has  ever  maintained  that  the  evi- 
dences for  the  truth  of  Christianity  are  amply 
suflBcient  for  all  minds.  But  it  declares  that 
belief  produced  without  the  aid  of  grace  would 
not  be  such  as  to  help  to  the  attainment  of 
justification.  It  would  be  of  no  more  avail  for 
that  end  than  is  that  of  which  St.  James  speaks, 
when  he  tells  us  that  "  the  devils  also  believe 
and  tremble"  (Jas.  ii.  19). 

The  immediate  effect  of  actual  grace  is,  as  we 
have  seen,  to  produce  in  the  soul  those  acts  of 
the  mind  and  the  will  which  are  the  prelimin- 
ary to  sanctifying  grace.  Revelation  does  not 
inform  us  in  what  precisely  it  consists :  and  the 
point  has  given  rise  to  some  discussion.  Some 
theologians  hold  that  it  is  wholly  constituted 
by  the  acts  themselves.  But  weightier  argu- 
ments, as  it  would  seem,  can  be  advanced  for 
the  view  that  it  is  a  positive  endowment  tern- 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIEED     129 

porarily  infused  into  the  soul,  elevating  it  to 
the  supernatural  order  and  determining  it  to 
the  production  of  the  acts  in  question. 

Under  the  influence  of  actual  grace  the  mind 
and  will  are  moved,  as  it  were,  spontaneously 
to  faith  and  repentance.  Apart  from  any  deli- 
berate choice  on  its  own  part,  the  soul  finds 
itself  turning  towards  God.  But  God  does  not 
force  us  to  accept  His  gift.  In  the  moment 
when  a  man  becomes  conscious  of  these  motions 
of  his  soul,  he  may,  if  he  so  chooses,  refuse  his 
consent  to  them,  and  choose  the  path  of  dis- 
belief and  impenitence.  On  the  other  hand,  he 
may  welcome  them :  in  which  case  they  are 
brought  to  completion  no  longer  as  indeliberate 
acts,  but  with  the  full  and  deliberate  consent 
of  the  will.  During  the  former  stage,  the  super- 
natural assistance  is  termed  gratia  excitans : 
after  the  recipient  has  yielded  his  consent,  it  is 
termed  gratia  adjuvans}  Actual  grace,  it  will 
be  observed,  differs  from  sanctifying  grace  in 
this  important  point  :  that  its  reception  is  not 
dependent  on  any  preparation  on  our  part. 
The   sinner   is   not  bound  to  produce  certain 

^  Gratia  excitans  signifies  literally  "  arousing  grace.'^ 
It  is  so  called  because  its  office  is  to  arouse  the  quiescent 
faculty  to  supernatural  action.  But  we  have  no  generally 
accepted  rendering  for  the  term  in  English.  Gratia  adjuvant 
signifies  "  assisting  grace." 

9 


130     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

definite  dispositions  in  himself  before  he  can 
hope  to  receive  any  actual  grace.  God  gives 
His  actual  graces  even  to  the  greatest  sinners, 
that  He  may  bring  them  to  repentance.  Doubt- 
less they  are  given  more  abundantly  to  those 
who  pray  and  take  the  other  means  to  which 
the  Church  exhorts  men.  But  every  step  of 
this  kind  presupposes  the  gift.  Were  it  not 
for  the  influence  of  actual  grace  within  him,  the 
sinner  could  do  nothing  to  return  to  God. 

3.  It  is  a  general  principle  that  the  degree  in 
which  a  perfection  can  be  realized  is  limited  by 
the  capacity  of  the  subject  receiving  it.  The 
principle  is  exemplified  in  many  spheres.  An 
artist  may  conceive  the  ideal  of  some  picture. 
But  the  realization  of  the  ideal  will  be  con- 
ditioned by  the  materials  at  his  disposal.  He 
cannot  achieve  more  than  they  admit  of :  if  he 
has  only  one  or  two  colours,  he  cannot  depict 
some  richly  variegated  scene.  So,  too,  if  a  man 
sows  seed  in  his  garden,  the  character  of  the 
soil  exercises  a  determining  influence  on  the 
development  of  the  plant.  A  perfect  plant 
demands  a  soil  adapted  to  it.  Or  to  take  our 
example  from  another  quarter:  if  a  man  endeav- 
ours to  impart  some  branch  of  knowledge  to  a 
boy,  he  recognizes  that  the  result  must  be 
conditioned  by  the  intellectual  capacity  of  his 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIKED     131 

pupil :  if  he  is  concerned  to  teach  him  some  feat 
of  physical  skill,  his  success  will  depend  on  the 
accuracy  of  eye  and  dexterity  of  hand  that  his 
disciple  possesses.  Grace,  here,  the  Church 
assures  us,  follows  the  analogy  of  nature,  and 
shows  us  the  same  principle  operating  in  the 
supernatural  order.  In  the  case  of  those  who 
obtain  justification  after  they  have  reached  the 
age  of  reason,  sanctifying  grace  is  not  given  in 
an  equal  degree  to  all.  The  amount  bestowed 
depends  on  the  manner  in  which  they  have 
disposed  themselves  for  its  reception.  If  they 
have  used  the  actual  grace  given  them  to  the 
best  advantage,  if  their  faith  is  fervent,  their 
hope  ardent,  their  sorrow  for  sin  intense,  they 
will  receive  it  in  ample  measure.  If  on  the 
other  hand  they  have  shown  but  little  zeal  in 
preparing  themselves  for  it,  and  their  dispo- 
sitions scarcely  go  beyond  the  minimum  which 
God  requires,  they  will  receive  far  less.  It  is 
otherwise,  of  course,  with  those  who  receive  the 
gift  in  infancy  through  baptism,  and  who  are 
not  called  to  co-operate  in  the  work  of  their 
justification.  It  is  practically  certain  that  to 
all  of  these  is  given  an  equal  degree  of  grace  in 
that  sacrament. 

4.  Such    is   the   doctrine    of    the    Catholic 
Church  as  to  the  mode  in  which  man,  if  he  has 


132    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

reached  years  of  discretion,  must  attain  justifica- 
tion.    It   seems   necessary   to   add   something 
regarding  the  Protestant  errors  on  this  subject, 
since   Luther's  teaching  on  this   point  is  the 
basis  on  which  the  whole  of  his  system  was 
erected.     We  have  already  given  some  account 
of  his  teaching  as  to  justification,  and  explained 
how,  according  to  him,  it  does  not  involve  any 
change  in  the  soul  of  the  justified,  but  consists 
solely  in  the  imputation  to  him  of  the  merits  of 
Christ :    that,   in  other  words,   God   does   not 
make   us  just,   but   reckons   us  as  just   by  a 
juridical   fiction.     And    we    have   pointed   out 
that  this  strange  doctrine  was  the  creation  of 
Luther's  own  mind  :  that  there  is  no  vestige  of 
support    for   it   in    Scripture   or   in   Christian 
tradition.      As  regards  the  mode  in  which  man 
secures  this  imputation  of  Christ's  merits  to  his 
soul,    he   asserted    that   one   thing    only   was 
necessary — namely,  faith.     This  is  the  famous 
doctrine  of  justification  by  faith  alone,  which  is 
still  regarded  as  unquestionably  true  by  the 
majority  of  those  who  adhere  to  one  or  other  of 
the  Protestant  sects.     Faith,  however,  does  not 
with  Luther  signify  what  Catholics  understand 
by  the  term — viz.,  belief  in  God's  revelation. 
According  to  him,  man  has  faith  when  he  pos- 
sesses a  confident  trust  that  his  sins  have  be©n 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIRED     133 

forgiven  by  God  for  Christ's  sake.  Thus,  in 
the  authoritative  Lutheran  formulary  entitled 
the  Confession  of  Augsburg,  it  is  laid  down  as 
the  accepted  Protestant  teaching  that  **men 
are  justified  for  Christ's  sake  by  faith,  when 
they  believe  that  they  are  received  into  God's 
favour,  and  that  their  sins  are  forgiven  for 
Christ's  sake,  who  by  His  death  made  satisfac- 
tion for  our  sins."^  As  thus  used  the  term 
signifies  confidence  in  God's  mercy  rather  than 
faith  properly  so  called.  A  further  fundamental 
difierence  between  the  Lutheran  and  the 
Catholic  teaching  is  found  in  their  respective 
teachings  as  to  the  function  of  faith  in  pre- 
paring the  soul  for  justification.  According  to 
Catholic  doctrine,  as  we  have  seen,  faith  and 
hope  are  supernatural  acts,  produced  under  the 
influence  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  and  exercising  a 
renovating  influence  on  the  soul,  which  is  thus 
rendered  a  fit  subject  for  the  reception  of  God's 
gifts.  This  preparation  becomes  complete  when 
the  soul  rises  from  faith  and  hope  to  love.  All 
this  the  Reformers  denied.  According  to  them 
there  is  no  amelioration  of  the  soul  preparatory 
to  justification.  Faith  is  the  sole  condition 
asked  of  us  :  and  faith  exercises  no  renovating 
influence.  It  is  simply  an  instrument  by  which 
^  Confess.  Aug.^  art.  4,  fol.  13. 


134     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

we  secure  the  imputation  of  Christ's  merits. 
To  use  Calvin's  simile,  it  is  comparable  to  an 
earthen  pot,  which,  filled  with  coin,  makes  a 
man  rich,  but  has  no  value  of  its  own. 

The  doctrine  of  justification  by  faith  alone 
stands  or  falls  with  the  view  that  justification 
is  purely  external.  The  rejection  of  the  one 
error  involves  that  of  the  other.  When  it  is 
seen  that  justification  is  not  a  juridical  fiction, 
but  a  veritable  transformation  of  the  soul,  and 
in  all  those  who  have  attained  to  years  of 
discretion  a  transformation  that  takes  place 
voluntarily,  it  follows  of  necessity  that  the  acts 
which  prepare  the  way  for  it  are  acts  by  which 
a  man  forsakes  evil  and  chooses  good,  and 
which  thus  dispose  the  soul  for  God's  gifts. 
Moreover  the  texts  which  have  been  cited  as  to 
the  need  of  hope  and  repentance  show  how 
erroneous  is  the  contention  that  faith  alone  is 
required  of  us. 

What,  however,  it  may  be  asked  is  to  be  said 
as  to  the  passages  in  which  St.  Paul  appears  to 
attribute  justification  entirely  to  faith?  These, 
as  all  are  aware,  have  ever  been  employed  as 
the  chief  weapon  in  the  Protestant  armoury. 
Appeal  is  made  to  texts  such  as  the  following  : 
*'  We  account  a  man  to  be  justified  by  faith 
without  the  works  of  the  law"  (Rom.  iii.  28); 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIEED     135 

"  By  grace  you  are  saved  through  faith  :  and 
that  not  of  yourselves,  for  it  is  the  gift  of  God : 
not  of  works,  that  no  man  may  glory  "  (Eph. 
ii.   8,   9);   and  *' [Christ  Jesus]  was  delivered 
for  our  sins,  and  rose  again  for  our  justification. 
Being  justified  therefore  by  faith,  let  us  have 
peace  with  God  through  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  *' 
(Rom.  iv.  25,  v.  1).      If,  it  is  urged,  faith  is  but 
the  first  of  several  acts  which  God  demands  of 
us,  and  without  them  is  powerless  to  procure 
our  justification,  the  apostle  could  not  speak  as 
he  does.      Indeed  he  goes  out  of  his  way  to 
assure  us  that  we  must  not  regard  our  good 
works  as  having  any  power  to  render  us  accept- 
able to  God:  he  blames  the  Jews  for  this  very 
error,    that    they  did    not  rely  on  faith,    but 
believed  that  their  good  works  contributed  to 
the  result. 

It  would  be  idle  to  deny  that  St.  Paul's 
words  are  open  to  misconstruction  in  the 
Lutheran  sense.  From  the  first,  it  would 
appear,  some  interpreted  them  in  this  fashion. 
Of  some  such  error  St.  Peter  seems  to  speak, 
when  he  says  that  in  the  epistles  of  his  fellow- 
apostle  "  are  certain  things  hard  to  be  under- 
stood, which  the  unlearned  and  unstable  wrest 
as  they  do  the  other  Scriptures  to  their  own 
destruction"  (2  Pet.  iii.   16). 


136     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Yet  when  considered  in  connection  with  the 
remainder  of  his  teachings,  St.  Paul's  meaning 
is  clear  enough.  He  was  engaged  in  refuting 
the  teaching  of  the  Jewish  Rabbis,  according 
to  which  man  can  find  acceptance  with  God  on 
the  score  of  good  works  performed  by  his  own 
natural  powers.  God  had  given  Israel  the  law 
on  Mount  Sinai.  Those  who  should  keep  the 
law — and  man,  the  Rabbis  maintained,  can  do 
so  if  he  chooses — were  just  before  God.  Their 
justice  was  in  the  strictest  sense  their  own  ; 
and  for  it  they  could  claim  a  reward,  as  their 
due.  God  inscribed  their  good  works  in  His 
book  of  record,  and  would  most  surely  pay 
them  that  to  which  they  were  entitled.  This 
view  St.  Paul  declares  to  be  utterly  false.  We 
cannot,  he  affirms,  attain  justice  by  our  own 
good  works.  It  must  come  as  God's  free  gift 
through  grace:  He  must  renovate  us  and  make 
us  just :  and  the  sole  road  to  this  justification 
is  through  faith  in  Jesus  Christ.  To  the  justi- 
fication earned  as  a  matter  of  right  by  works, 
he  opposed  this  justification  by  grace  through 
faith.  But  he  nowhere  implies  that  faith  is  the 
sole  condition  demanded  of  us.  It  is  the  primary 
and  essential  requirement  which  determines 
the  nature  of  the  whole  subsequent  process. 
Whatever  else  we  do,  we  do  in  faith :  whatever 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIRED     137 

we  receive,  we  receive  as  Christ's  followers. 
Hence  the  apostle  is  naturally  led  to  speak  of 
us  as  being  ** justified  by  faith."  In  a  whole 
series  of  passages  he  makes  it  clear  that  the 
moment  at  which  the  gift  of  justification  is  act- 
ually conferred  is  the  baptism  of  the  convert : 
that  besides  faith  repentance  is  needed  as  a 
condition  precedent  to  its  reception  :  and  that 
without  the  subsequent  practice  of  good  works 
it  will  infallibly  be  lost.  Indeed  he  expressly 
states  that  in  those  who  are  justified  faith  must 
be  combined  with  charity,  and  must  issue  in 
works.  **  In  Christ  Jesus  neither  circumcision 
availeth  anything  nor  uncircumcision :  but  faith 
that  worketh  by  charity."  To  interpret  the 
passages  in  which  he  declares  that  we  are  justi- 
fied by  faith,  as  though  they  signified  that 
faith  will  effect  this  result  without  other  con- 
ditions of  any  kind,  is  wholly  to  misunderstand 
their  meaning. 

It  is  worth  noting  that  Luther  did  not 
scruple  to  falsify  the  text  of  Scripture  in  order 
to  provide  his  doctrine  with  the  support  which 
the  words  of  the  apostle  refused  to  give  him. 
In  the  verse  **  We  account  a  man  to  be  justi- 
fied by  faith  without  the  works  of  the  law" 
(Rom.  iii.  28),  he  inserted  the  word  **  alone," 
so  that  in  his  version  it  ran,  *'We  account  a 


138     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

man  to  be  justified  by  faith  alone,"  etc.     The 
action  was  characteristic  of  the  man. 

The  doctrine  of  justification  by  faith  alone 
inevitably  led  to  a  widespread  neglect  of  the 
moral  law.  It  offered  a  cheap  and  easy  way  to 
heaven,  without  the  need  of  the  practice  of 
those  moral  virtues  on  which  the  Catholic 
Church  had  insisted  so  strongly.  History 
bears  witness  to  the  appalling  moral  corruption 
which  followed  the  adoption  of  the  new  religion 
in  those  countries  which  made  profession  of 
Protestantism.  Luther  himself  in  later  life 
often  complained  bitterly  that  the  people  who 
had  received  the  new  teaching  were  in  every 
way  worse  than  they  had  been  before  they 
forsook  the  ancient  faith. -^  Never  was  there  a 
case  which  presented  a  more  striking  veri- 
fication of  our  Lord's  words  :  "  Beware  of  false 
prophets,  who  come  to  you  in  the  clothing  of 
sheep,  but  inwardly  they  are  ravening  wolves. 
By  their  fmits  you  shall  know  them "  (Matt, 
vii.   15,  16). 

5.  Actual  graces  are  distinguished  by  theolo- 
gians into  Efficacious  and  Sufficient  graces.  By 
a  sufficient  grace  is  meant  a  grace  which  con- 
fers on  the  recipient  the  capacity  to  form  a 
particular  good  action,  but  which  nevertheless 

1  See  e.g.  Grisar's  Life  of  Luther  (E.T.),  iv.  c.  24  (1915). 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIRED     139 

remains  without  effect,  because  he  refuses  to 
avail  himself  of  it.  An  efficacious  grace,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  a  grace  which  not  merely  gives 
the  capacity,  but  which  through  the  consent  of 
the  will,  effects  the  good  act  in  view  of  which 
God  bestowed  it.  Thus  we  may  suppose  a 
case  in  which  two  men  have  presented  to  them 
the  arguments  in  favour  of  the  Catholic  reli- 
gion, and  God  by  an  interior  impulse  of  grace 
moves  each  of  them  towards  an  act  of  faith. 
One  rejects  the  impulse  :  the  other  believes. 
The  former  is  said  to  have  received  a  sufficient 
grace  :  the  latter  an  efficacious  grace.  It  will 
be  noticed  that  efficacious  graces  have  a  right 
to  be  called  "  sufficient "  :  for  were  they  not 
sufficient,  they  could  not  achieve  their  result. 
But  custom  has  fixed  the  sense  of  the  words : 
and  by  a  sufficient  grace  we  always  mean  one 
which  de  facto  is  not  efficacious. 

These  terms  are  often  applied  to  graces  con- 
sidered as  gifts  of  God  destined  in  the  Divine 
purposes  to  bring  about  this  or  that  result. 
We  are  taught  both  by  Scripture  and  by  the 
tradition  of  the  Church  that  God  can  by  His 
gifts  of  grace  procure  the  consent  of  any  created 
will,  yet  so  that  the  consent  shall  not  be  by 
constraint  but  shall  be  a  free  act.  '*  The  heart 
of  the  King,"  says  the  Wise  Man,  **  is  in  the 


140    CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GEACE 

hand  of  the  Lord  :  whithersoever  He  will,  He 
shall  turn    it  "   (Prov.  xxi.   1).     This  truth  is 
set  before  us  by  our  Lord,   where  He  says : 
*'My  sheep  hear  My  voice  .  .  .  and  they  shall 
never  perish,  and  no  one  shall  snatch  them  out 
of  My  hand.      My  Father,  which  hath  given 
them  unto  Me,  is  greater  than  all :  and  no  man 
is  able  to  snatch  them   out   of  the   Father's 
hand"      (John   x.    28,    29,   RV.).      Here  He 
declares  that  nothing  can  frustrate  the  Divine 
purpose  regarding  the  salvation  of  the   elect. 
If  this  be  so,  it  follows  that  God  must  be  able 
by  grace   to   direct  the  choice  of  the  will  as 
seems  good  to  Him.     We  are  here,  it  is  clear, 
brought  in  contact  with  the  profound  mystery 
of  God's  government  of  the  world.      Why  in 
certain  cases  He  converts  the  rebellious  will  to 
Himself    and   in   others   permits   the   soul  to 
reject  the  solicitations  of  grace — these  are  ques- 
tions as  to  which  we  must  be  content  to  remain 
ignorant,    and    to    adore   the    dispositions   of 
Divine  wisdom.    It  must  be  enough  for  us  to  say 
with  the  apostle  :  '*  0  the  depth  of  the  riches 
of  the  wisdom  and  of  the  knowledge  of  God ! 
How  incomprehensible  are  His  judgments,  and 
how  unsearchable  His  ways "  (Rom.  xiii.   33). 
Though  it  was  necessary  to  treat  this  point 
in  the  present  chapter,  the  same  principles  hold 


HOW  JUSTIFICATION  ACQUIRED    141 

good  for  all  actual  graces,  for  those  conferred 
on  us  when  we  are  in  the  state  of  justification, 
as  well  as  for  those  which  we  receive  to  aid  us 
to  the  attainment  of  sanctifying  grace. 

The  question  as  to  how  efficacious  grace  acts 
upon  the  will  so  as  nevertheless  to  leave  it  free, 
has  been  ardently  debated  in  the  theological 
schools.  The  Dominican  Order  furnished  the 
chief  defenders  of  one  view,  the  Jesuits  of 
another.  The  controversy  involves  issues  of 
no  small  importance ;  but  since  it  does  not 
immediately  affect  the  revealed  doctrine  of  grace, 
there  seems  no  call  for  us  to  enter  upon  it  here. 


CHAPTER    VIL 

PERSEVERANCE  IN  GRACE. 

1.  Divine  Aid  Necessary  for  Perseverance.  2.  Function 
of  the  Gifts  of  the  Spirit.  3.  Final  Perseverance. 
4.  Avoidance  of  Venial  Sin. 

1.  The  high  privilege  of  sanctifying  grace 
may  be  forfeited  by  sin.  As  long  as  a  man 
lives,  it  is  possible  for  him  to  renounce 
God's  service  and  follow  another  master  :  our 
probation  only  ends  with  death.  Hence  the 
precious  gift  carries  with  it  a  very  grave  respon- 
sibility. We  must  guard  our  treasure  vigilantly. 
Above  all  we  must  be  resolved  that  when 
death  comes — even  if  it  overtake  us  suddenly 
and  without  warning  of  any  kind — it  shall  find 
us  children  of  God,  and  not  servants  of  the 
devil.  It  will  avail  a  man  nothing  to  have 
acquired  grace,  if  in  his  folly  he  flings  the  gift 
away.  Indeed,  those  who  receive  the  Divine 
adoption  and  afterwards  renounce  their  sonship 
are  in  worse  case  than  those  who  know  nothing 
of  the  benefits  won  for  them  by  Christ.  "It 
would  have  been  better   for   them,"    says   St. 

U2 


PEESEVERANCE  IN  GRACE      143 

Peter,  "  not  to  have  known  the  way  of  justice 
than,  after  they  have  known  it,  to  turn  back 
from  that  holy  commandment  which  was 
delivered  to  them.  For  that  of  the  true  proverb 
has  happened  to  them  :  the  dog  is  returned  to 
his  vomit :  and  the  sow  that  was  washed  to 
her  wallowing  in  the  mire"  (2  Pet.  ii.  21, 
22).  In  this  chapter  we  propose  to  consider 
the  conditions  of  perseverance. 

It  might  seem  that  those  who  enjoy  the  gift 
of  grace  are  fully   equipped   for   the   struggle 
against  sin,   and  stand  in  need  of  no  special 
assistance  on  God  s  part  over  and  above   the 
general   providence   due   to   all   that    He  has 
made.      They  have  been  endowed  with  the  vir- 
tues of  faith,  hope  and  charity.     They  believe 
what  He  has  revealed :  they  desire  Him  above 
all   things :    they   love    Him   as   the   supreme 
good — the  end  for  which  they  were  created  and 
for  which  they   exist :   and  they  possess  new 
and   supernatural   principles  of  action  in  the 
infused  moral  virtues.     Surely,  it  may  be  said, 
they  have  in  all  this  an  equipment  which  will 
render  them  more  than  a  match  for  the  temp- 
tations that  must  befall  them.      Their  weapons 
are  adequate  :  nothing  else  can  be  wanted  save 
a  good  will. 

In  one  sense  this  is  true.      Those  who  are  in 


144     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

grace  possess,  absolutely  speaking,  the  power 
to  overcome  all  temptations.  Even  the  small- 
est degree  of  grace  confers  strength  capable  of 
withstanding  any  solicitation  to  evil  whether 
external  or  internal.  But  it  is  one  thing  to 
have  the  power  ;  it  is  another  thing  to  employ 
it.  Notwithstanding  our  ample  endowment,  it 
is  most  certain  that  if  God  does  not  assist  us 
in  a  special  manner,  we  shall  sooner  or  later 
yield  to  temptation  and  forfeit  grace.  For  as 
we  have  seen,  the  gift  of  grace  does  not 
restore  to  us  that  complete  harmony  of  our 
powers  which  belonged  to  Adam  in  the  state  of 
innocence.  The  lower  elements  of  our  complex 
nature  are  not,  even  in  the  regenerate,  in  full 
subjection  to  the  reason,  acting  only  with  its 
permission.  Desire  and  repugnance  do  not 
await  reason's  bidding.  They  drag  us  this  way 
and  that :  and  the  rational  will  is  taxed  to  its 
utmost  to  keep  them  under  control.  We  are, 
further,  often  misled  through  the  ignorance 
which  is  another  of  the  results  of  original  sin. 
Our  judgment  is  clouded  by  concupiscence  and 
by  the  false  maxims  of  conduct  prevalent 
around  us.  And  there  is  yet  another  source  of 
error  in  our  complete  uncertainty  as  to  future 
events.  The  course  which  we  judge  to  be  the 
safest  may  lead  us  straight  to   the   breakers 


PERSEVERANCE  IN  GRACE      145 

and  the  rocks.  Exposed  as  we  are  to  these 
many  dangers  there  is  no  hope  of  our  persever- 
ance, unless  God  brings  His  omnipotence  and 
omniscience  to  the  aid  of  our  weakness  and 
blindness.  Where  He  sees  that  the  interior 
promptings,  which  are  the  normal  effect  of  the 
supernatural  virtues,  would  in  our  case  be  only 
'*  sufficient  grace,"  He  must  supply  what  w^ 
lack  and  give  us  such  additional  assistance  as 
will  constitute  an  efficacious  grace.  He  must 
make  good  the  deficiencies  of  our  prudence, 
directing  our  course  and  protecting  us  from 
unforeseen  dangers.  He  must  employ  a  special 
providence  in  our  regard,  removing  from  our 
path  temptations  which  He  sees  would  prove 
fatal  to  us.  Or,  if  He  judges  best  that  we 
should  meet  the  temptation,  then  the  Holy 
Spirit  must  intervene,  enlightening  our  under- 
standing to  see  what  is  right,  and  inclining  our 
wills  to  follow  it,  thus  leading  us  to  victory, 
where  otherwise  we  should  have  suffered  defeat. 
Thus  St.  Thomas  says:  ''For  the  attainment 
of  our  supernatural  end,  towards  which  we 
are  moved  by  our  rational  nature  as  perfected 
— though  incompletely  so — by  the  theological 
virtues,  the  power  of  reason  by  itself  is 
insufficient,  unless  it  be  aided  from  on  high  by 
the    iuspirationg    and    impulses   of  the  Holy 

10 


146     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

Ghost :  as  it  is  written  :  Whosoever  are  led  by 
the  Spirit  of  God,  they  are  the  sons  of  God 
(Rom.  viii.  14)"  (Summa  L,  IL,  q.  68,  art.  2). 
The  supernatural  actions  of  the  soul  in  grace, 
it  thus  appears,  are  not  in  all  cases  attribut- 
able to  the  infused  virtues  as  their  immediate 
cause.  Many  of  them  are  due  to  actual  graces 
which  are  sent  us  by  God  according  to  our 
needs,  and  which  are  so  many  special  gifts  over 
and  above  the  permanent  endowment  of  virtues 
which  we  can  always  use  as  reason  may  direct. 
These  actual  graces  differ  in  one  important 
respect  from  the  actual  graces  bestowed  on  those 
who  are  destitute  of  sanctifying  grace  with  a 
view  to  its  acquisition.  The  latter  have  a 
two- fold  function ;  they  do  not  merely  incite 
the  recipient  to  a  particular  good  work  :  they 
also  temporarily  elevate  the  soul  to  the  super- 
natural plane  enabling  it  to  perform  a  super- 
natural act.  In  the  regenerate  there  is  no 
need  for  any  such  elevation,  for  the  man  who 
possesses  sanctifying  grace  is  already  a  child  of 
God.  The  actual  graces  conferred  on  him  are 
simply  impulses — motions  impelling  the  soul  to 
this  or  that  act.  It  must  not,  however,  be 
imagined  that  actions  thus  performed  are  not 
free,  and  that  the  soul  is  purely  passive  in 
their  regard.     Were  it  so,  they  could  not  be» 


PERSEVERANCE  IN  GRACE      147 

reckoned  to  our  account  as  good  or  evil.  No 
act  that  does  not  proceed  from  our  free  will  is 
imputable  to  us.  The  graces  of  which  we 
speak  put  the  soul  upon  the  way  to  the  per- 
formance of  a  free  act ;  but  the  soul  is  under 
no  constraint :  it  is  in  its  power  to  reject  the 
grace  conferred  on  it. 

2.  It  is  here,  St.  Thomas  tells  us,  the  gifts 
of  the  Holy  Spirit  exercise  their  function. 
They  render  the  soul  responsive  to  the  touches 
of  the  Holy  Ghost  :  and  when  He  impels  us  to 
some  good  action,  it  is  through  them  that  His 
impulse  is  received.  In  regard  to  the  par- 
ticular work  of  which  we  are  speaking,  viz., 
the  protection  of  the  soul  in  grace  from  the 
dangers  inseparable  from  our  present  state,  two 
of  the  seven,  the  gifts  of  counsel  and  of  fear, 
play  a  part  of  very  great  importance  and  seem 
to  call  for  special  mention. 

It  belongs  to  our  nature  as  rational  beings 
that  we  should  forecast  the  future,  and  shape 
our  course  in  view  of  the  ends  we  have  at 
heart.  Reason  and  faith  show  us  the  relative 
value  of  ends,  so  that  we  may  aim  not  at  some 
merely  temporal  good,  but  at  our  eternal  beati- 
tude in  the  possession  of  God.  It  is  the  office 
of  prudence  to  select  the  most  appropriate 
means  for  the  attainment  of  this,  as  of  every 


148     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

other  end.  Prudence  must  direct  a  man  in  his 
choice  of  a  career,  in  the  formation  of  friend- 
ships, and  in  every  enterprise,  be  it  great  or 
small,  which  he  may  undertake.  Yet  the 
powers  of  prudence  have  their  limits :  it  cannot 
secure  us  altogether  from  error.  Future  events 
are,  for  the  most  part,  beyond  our  calculation  : 
even  the  wisest  find  that  their  best -considered 
judgments  were  wide  of  the  mark.  Here, 
then,  it  is  that  the  just  are  assisted  by  the  gift 
of  counsel.  Through  it  the  Holy  Spirit  sup- 
plies what  is  lacking,  and  guides  them  to  a 
right  decision,  where  otherwise  they  would  have 
erred.  It  need  not,  of  course,  happen  that  the 
decision  thus  formed  gives  to  their  undertaking 
the  immediate  success  they  would  have  wished. 
But  it  will  help  them  to  their  supreme  end : 
and  compared  with  this,  all  else,  as  they  them- 
selves are  the  first  to  own,  is  of  little  moment. 
Thus  human  prudence,  even  at  its  best,  needs 
the  gift  of  counsel  to  perfect  its  work :  and  only 
those  can  be  esteemed  truly  prudent  who 
implore  the  Holy  Ghost  thus  to  help  them  as 
long  as  they  remain  amid  the  manifold  dangers 
and  temptations  which  beset  them  here. 

Hardly  less  important  than  the  gift  of  coun- 
sel is  the  gift  of  the  fear  of  the  Lord.  The 
fe^V  q{  God  may  be  of  two  kinds — the  fear  of 


PERSEVERANCE  IN  GRACE      149 

offending  Him  or  the  fear  of  punishment. 
Both  play  their  part  in  the  work  of  our  salva- 
tion. But  it  is  the  former  alone — filial  fear,  it 
is  called — which  is  reckoned  as  belonging  to 
the  gifts  of  the  Spirit.  This  fear  is  proper  to 
the  sons  of  God.  He  is  the  Supreme  Good, 
whom  they  trust  eventually  to  possess  as  their 
own  :  and  even  apart  from  any  thought  of  the 
punishments  which  He  will  inflict  on  sinners, 
they  fear  to  separate  themselves  from  Him  by 
sin.  Fear  of  punishment  grows  less  and  less 
as  the  love  of  God  increases  in  the  soul;  but 
filial  fear,  the  fear  of  offending  so  good  a  God, 
grows  greater  and  greater.  There  is  no  man 
who  has  not  again  and  again  been  saved  from 
losing  the  gift  of  sanctifying  grace  by  this  fear. 
When  temptation  is  urgent,  when  we  are  al- 
most yielding,  then  God  in  His  mercy  moves 
our  hearts  by  this  fear,  and  the  struggle  ends 
in  victory,  not  in  disaster. 

The  gift  of  fear  corresponds  to  the  virtue  of 
hope.  The  desire  to  possess  God  as  our  own 
finds  its  complement  in  the  fear  lest  we  should 
lose  Him.  But  it  stands  also  in  intimate 
connection  with  the  cardinal  virtue  of  temper- 
ance. The  attraction  exerted  upon  us  by  the 
pleasures  of  sense  in  their  various  forms  is  so 
strong,    that   it    is   in    their   regard   we   most 


150     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

especially  need  the  graces  conferred  through 
this  gift.  Were  the  virtue  of  temperance  our 
sole  weapon  against  these  temptations,  we 
should  not  be  equal  to  the  struggle. 

3.  In  connection  with  this  subject  the 
question  of  final  perseverance  claims  particular 
attention.  By  final  perseverance  is  signified 
continuance  in  a  state  of  grace  till  the  end  of 
our  earthly  probation.  All  those  who  die  in 
grace  are  said  to  receive  the  grace  of  final 
perseverance.  The  term  is  applied  to  the  infant 
who  only  lives  long  enough  to  be  baptized,  and 
to  the  man  who  after  a  life  of  sin  makes  a 
death-bed  repentance  and  is  absolved  in  articulo 
mortis.  These,  however,  may  be  viewed  as 
abnormal  cases.  Ordinarily  final  perseverance 
involves  two  elements  :  (1)  that  its  recipient 
should  have  continued  for  some  length  of  time 
in  a  state  of  grace  and  in  the  practice  of  good 
works,  and  (2)  that  death  should  find  him  in 
this  state. 

Among  the  errors  into  which  the  Semi- 
pelagians  fell  was  the  opinion  that  a  man's 
final  perseverance  depends  wholly  on  himself 
If  a  man  is  in  grace,  then  no  special  Divine 
intervention,  they  maintained,  is  required  to 
secure  his  perseverance  :  this  depends  on  his 
own  efibrts  entirely.     To  refute   this  opinion 


PERSEVERANCE  IN  GRACE      151 

St.    Augustine   wrote    his    treatise    De   Dono 
Per  sever  antiae,  maintaining  that  perseverance 
is  God's  gift,  and  that  without  His  special  help 
given  for  this  end  it  is  beyond  men's  power. 
Our  prayers  themselves,  he  urged,  furnish   a 
suflScient     proof    of    this.       If    perseverance 
depended,  not  on  God's  mercy,  but  on  our  own 
eflforts,  it  would  be  idle  to  petition  God  to  give 
it  to  us.     We  do  not  ask  for  that  which  we  can 
have   without  asking.      Another   defender   of 
Catholic  doctrine  of  this  point,  in  a  document 
which  has  been  recognized  by  the  Holy  See  as 
a  faithful  exposition  of  the  Church's  teaching, 
enunciates    the    same    argument   in   the   well- 
known    form     Lex    supplicandi    statuit    legem 
credendi  (*'The  rule  of  prayer  proclaims  the 
rule  of  faith").  ^     He  appeals  to  the  Church's 
liturgy  which  has  come  down  from  the  most 
primitive  periods  of  her  history,  and  points  out 
that  in  its  prayers  supplication  is  made  that 
God  will  confer  His  gift  on  all  the  faithful. 
There   can   be   no   room    for   doubt    that   the 
prayers  thus  consecrated    by  the  immemorial 
use  of  the  Church  are  the  accurate  embodiment 
of  her  belief.     Hence  to  suppose  that  we  can 
secure  perseverance  by  our  own  efforts  without 

^  Indiculus,  cap.  11  (Denz.,  JS^tic^.,  139). 


152     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Divine  assistance,  is  manifestly  contrary  to  her 
creed. 

A  very  little  consideration  will  show  us  that 
perseverance  in  both  its  elements  is  a  gift  from 
God.  What  has  been  already  said  in  this 
chapter  will  render  this  evident  as  regards 
continuance  in  grace.  We  have  shown  that 
we  cannot  hope  to  avoid  a  grave  fall  save 
through  the  help  of  a  special  providence  and  of 
eflScacious  graces  conferred  upon  us  on  those 
occasions  when  God  foresees  that,  if  left  to 
ourselves,  we  should  fall.  He  is  not  bound 
to  show  us  these  favours.  They  are  given  to 
some,  but  not  to  all.  And,  as  we  have  said 
(ch.  vi.,  §  5),  it  is  idle  to  seek  to  fathom  the 
inscrutable  mystery  of  God's  dispositions  in  this 
regard.  We  cannot  tell  why  to  some  He  gives 
the  efficacious  grace  which  secures  their  salva- 
tion, and  permits  others  to  reject  His  mercy  and 
perish.  We  say,  and  truly,  that  the  issue  is 
determined  by  man's  free-will ;  that  those  who 
perish,  perish  by  their  own  fault.  Yet  the  fact 
remains  that  God  might,  had  He  seen  fit,  have 
given  efficacious  graces  to  the  reprobate,  and 
might  without  injustice  have  bestowed  on  the 
saved  graces  from  which,  to  their  undoing,  they 
would  have  turned  away.  We  do  not,  and 
cannot,  know  why  He  shows  mercy  to  these 


PERSEVERANCE  IN  GRACE       153 

rather  than  to  those.  So,  too,  in  regard  to  the 
time  when  death  befalls  us.  The  hour  of  our 
death  is  in  God's  hands.  He  has  warned  us 
that  it  may  come  at  any  moment.  That  it 
should  come  when  a  man  is  united  to  Him  by 
grace  must  be  esteemed,  not  a  right  but  a  favour, 
a  favour  not  bestowed  on  all.  It  is  manifest 
how  immense  is  the  boon  thus  conferred,  if  we 
reflect  that  God  s  foreknowledge  must  in  many 
a  case  show  that  were  life  prolonged,  the  soul 
would  eventually  fall  into  sin  and  be  lost. 

The  Church  assures  us  that  final  perseverance 
must  ever  be  a  gift  on  God's  part :  that  no 
man,  however  many  his  good  works,  can  claim 
that  gift  as  his  strict  due.  But  she  teaches 
also  that  it  can  be  obtained  with  infallible 
certainty  by  prayer.  In  regard  to  this,  as  in 
regard  to  all  other  things  conducing  to  our 
salvation,  our  Lord's  promise  holds  good. 
*'  Whatsoever  you  shall  ask  the  Father  in  My 
name,  that  will  I  do  :  that  the  Father  may  be 
glorified  in  the  Son  "  (John  xiv.  13).  By  this, 
of  course,  it  is  not  signified  that  prayers  for 
this  purpose  are  sure  to  obtain  their  object, 
even  though  we  should  after  a  time  discontinue 
them  and  neglect  the  great  affair  of  our 
salvation.  We  must  pray  for  perseverance  as 
long  as  our  probation  lasts  :  and  we  must  prove 


154     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

that  we  are  in  earnest  by  the  diligent  employ- 
ment of  those  other  means  of  grace  which  God 
has  put  at  our  disposal.  If  we  do  this,  we 
need  have  no  fear  lest  our  prayer  should  remain 
unanswered. 

4.  In  what  measure  can  he  who  is  in  a  state 
of  grace  rid  himself,  not  merely  of  mortal,  but 
of  venial  sins  ?  This  question  is  nearly  con- 
nected with  that  which  we  have  been  discussing. 
It  is  true  that  venial  sin  does  not  in  itself 
involve  the  forfeiture  of  grace.  But  negligence 
as  regards  such  sins,  if  it  be  habitual  and 
deliberate,  invariably  leads  to  a  grave  fall.  It 
is  easy  to  see  that  this  must  be  so.  If  a  man 
freely  permits  himself  to  yield  to  his  lower 
impulses,  provided  the  matter  be  not  grave, 
those  impulses  will  soon  acquire  a  strength 
which  will  inevitably  carry  him  to  the  com- 
mission of  a  mortal  sin  in  some  moment  of 
stress.  Let  us  suppose,  for  instance,  that  a 
man  harbours  a  grudge  whenever  an  offence, 
however  trifling,  is  done  him.  Should  such  a 
person  meet  with  anything  like  a  serious  wrong, 
there  is  little  doubt  that  his  bitter  temper  will 
flare  up  into  a  mortal  sin  of  hatred.  The 
inclination  to  resentment  has  been  indulged  to 
such  an  extent,  that  it  is  out  of  his  control. 
Besides,  all  deliberate  sin,  even  though  it  be 


PERSEVERANCE  IN  GRACE      155 

venial,  has  a  blinding  effect  on  the  soul.  Those 
who  commit  it  quickly  cease  to  realize  the 
tremendous  obligation  of  God's  law.  God  is 
forgotten :  and  His  voice  speaking  through 
conscience  is  hardly  heard.  When  temptation 
assaults  them,  it  finds  them  unprotected. 

Yet  no  man  can  altogether  rid  himself  of 
venial  sin.  Scripture  assures  us  in  express 
terms  that  no  one,  however  advanced  he  may 
be  in  the  way  of  sanctity,  can  attain  to  perfect 
sinlessness  in  this  life.  "If  we  say  that  we 
have  no  sin,"  says  St.  John,  **  we  deceive  our- 
selves and  the  truth  is  not  in  us  "  (1  John  i.  8 ) ; 
and  St.  James  tells  us  :  **  In  many  things  we 
all  offend"  (Jas.  iii.  2).  So  too  our  Blessed 
Lord  has  taught  all  His  followers  to  pray  daily  : 
**  Forgive  us  our  trespasses  as  we  forgive  them 
that  trespass  against  us."  The  words  would 
have  little  meaning  for  the  saints  if  they  had 
no  trespasses  which  needed  forgiveness.  The 
Church  had  occasion  to  define  this  doctrine  as 
a  matter  of  faith  against  its  denial  by  Pelagius. 
He  claimed  that  since  man  possessed  free-will, 
he  could,  if  he  so  chose,  avoid  all  sin  both 
mortal  and  venial  alike.  So  complete,  accord- 
ing to  him,  is  man's  liberty,  that  every  sin  of 
whatever  kind  merits  eternal  punishment :  no 
difference  can  be  admitted  between  mortal  and 


156    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

venial.  The  Church  utterly  repudiated  this 
appalling  rigorism  :  and  defined  once  and  for 
all  that  there  is  no  one  even  among  the 
regenerate  who  can  attain  to  such  perfection  as 
to  be  altogether  free  from  sin.  ^  This  inability 
to  serve  God  with  perfect  purity  arises,  it 
would  appear,  from  the  present  condition  of 
human  nature.  The  appetites  are  ever  impelling 
us  to  actions  which  involve  some  breach  of 
God's  law :  and,  unless  reason  be  ever  on  its 
guard,  we  follow  where  they  call.  To  all  men 
it  happens  that  from  time  to  time  the  vigilance 
of  reason  slackens,  and  some  venial  sin  is  the 
result.  One  alone  of  Adam's  race,  by  a  special 
and  peculiar  privilege,  lived  a  life  free  from  the 
slightest  stain  of  venial  sin  :  and  that  was  the 
ever-blessed  Mother  of  God.* 

Yet  in  asserting  cur  inability  to  free  ourselves 
entirely  from  the  bondage  of  sin,  we  must 
distinguish  between  semi-deliberate  lapses  and 
those  which  are  fully  deliberate.  It  is  one 
thing  to  be  hurried  into  sin  through  lack  of  full 
advertence :  it  is  another  to  offer  God  the 
insult  of  an  open-eyed  disobedience,  simply 
because  we  know  that  the  matter  is  light,  and 
will  not  involve  the  loss  of  sanctifying  grace. 

'  Cone.  Milev.,  II.,  can.  7,  8  (Denz.,  107,  108). 
^  Trid.  Sess.,  VI.,  can.  23  (Denz.,  833). 


PERSEVERANCE  IN  GRACE       157 

This  latter  class  of  sin  is  incomparably  more 
blameworthy.  And  these  faults  should  have 
no  part  in  our  lives.  We  are  perfectly  capable 
of  eradicating  them  altogether.  Moreover, 
even  as  regards  semi-deliberate  sins,  we  can 
make  constant  progress.  The  diligent  practice 
of  the  virtues  gives  to  a  man  an  ever  fuller 
advertence,  and  an  ever  completer  control  over 
his  actions.  If  we  will  only  make  this  our 
object  in  life,  our  falls  will  constantly  become 
both  fewer  in  number  and  less  and  less  serious 
in  their  character.  *'  The  path  of  the  just  as  a 
shining  light,  goeth  forwards  and  increaseth 
even  to  perfect  day  "  (Pro v.  iv.  18). 


CHAPTEK  VIII 

GROWTH  IN  GRACE:  (1)  MERIT 

1.  Growth  in  Grace.  2.  Merit :  Its  Possibility  and  Con- 
ditions. 3.  Protestant  Objections.  4.  Relation  of 
Charity  to  Merit.  5.  Every  Good  Work  of  the  Just 
Meritorious.  6.  Measure  of  Merit.  7.  Merit  in 
Relation  to  Perseverance. 

1.  It  is  characteristic  of  man  that  he  should 
attain  to  perfection  by  degrees :  that  his 
advance  from  immaturity  to  maturity  should  be 
gradual.  This  is  true  of  him  in  every  sphere. 
He  is  born  into  the  world  helpless  enough.  His 
various  physical  powers  are  present,  but  as  yet 
they  are  latent  and  undeveloped.  Only  by 
slow  stages,  and  step  by  step,  do  they  mature. 
He  must  pass  from  infancy  to  childhood,  from 
childhood  to  adolescence,  from  adolescence  to 
manhood,  before  his  capacities  find  their  full 
realization. 

It  is  the  same  in  the  intellectual  and  the 
moral  order  as  in  the  physical,  save  that  here 
our  advance  depends  far  more  on  our  free-will. 

1^8 


MERIT  159 

The  principles  of  mental  and  moral  life  are 
given  us ;  but  it  is  only  little  by  little  that  we 
store  up  knowledge  and  acquire  virtue.  And 
what  is  true  of  the  order  of  nature  is  no  less 
true  as  regards  the  order  of  grace.  The  gift  of 
justification  does  not  confer  perfection.  It 
gives  us  spiritual  life,  but  not  spiritual  maturity. 
Our  baptism  is  in  truth  a  new  birth.  A  prin- 
ciple of  supernatural  life  is  infused  into  the 
soul :  the  new  man  comes  into  existence.  But 
here  too  the  capacities  of  the  new  nature  demand 
development.  During  the  years  which  are 
given  us,  our  chief  object  should  be  that  these 
capacities  should  be  realized  to  the  full. 

Again  and  again  in  the  New  Testament  do 
the  apostles  insist  on  this  truth  that  the 
Christian  life  is  a  growth — a  growth  in  grace, 
in  charity,  and  in  the  supernatural  knowledge 
of  God.  Thus  St.  Peter  exhorts  his  readers  to 
"grow  in  grace  and  in  the  knowledge  of  our 
Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ  "  (2  Pet.  iii.  18). 
St.  Paul  writes  to  the  Phillppians  as  follows  : 
**  This  I  pray  that  your  charity  may  abound 
more  and  more  in  knowledge  and  in  all  under- 
standing "  (Phil.  i.  9).  In  another  passage, 
speaking  of  the  tribulations  through  which  he 
was  passing,  he  tells  us  that  in  the  endurance 
of  sufiering  "  the  inward  man  is  renewed  day 


160    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

by  day"  (2  Cor.  iv.  16),  And  in  the  epistle  to 
the  Ephesians  he  assures  us  that  the  purpose 
of  the  various  graces  bestowed  upon  the  faithful 
is  that  we  may  all  come  "  unto  a  perfect  man, 
unto  the  measure  of  the  age  of  the  fullness  of 
Christ  .  .  .  that  doing  the  truth  in  charity  we 
may  in  all  things  grow  up  into  Him  who  is  the 
head,  even  Christ  "  (Eph.  iv.  13,  14). 

The  very  nature  of  grace  seems  to  postulate 
the  possibility  of  such  growth.  As  we  have 
seen,  our  sonship  to  God  is  no  mere  legal 
adoption,  regarding  which  it  may  be  said  that 
there  is  no  room  for  more  or  less  :  that  it  is 
either  bestowed  altogether  or  not  at  all.  By 
grace  we  are  made  like  to  God :  and  it  stands 
to  reason  that  this  likeness  can  be  rendered 
more  and  more  perfect  in  us.  No  limit  can  be 
assigned  as  to  which  we  can  say  that  at  this 
point  the  grace  possible  to  a  mere  man  is 
exhausted.  Where  measures  of  space  are  con- 
cerned, every  advance  made  leaves  so  much  less 
to  be  traversed.  It  is  otherwise  as  regards 
knowledge  and  love.  In  these  our  powers 
increase  in  proportion  to  what  we  acquire.  He 
whose  knowledge  is  ample,  will  add  to  his  store 
with  a  rapidity  almost  inconceivable  to  the 
man  of  meagre  attainments  :  and  the  same  holds 
good  of  love,      Our  advance  can  be  stayed  only 


MERIT  161 

by  the  close  of  our  probation,  or  by  the  ceasing 
of  our  efforts.  The  purpose  for  which  God 
destines  His  rational  creation  is  the  possession 
of  Himself.  When  the  soul  reaches  this  state, 
it  has  attained  the  goal  to  which  the  whole  of 
its  course  was  directed.  It  has  reached  its 
term.  It  is  but  to  be  expected  that  here  the 
process  of  endowment  will  cease :  that  the 
degree  of  grace  with  which  it  enters  on  its 
possession  of  God  will  mark  the  fixed  measure 
of  glory  which  it  is  to  inherit :  that  it  has 
entered  on  a  definitive  state. 

That  this  is  in  fact  so,  the  Church  teaches 
us.  The  whole  of  Christian  tradition  assures 
us  that  after  death  there  is  no  opportunity  of 
further  advance  :  that  the  lot  of  the  Blessed  is 
determined  for  all  eternity  at  the  hour  of  their 
death.  It  is  in  this  sense  that  commentators 
on  Holy  Scripture  interpret  our  Lord's  words  : 
"The  hour  cometh  when  no  man  can  work** 
(John.  ix.  4). 

It  may  indeed  be  urged  that  for  the  great 
majority  of  souls  the  hour  of  death  is  not  the 
time  when  they  reach  their  last  end :  that  the 
debt  incurred  by  past  sins  must  be  discharged 
in  purgatory  before  they  attain  to  beatitude. 
If  we  are  to  seek  the  reason  why  the  soul  has 
jio  power  to  advance  in  grace  in  the  fact  that 

U 


162    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

it  has  reached  its  term,  how  comes  it,  it  may  be 
asked,  that  the  souls  in  purgatory  cannot  add 
to  their  store  ?  To  this  it  may  be  replied  that 
these  souls,  now  that  death  is  past,  no  longer 
remain  in  a  state  of  probation.  They  have 
finished  their  course  :  they  have  kept  the  faith  : 
they  have  made  good  their  title  to  a  heavenly 
reward.  If  they  are  still  detained  from  the 
enjoyment  of  everlasting  felicity,  this  is  not 
because  for  them  the  battle  still  continues. 
They  are  subject  to  a  temporary  delay  due  to 
the  fact  that  the  stains  contracted  by  certain 
past  sins  are  as  yet  unremoved.  But  their 
final  lot  is  fixed:  and  so  soon  as  the  impedi- 
ment is  done  away,  they  will  enter  on  the 
inheritance  that  is  already  theirs  by  right. 

2.  There  are,  the  Church  teaches  us,  two 
ways  in  which  we  may  increase  our  grace  : 
(1)  by  merit,  and  (2)  by  the  reception  of  the 
sacraments.  We  deal  here  with  the  doctrine  of 
merit,  reserving  the  subject  of  the  sacraments 
for  another  chapter. 

A  work  is  said  to  possess  merit  when  it  de- 
serves a  reward.  The  Church  assures  us  that, 
given  certain  conditions,  our  good  works  de- 
serve and  receive  from  God  a  reward  of  grace 
here  and  glory  hereafter.  Now  it  has  often 
been  urged  by  the  adversaries  of  the  Church 


MEEIT  163 

that  such  a  doctrine  involves  the  idea  that  we 
can  stand  to  God  in  the  relation  of  creditor  to 
debtor,  that  God  can  be  under  an  obligation  to 
us.     Those  who  argue  thus  overlook  the  fact 
that  a  meritorious  work  does  not  always  put 
the  person  for  whom  it  is  done  under  an  obliga- 
tion, but  only  when  it  is  of  such  a  kind  as  to 
confer  some  positive  advantage  upon  him.      No 
one  will  dispute  that  when  a  father  rewards  a 
thoroughly  obedient  son,  the  reward  is   well- 
deserved.     The  father  is  in  no  sense  a  debtor 
towards  his  son  :  there  is  no  question  of  strict 
obligation.     Yet  the  recompense  is  given  on  the 
score  of  merit :  for  the  son  by  his   obedience 
has  honoured  his  father.      It  is  utterly  impos- 
sible that  God  can  be  our  debtor  :  our  good 
works  can  bring  Him  no  advantage.     But  they 
are  none  the  less  done  in  His  honour,  and  on 
this  ground  they  are  truly  meritorious.    To  put 
this  same  truth  in  a  different  way;  in  regard 
to    merit   we   must   distinguish   the    relation 
between  the  persons  concerned  on  the  one  hand, 
from  the  relation  of  the  work  to  its  reward  on 
the  other.     The  work  may  merit  its  reward, 
even  though,  as  regards  the  persons  concerned, 
there  is  no  question   of  debtor   and   creditor. 
Man  owes  all  he  has  and  all  he  is  to  God  :  and 
it  is  impossible  that  God  should  ever  be  in 


164    CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

man's  debt.  But  He  has  ordained  that  man's 
attainment  of  his  last  end  should  depend  on 
his  good  works  :  and,  what  is  more,  that  there 
should  be  a  correspondence  between  the  work 
and  the  reward,  that  the  one  should  be  propor- 
tioned to  the  other*  Against  the  doctrine  as 
thus  stated  the  objection  has  no  force. 

What,  then,  is  required  in  order  that  an 
action  should  be  meritorious  ?  On  three  of  the 
requisite  conditions,  viz.,  that  the  act  must  be 
morally  good,  must  be  free  and  not  necessi- 
tated, and  must  be  performed  during  the  space 
of  man's  probation,  there  is  no  need  to  dwell. 
But,  beyond  these,  theologians  enumerate 
three  others.  The  first  of  these  is  that  a  man 
must  be  in  a  state  of  grace.  No  one  can  merit 
a  reward  which  lies  wholly  outside  his  sphere. 
A  private  soldier,  no  matter  what  his  courage, 
could  not  merit  the  dignity  of  a  minister  of  the 
crown.  A  servant,  whatever  might  be  his  zeal 
in  his  master  s  service,  could  not  claim  adoption 
to  sonship  as  his  due  recompense.  Only  those 
who  are  God's  children  can  merit  an  increase  of 
their  Divine  inheritance.  Granted  that  we  are 
sons  of  God,  then  it  follows  that  our  actions 
can  really  deserve  glory.  For  glory  is  the  end 
for  which  as  God's  children  we  are  destined  ; 
arid  w^  s^v^  to  reach  that  end  as  the  result  of 


MEEIT  165 

our  labours.  It  may,  indeed,  seem  strange  to 
us  that,  imperfect  as  we  are,  our  actions  can 
really  be  proportioned  to  a  recompense  which 
consists  in  the  beatific  vision.  But  the  diffi- 
culty is  removed  when  we  remember  that  God 
reckons  the  value  of  actions  which  proceed 
from  grace,  not  in  view  of  the  weak  human 
nature  of  the  agent,  but  in  view  of  the  Divine 
principle  from  which  they  issue.  Secondly, 
the  action  must  be  done  for  the  service  of  God. 
It  is  to  God  that  we  look  for  our  reward  :  and 
those  actions  alone  constitute  a  title  to  reward 
from  anyone  which  are  done  in  His  service. 
Lastly,  it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  good 
works  do  not  give  the  doer  any  claim  to  a  re- 
ward apart  from  God's  decree  that  He  will  in 
fact  recompense  them.  They  do  not  act,  so  to 
speak,  automatically.  Apart  from  His  promise 
to  do  so,  God  is  not  bound  to  give  us  anything ; 
for  we  are  not  free  to  give  or  withhold  our 
service,  as  we  please.  We  already  owe  Him  all 
the  actions  of  our  lives.  We  owe  Him  our 
service,  as  our  Creator,  our  Preserver,  our  Re- 
deemer. It  is  simply  because  He  has  ordained 
that  so  it  shall  be,  that  a  reward  is  due  to  us. 
The  doctrine  of  merit  merely  maintains  that, 
granted  it  be  His  holy  will  to  recompense  us, 
then  the  reward  is  not  out  of  relation  to  the 


166    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

work  done  :  inasmuch  as  an  act  done  in  grace 
is  a  precious  thing  not  undeserving  of  a  super- 
natural reward. 

In  this  connection  it  may  be  well  to  call 
attention  to  a  distinction  which  theologians 
draw  between  ''merit  of  desert"  {meritum  de 
condigno)  and  **  merit  of  congruity  "  {merituw,  de 
congruo).  An  action  is  said  to  merit  by  desert 
when  the  reward  is  proportionate  to  the  work, 
and  hence  is  not  more  than  what  justice 
prescribes  that  it  should  receive.  In  speaking 
of  the  good  works  of  the  just,  it  is  in  this  sense 
that  we  have  been  using  the  term.  Granted 
that  God  has  promised  that  our  works  shall  be 
rewarded,  they  possess  a  merit  of  desert  in  the 
full  sense.  Merit  is  said  to  be  "  of  congruity," 
when  though  there  is  no  proportion  between  the 
work  and  the  reward  sought,  and  hence  no 
question  of  strict  justice,  yet  the  act  is  such  as  to 
appeal  to  the  generosity  of  him  for  whom  it  is 
done  and  thus  gives  hope  that  he  will  recompense 
it.  We  shall  see  in  the  course  of  this  chapter 
that  there  are  things  which  God  permits  man 
to  merit  after  this  fashion,*  though  they  are 
outside  the  scope  of  merit  strictly  so  called. 

The  passages  of  Scripture  in  which  the 
doctrine  of  merit  is  expressly  taught  are  very 
numerous.     We  select   a   few  examples   only. 


MERIT  167 

St.    Paul,    speaking  of  our  labours    in   God's 
service,  says  :    "  Every  man  shall  receive  his 
own   reward   according   to   his   own   labours " 
(1  Cor.  iii.  8);  and  in  another  place  :  "What- 
soever you  do,  do  it  from  the  heart,  as  to  the 
Lord,    and    not   to   men :    knowing    that   you 
shall  receive  of  the   Lord   the  reward   of  the 
inheritance"     (Col.    iii.    23,     24).       Not    less 
emphatic  are  the  words  of  our  Lord  :  *'  Behold 
I  come  quickly  :  and  My  reward  is  with  Me  to 
render  to  every  man  according  to  his  works  " 
(Apoc.  xxii.  12).     It  is  to  be  noted  that  the 
words  employed  in  these  passages  for  "  reward  " 
QjiLcrOor),  oLVTaTToBoa-iq)  are  not  words  of  general 
significance  such  as  might  be  equally  applicable 
if   used    of    a    mere    gift.     They    are    terms 
which   distinctly    imply   a  payment  for   work 
done.     This  aspect  of  the  heavenly  recompense 
is    strongly     emphasized     in    the    words     in 
which  St.  Paul,  speaking  of  his  approaching 
death,    says    that   there   is    laid    up    for   him 
a    crown    which    will    be    conferred    on   him 
by  the  Lord,  *'  the  just  Judge  "  (2  Tim.  iv.  8). 
We  could  hardly  look  for  a  more  direct  state- 
ment that   good  works  really  merit  the  glory 
which    God   has   promised.     The   same   truth, 
too,  is  implied  in  those  passages  in  which  a 
parallel  is  drawn  between  the  everlasting  punish- 


168     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

ments  of  the  wicked  on  the  one  side  and  the  ever- 
lasting reward  of  the  good  on  the  other.  In  each 
case,  we  are  given  to  understand,  God  repays  in 
accordance  with  the  requirements  of  justice. 

If  good  works  give  a  title  to  increased  glory — 
and  on  this  point,  as  we  have  seen,  there  can  be 
no  manner  of  doubt—it  is  not  less  certain  that 
they  merit  for  us  an  increase  of  sanctifying  grace. 
The  one  truth  follows  by  necessary  consequence 
from  the  other.     Glory  is  the  inheritance  of  the 
sons  of  God.     It  is  due  to  the  just  in  proportion 
as  that  sonship  is  realized  in  them.     He  who 
inherits  an  ample  measure  of  glory  is  he  who 
during  the  space  of  his  probation  has  brought 
that  sonship  to  a  high  degree  of  perfection, 
who  has  in  very  truth  put  off  the  old  man,  and 
put  on  the  new,  and  has  conformed  himself  to 
the   image   of  Christ  Jesus.     But  this  is  but 
another  way  of  saying  that  he  has  obtained  an 
increase  of  sanctifying  grace.     It  is  by  grace 
that  sonship  to  God  is  conferred.     And  it  is  by 
growth  in  grace  and  in  the  virtues  that  it  is 
more  and  more  fully  realized.     The  Council  of 
Trent  did  but  give  expression  to  what  is  the  clear 
teaching  alike  of  Holy  Scripture   and  of  the 
fathers  of  the  Church,  when  it  made  this  doctrine 
a  matter  of  formal  definition.     Its  canon  on  the 
subject  runs  as  follows  :  "  If  any  man  shall  say 


MERIT  169 

.  .  .  that  the  good  works  which  the  justified 
man  performs  through  the  grace  of  God  and 
through  the  merit  of  Jesus  Christ,  in  whom  he 
is  a  living  member,  do  not  in  very  truth  merit 
for  him  an  increase  of  grace,  [a  title  to]  eternal 
life  and,  provided  only  he  pass  hence  in  grace, 
the  actual  possession  of  that  life  :  and,  further- 
more, an  increase  of  glory — let  him  be 
anathema."^ 

8.  The  denial  of  the  doctrine  of  merit  is  one 
of  the  cardinal  points  of  Protestantism.  To  hold 
that  a  man  can  in  any  way  earn  the  crown  of 
glory  which  he  is  to  receive,  is,  asserted  the 
Reformers,  to  do  dishonour  to  the  work  of 
Christ.  It  is  to  His  Redemption  that  we 
must  owe  all,  and  to  maintain  that  our  eternal 
happiness  will  be  due  to  our  own  personal  efforts 
is  to  rob  Him  of  the  glory  that  is  His  by  right. 
Indeed,  He  has  expressly  assured  us  that  how- 
ever exemplary  our  lives  may  be,  we  have  not  on 
that  account  any  claim  to  a  reward.  Did  He 
not  say  :  "  When  you  shall  have  done  all  these 
things  that  are  commanded  you  say:  We 
are  unprofitable  servants  :  we  have  done  that 
which  we  ought  to  do  ?"  (Luke  xvii.  10.)  These 
words,  they  contended,  put  it  beyond  a  doubt 
that  no  labours  on  our  part,  however  heroic, 
1  Trid.  Sess.  VI.,  can.  29  (Dena.,  842), 


170     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

afford  the  smallest  foundation  for  expecting  any 
reward  at  all. 

On  this  point,  as  on  others,  the  Anglican 
divines  accept  the  teaching  of  the  continental 
reformers,  and  repudiate  the  doctrine  of  merit 
as  a  "  Romish  error."  So  representative  a  work 
as  Bishop  Harold  Browne's  Exposition  of  the 
Thirty-Nine  Articles  speaks  as  follows  :  "  Even 
if  we  could  live  wholly  without  spot,  and  never 
offend  in  thought,  word  or  deed,  even  so  our 
Lord  teaches  us  that  such  a  spotless  obedience 
would  still  leave  us  undeserving  of  reward.  .  .  . 
Even  if  we  could  keep  all  the  precepts  we  should 
still  be  unprofitable,  having  no  right  to  reward, 
but  merely  to  exemption  from  punishment. 
Something  more  than  obedience  to  precepts  is 
required,  even  for  salvation"  (p.  344). 

It  is  not  hard  to  see  how  little  force  there  is 
in  these  arguments.  The  Catholic  doctrine,  as 
we  have  explained,  attributes  man's  power  of 
meriting  entirely  to  the  redeeming  work  of 
Jesus  Christ.  It  was  the  sacrifice  of  Calvary 
that  earned  for  us  the  grace  which  enables  us 
to  merit  at  all.  We  may  well  ask  which 
doctrine  does  most  honour  to  Christ — that 
which  holds  that  the  results  of  the  Atonement 
were  so  great,  that  it  restored  man  to  the 
dignity  of  a  child  of  God  and  conferred  on  him 


MERIT  171 

the  power  of  winning  a  crown  of  glory,  or  that 
which  holds  that  while  procuring  man's  forgive- 
ness it  was  unable  thus  to  elevate  his  fallen 
nature.       Indeed    it   would    be   impossible   to 
affirm  more  explicitly  that  our  power  of  merit- 
ing is  due  entirely  to  Jesus  Christ,  than  is  done 
by  the  Council  of  Trent  itself.     In  the  very 
passage  in  which  it  treats  of  merit,  we  are 
reminded  that  the  works  which  God  rewards 
in  us  are,  in  fact,  gifts  bestowed  upon  us  by 
Himself     After   speaking   of  the   increase   of 
grace  and  glory  to  be  thus  obtained,  it  proceeds: 
"  Yet  this  truth  must  in  no  wise  be  forgotten, 
that   though  so  much    is  attributed    to   good 
works  in  Holy  Writ  .   .  .  nevertheless  far  be 
it  from  any  Christian  man  to  trust  or  to  glory 
in  himself  and  not  in  the  Lord  (1  Cor.  i.  31; 
2  Cor.  X.  17),  whose  goodness  towards  all  men 
is  such  that  He  desires  that  those  very  things 
should  be  our  merits,  which  are  His  own  gifts 
to  us."^ 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  point  out  what  fatal 
effects  the  Protestant  teaching  needs  must  have 
on  Christian  life  and  practice.  To  labour 
without  regard  for  the  reward  belongs  to  the 
highest  sanctity  alone.      The  great  majority  of 

1  Trid.  Sess.  VI.,  cap.  16  (Denz.,  810). 


172     CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GKACE 

men  need  to  be  stimulated  to  virtue  by  the 
knowledge  that  their  labour  "  is  not  in  vain  in 
the  Lord."  Neither  in  the  order  of  nature  nor 
in  the  order  of  grace  do  we  achieve  perfection 
at  once.  If  we  are  told  that  our  labours  have 
no  value,  not  one  man  in  ten  thousand  will 
make  the  sacrifices  which  anything  like  high 
virtue  entails.  Assuredly  this  must  be 
reckoned  as  being  one  of  the  most  disastrous 
of  Luther's  errors. 

4.  It  is  the  teaching  of  St.  Thomas  that 
charity  is  the  directive  principle  of  every 
meritorious  act.  By  this  it  is  not  to  be  under- 
stood that  the  immediate  motive  of  every  such 
action  must  be  the  love  of  God.  Were  this  so, 
our  meritorious  acts  would  be  few,  for  it  is 
plain  that  only  a  minority  of  our  virtuous 
actions  have  God  as  their  direct  and  immediate 
object.  The  greater  number  must  be  assigned 
to  one  or  another  of  the  various  moral  or  theo- 
logical virtues — to  justice,  temperance,  humility, 
hope,  and  so  on.  We  pay  our  debts  because  it 
is  honest  to  do  so ;  we  govern  our  temper 
because  self-control  is  right  and  anger  wrong ; 
we  avoid  display,  because  self-advertisement  is 
incompatible  with  the  humility  which  we  know 
to  befit  us.  In  all  these  cases  the  immediate 
motive  is  the  excellence  of  some  virtue  which 


MEEIT  173 

we  desire  to  gain,  or  the  evil  of  some  contrary 
vice.  But  the  influence  of  charity  may  be  real 
and  effective,  even  where  it  is  not  immediate. 
The  immediate  motive  of  my  act  may  be  the 
excellence  of  a  particular  virtue ;  but  my 
ultimate  purpose  in  the  pursuit  of  all  virtue 
may  be  to  please  God.  Thus  I  may  pardon  an 
injury  because  I  recognize  the  nobility  of  for- 
giveness and  the  hatefulness  of  the  vindictive 
spirit ;  but  I  may  at  the  same  time  realize  that 
such  acts  are  acceptable  to  God  and  may  have 
the  explicit  or  implicit  intention  of  pleasing 
Him  by  choosing  this  course.  Here,  although 
charity  is  not  the  immediate  motive  of  the  act, 
it  certainly  exercises  an  influence  upon  our 
conduct. 

Unless,  urges  St.  Thomas,  love  exercises  such 
a  directive  influence,  our  act  cannot  merit  any 
reward  from  God.  What  is  not  done  in  His 
service  cannot  possibly  have  any  claim  to  a 
recompense  from  Him.  But  unless  an  act  is 
referred  to  Him  as  the  end  for  whom  we  exist, 
and  to  whose  glory  all  our  actions  must  tend, 
it  is  not  done  in  His  service  at  all.  Only  those 
acts  which  in  some  way  issue  from  love  are 
thus  referred  to  God  :  acts  on  which  charity 
exerts  no  influence  are  done  not  for  God,  but 
purely  and  simply  to  realize  some  excellence  in 


174     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

our  own  souls — in  other  words,  for  ourselves. 
Even  a  virtuous  act,  if  it  should  be  done  purely 
for  self,  could  not  claim  a  reward  at  God's 
hands. 

5.  It  might  be  imagined  that  this  teaching 
confines  our  meritorious  acts  to  somewhat 
narrow  limits,  and  makes  it  no  easy  matter  to 
add  t^  our  stores  of  grace.  This  is,  however, 
far  from  being  the  case,  for  a  little  consideration 
will  show  us  that  charity  exercises  an  influence 
on  every  single  good  action  that  we  perform  in 
a  state  of  grace.  Provided  only  that  the  con- 
ditions requisite  to  make  the  act  a  moral  act 
at  all  are  present — provided,  that  is,  that  it 
issues  from  the  deliberate  choice  of  the  will — 
then  the  act  is  performed  under  the  influence 
of  charity.  This  is  true  even  though  at  the 
moment  when  we,  doing  the  action,  do  not 
advert  to  the  fact  that  we  are  doing  it  for  God. 
Charity,  as  we  have  explained  in  a  previous 
chapter,  is  the  virtue  by  which  we  take  God 
for  our  last  end,  and  direct  ourselves,  all  we 
are  and  all  we  do,  to  God.  Without  charity, 
our  ultimate  aim  would  of  necessity  be  our  own 
advantage.  When  our  last  end  is  determined 
by  that  first  of  all  the  virtues,  God,  not  self,  is 
the  object  for  whom  we  labour  and  for  whom 
we  live  :  and  there  is  no  action  in  life  which  is 


MEEIT  175 

not  affected  by  this  fundamental  change  of  aim. 
This  far-reaching  effect  of  the  dominating  pur- 
pose of  life  may  be  illustrated  from  secular 
affairs.  If,  for  instance,  a  man's  main  ambition 
in  life  is  to  succeed  at  the  law,  this  intention 
will  determine  his  course  in  all  its  details.  He 
will  arrange  his  studies,  his  place  of  residence, 
his  friendships,  with  this  constantly  in  view. 
His  recreations  will  be  such  as  not  to  conflict 
with  his  great  aim.  Whenever  he  is  called  on 
to  make  a  choice,  this  ruling  purpose  comes 
into  operation ;  for  what  is  incompatible  with 
it  must  be  set  aside.  We  do  not  say  that  in 
all  cases  he  consciously  adverts  to  it.  But  it 
is  ever  present  as  an  habitual  principle  of  life ; 
and  anything  that  should  be  seen  to  conflict 
with  it  would  suffice  to  make  it  consciously 
operative.  In  the  same  way  those  who  have 
taken  God  for  their  last  end,  if  only  they  are 
consistent,  test  every  action  by  this  standard, 
80  that  there  is  none  in  which  its  influence  is 
not  felt.  Few  men,  it  is  true,  are  absolutely 
faithful  to  their  temporal  aim  in  all  the  details 
of  life.  Love  of  ease  or  of  pleasure  leads  them 
to  do  many  things  which  are  hindrances  and 
not  helps  to  its  attainment.  And  so  it  is  with 
the  justified,  whose  chief  purpose  is  determined 
by  charity.      They  are  only  too  often  faithless 


—  '•-/ 


ST.    MICHAEL' 
COLLEGi 


4^ 


176     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

in  minor  matters.  Acts  of  this  kind — acts 
which  in  some  measure  violate  God's  law, 
though  they  do  not  involve  the  forfeiture  of 
grace — are  venial  sins.  Those  men  whose  every 
action  is  guided  by  charity,  who  subordinate 
every  detail  of  life  to  its  influence  and  allow  no 
alien  elements  to  find  an  entrance,  are  the 
saints  of  God. 

6.  Though  all  the  good  works  of  the  just  are 
meritorious,  they  are  not  all  so  in  the  same 
degree.  It  needs  no  argument  to  show  that  if 
a  man  forgives  a  very  great  wrong,  his  act  is 
more  deserving  of  reward  than  if  he  barely 
succeeded  in  restraining  his  temper  when  under 
some  slight  provocation.  The  measure  of  merit 
is  determined  by  various  conditions.  (1)  From 
what  has  already  been  said,  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  more  intense  the  charity  inspiring  the  act, 
the  more  it  is  worth  in  God's  sight.  Charity 
is  the  principle  by  which  the  action  is  directed 
to  God  :  it  tends  to  God  in  proportion  to  the 
intensity  of  the  charity  exercised  in  it.  If,  for 
example,  we  give  an  alms  from  the  immediate 
and  conscious  motive  of  the  love  of  God,  seeing, 
as  the  saints  have  been  ever  wont  to  do,  Christ 
in  the  person  of  the  poor,  and  making  the  gift 
an  offering  to  Him,  the  act  is  thereby  rendered 
more  meritorious  than  if  we  performed  it  out  of 


MERIT  177 

pity,  even  though  that  pity  were  under  the 
general  dominating  influence  of  charity. 
(2)  Again,  merit  is  increased  in  proportion  to  the 
strength  and  promptitude  of  the  act  of  will. 
When  we  do  some  good  work  with  our  whole 
heart,  it  is  more  precious  than  if  it  were,  so  to 
speak,  unwillingly  extorted.  The  man  who 
serves  God  with  reluctance  does  not  reap  so 
great  a  reward  as  he  who  serves  Him  with  a 
ready  will.  (3)  Lastly,  the  merit  increases 
with  the  difficulty  of  the  act.  It  is  more 
meritorious,  as  we  have  said,  to  forgive  a 
serious  wrong  than  a  trifling  one  :  to  practise 
self-denial  in  great  things  than  in  small.  Here, 
however,  a  qualification  must  be  made.  The 
difficulty  of  an  act,  may,  it  is  true,  be  lessened 
by  the  promptitude  of  the  will.  A  diminution 
arising  from  this  source  does  not  lessen  the 
merit  :  contrariwise,  it  increases  it.  The 
martyrs  who  went  to  their  deaths  with  joy 
did  not  forfeit  a  jot  of  the  merit  of  their  act 
because  their  zeal  for  God's  glory  made  the  loss 
of  all  things  seem  light  to  them. 

7.  However  ample  may  be  the  store  of  grace 
which  a  man's  good  works  have  won  for  him, 
there  is  one  thing  which  he  can  never  claim  as 
being  his  on  these  grounds.  We  mean  the  gift 
of  perseverance.     Perseverance  does  not  depend 

12 


178    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

on  the  amount  of  grace  which  we  possess. 
Were  it  so,  none  would  ever  fall  from  a  life  of 
sanctity  into  sin.  Yet  we  know  that  although 
this  happens  but  very  rarely,  it  does  from  time 
to  time  occur.  Men  have  attained  to  holiness, 
and  have  afterwards  by  a  lapse  into  sin  flung 
away  all  that  they  have  earned.  For  no  matter 
how  great  the  grace  which  we  enjoy,  our  will 
is  free.  We  merit  the  increase  of  our  super- 
natural endowments ;  but  we  do  not  merit 
that  we  shall  put  these  endowments  to  good 
use.  There  is  but  one  thing  which  will  secure 
this  for  us :  and  that  is,  as  we  saw  in  the  last 
chapter,  that  in  moments  of  stress,  when  God 
sees  that  temptation  will  be  too  much  for  us, 
He  should  send  us  special  lights  and  special 
impulses  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  to  bring  us  safely 
through  the  hour  of  danger.  Sanctifying  grace 
and  the  glory  consequent  upon  it  fall  within 
the  scope  of  merit,  as  being  the  connatural 
result  of  good  works.  But  there  is  not  any 
necessary  connection  between  a  good  work  and 
an  actual  grace  given  to  aid  us  in  the  perform- 
ance of  some  other  action.  These  actual  graces 
stand  to  good  works  in  the  relation  of  eflScient 
principles.  They  are  not,  like  sanctifying 
grace,  the  fruit  of  some  previous  good  deed. 
Yet  though  there  can  be  no  question   of  any 


MERIT  179 

merit  of  desert  in  this  regard,  these  graces  are 
within  our  reach.  They  may  be  obtained  by 
prayer.  It  is  by  prayer  that  God  has  appointed 
that  we  should  secure  our  salvation.  If  our 
prayers  are  humble  and  constant,  God  will  send 
us  in  the  hour  of  need  eflficacious  graces — graces 
which  He  foresees  will  avail  to  keep  us  in  the 
right  path. 

Hitherto  we  have  been  speaking  of  perse- 
verance in  general.  But  what  we  have  said 
has  its  application  also  to  the  supreme  gift  of 
final  perseverance.  Neither  of  its  two  elements 
can  be  the  fruit  of  merit.  We  cannot  by  good 
works  ensure  that  we  shall  remain  faithful  for 
the  future,  nor  yet  that  our  death  shall  occur 
while  we  are  united  to  God  by  charity.  In 
both  regards  it  is  God's  gift.  But  prayer  is 
the  means  by  which  He  has  ordained  that  the 
gift  should  be  ours.  He  moves  by  His  grace 
the  hearts  of  those  whom  He  "  has  chosen  before 
the  foundation  of  the  world "  to  beseech  Him 
through  the  merits  of  His  Son  to  deliver  them 
from  the  dangers  which  encompass  them,  and  , 
to  bring  them  safe  to  His  heavenly  kingdom. 
And  those  who  thus  pray  are  not  disappointed 
of  their  hope.  The  boon  which  they  ask  is 
bestowed  upon  them. 


CHAPTER  IX 

GROWTH  IN  GRACE:  (2)  THE  SACRAMENTS 

1.  Increase  of  Grace  ex  opere  operato.  2.  The  Holy 
Eucharist  as  the  Sacrament  of  Union.  3.  As  the 
Nourishment  of  the  Soul.  4.  Actual  Graces  of  the 
Eucharist.  5.  Daily  Communion.  6.  The  Sacrament 
of  Penance. 

1.  Merit  is  not  the  only  means  by  which  the 
just  may  grow  in  grace.  Just  as  it  is  through 
a  sacrament  that  God  bestows  grace  on  us  in 
the  first  instance,  when  we  are  made  His  chil- 
dren in  baptism,  so  too  He  has  provided  that 
we  should  add  to  our  store  through  the  sacra- 
ments. Five  out  of  the  seven  sacraments  are 
**  sacraments  of  the  living  " — a  term  denoting 
that  they  are  intended  for  those  who  already 
possess  the  supernatural  life  of  grace.  Only 
baptism  and  penance  have  as  their  purpose  to 
give  life  to  the  spiritually  dead.  It  follows 
that  each  of  the  other  five  increases  the  grace 
of  those  who  receive  it. 

Grace  given  through  the  sacraments  is  not 

180 


THE  SACEAMENTS  181 

conferred  in  view  of  the  merits  of  the  recipient, 
but  in  virtue  of  the  sacramental  rite  duly  per- 
formed. The  rite  is  administered  in  Christ's 
name.  It  is  His  act,  executed  by  a  duly 
accredited  agent  on  His  behalf.  Just  as  in  the 
days  of  His  mortal  life  His  touch  was  able  to 
cure  the  diseased  flesh  of  the  leper,  and  His 
word  had  power  to  forgive  sins,  so  to  this  day 
His  actions  have  power  to  give  grace  to  the 
soul ;  He  still  exerts  within  His  Church  a  heal- 
ing virtue,  no  less  wonderful  than  that  which 
went  out  from  Him  when  He  sojourned  amongst 
men. 

When  grace  is  given  in  regard  of  merit,  it  is 
said  to  be  conferred  ex  opere  operantis;  when  it 
is  given  through  the  sacramental  rite,  it  is  re- 
ceived ex  opere  O'perato.  In  either  case,  it  must 
be  remembered,  the  ultimate  source  is  always 
the  Passion  of  Christ.  It  is  to  this  and  this 
alone  that  man  owes  all  grace.  If  his  actions 
can  merit  such  a  reward,  it  is  solely  because  in 
virtue  of  the  Passion,  he  is  a  member  of  Christ : 
the  new  nature  gives  his  good  works  a  new 
value.  The  sacraments  on  the  other  hand  are, 
as  we  have  said,  Christ's  own  acts  :  they  are 
channels  through  which  He  communicates  grace 
to  our  souls. 

Sacramental    grace    differs   from   the   grace 


182    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

obtained  through  merit  in  this  important  par- 
ticular, that  in  addition  to  an  increase  of 
sanctifying  grace  and  of  the  virtues,  each 
of  the  sacraments  confers  certain  special  aids 
corresponding  to  the  purpose  for  which  the 
sacrament  was  instituted.  That  this  is  so  is 
manifest :  for  each  of  the  sacraments  was 
designed  to  produce  a  particular  and  definite 
result  in  the  Christian  life.  It  follows  that  each 
must  carry  with  it  some  special  gift  to  bring 
about  that  efiect.  In  the  judgment  of  most  theo- 
logians the  gift  is  best  explained  by  supposing 
that  to  every  sacrament  is  attached  the  right 
to  actual  graces  which  will  assist  us  in  attain- 
ing the  purpose  of  the  sacrament.  Thus 
baptism,  over  and  above  the  habitual  grace 
which  it  conveys,  gives  a  title  to  the  actual 
graces  requisite  to  live  the  life  of  a  child  of  God  ; 
confirmation  acquires  for  us  the  aids  we  need  to 
profess  the  faith  with  courage  in  the  hour  of 
danger;  penance  confers  light  to  understand 
the  malice  and  deformity  of  past  sin  and  to 
grieve  over  it ;  extreme  unction  the  spiritual 
vigour  necessary  to  overcome  the  torpor  of  the 
soul  which  illness  entails.  The  sacrament  of 
holy  orders  carries  with  it  special  assistance 
in  the  celebration  of  Divine  worship ;  and 
matrimony  gives  help  to  bear  the  trials  and  to 


THE  SACRAMENTS  183 

fulfil  the  obligations  of  conjugal  life.  Of  the 
actual  graces  attached  to  the  Eucharist  we 
shall  speak  later  in  the  chapter. 

Although  grace  is  conferred  in  virtue  of  the 
sacrament  itself,  and  not  in  regard  of  the 
merits  of  the  recipient,  it  must  not  be  imagined 
that  the  rite  operates  purely  mechanically,  so 
that  no  matter  whether  our  dispositions  be 
good  or  bad,  no  matter  whether  it  be  applied 
with  our  consent  or  against  it,  we  receive  grace 
all  the  same.  In  the  case  of  those  who  have 
reached  the  age  of  reason  the  reception  of  grace 
must  be  voluntary.  It  would  be  a  useless 
thing  to  baptize  an  unconscious  man  at  the 
point  of  death,  if  when  conscious  he  had  never 
desired  baptism.  Moreover,  there  must  be 
nothing  in  the  soul  which  is  an  obstacle  to  the 
entry  of  sanctifying  grace.  Sanctifying  grace 
cannot  enter,  if  the  will  still  cleaves  to  some 
grave  sin  and  refuses  to  renounce  it.  If  a  man 
should  receive  a  sacrament  in  such  a  frame  of 
mind,  not  merely  does  he  receive  no  grace,  but 
he  is  guilty  of  the  sin  of  sacrilege.  No  one  can 
become  the  adopted  child  of  God  unless  he  has 
turned  away  from  sin  with  all  his  heart,  and 
sincerely  desires  to  live  the  life  of  God's 
children.  In  the  case  of  the  sacraments  of  the 
living  a  yet  further  condition  is  required.    These 


184    CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

sacraments  are  intended  for  those  who  are 
already  in  a  state  of  grace.  It  is  not  enough 
that  the  recipient  should  have  turned  from  sin 
and  should  desire  forgiveness.  None  must 
approach  them  if  he  is  conscious  that  his  soul 
is  still  stained  by  some  unforgiven  mortal  sin. 

Few  parts  of  the  Church's  teaching  have  been 
more  misrepresented  than  the  doctrine  of  the 
gift  of  grace  ex  opere  operato.  It  is  contended 
that  it  attributes  a  "  magical "  effect  to  the 
sacramental  rites.  This  objection,  which  was 
first  employed  by  Calvin,  would  hardly  call  for 
notice,  were  it  not  still  urged  by  some  prominent 
writers.^  The  characteristic  of  magic  is  that  it 
is  supposed  to  produce  its  effects  irrespective  of 
the  moral  dispositions  of  those  who  employ  it. 
As  we  have  just  explained,  the  Church  not 
merely  aflSrms  the  need  of  very  definite  moral 
dispositions  in  those  who  receive  the  sacraments, 
but  teaches  that  those  who  approach  them  with- 
out such  dispositions  commit  a  sin  of  the  most 
grievous  kind.  In  view  of  this  fact  the  inanity 
of  the  charge  is  manifest. 

Indeed  although  in  the  reception  of  the 
sacraments  the  cause  of  grace  is  the  rite  and  not 
our  dispositions,  the  latter  play  an  even  more 

1  (7/„  e.g.,  Harnack,  Hist,  of  Dogma  (E.T.),  viii.  216. 


THE  SACRAMENTS  185 

important  part  than  we  have  hitherto  indicated. 
They  determine  the  amount  of  grace  conferred 
on  us.  Just  as  we  saw  in  the  case  of  the  man 
who  first  obtains  justification  as  an  adult 
(Chapter  VI.  §  3),  so  here  also  the  measure  in 
which  grace  is  bestowed  depends  on  the  disposi- 
tions of  the  soul.  It  is  another  exemplification  of 
the  principle  that  the  degree  in  which  a  perfec- 
tion can  be  realized  is  conditioned  by  the  capacity 
of  the  subject  receiving  it.  Thus  the  man  who 
approaches  the  sacrament  of  penance  with  a  pro- 
found sorrow  for  past  falls  and  an  ardent  desire 
for  reconciliation  with  God,  will  receive  a  more 
abundant  benefit  than  will  he  whose  sorrow, 
while  genuine  as  far  as  it  goes,  is  somewhat 
wanting  in  intensity.  In  this  truth  the 
Catholic  has  the  strongest  possible  incentive  for 
the  most  devout  and  careful  preparation  for 
the  sacraments  which  it  lies  in  his  power  to 
give. 

Among  the  sacraments  it  is  the  Holy 
Eucharist  which  has  been  given  to  us  as  the 
normal  source  of  growth  in  grace.  It  alone  of 
the  five  sacraments  of  the  living  is  intended  to 
be  constantly  received  by  the  faithful.  Through 
it  they  are  ever  adding  to  their  store  of  grace. 
The  other  four  do  not  furnish  us  with  a  regular 
supply  of  sanctifying  grace  after  this  manner. 


186     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Confirmation  and  holy  orders  are  received  once 
and  for  all.  It  is  true  that,  provided  we  are  in 
a  state  of  grace,  the  actual  graces  attached  to 
them  benefit  us  very  frequently.  But  it  is 
only  at  the  time  of  their  reception  that  they 
convey  an  increment  of  sanctifying  grace.  The 
case  of  matrimony  and  of  extreme  unction  is, 
practically  speaking,  the  same.  For  extreme 
unction  can  only  be  repeated  if  danger  of 
death  supervenes  once  again,  and  matrimony  if 
the  previous  union  is  dissolved  by  the  death  of 
one  of  the  parties. 

We  have,  however,  another  regular  source  of 
grace  in  the  sacrament  of  penance.  This  in  its 
primary  purpose  is  a  sacrament  of  the  dead, 
intended  to  restore  those  who  have  lapsed 
into  mortal  sin  to  the  inheritance  which  they 
have  lost.  But  the  living  may  also  have 
recourse  to  it,  and  in  their  case  the  fruit  of  the 
sacrament  is  an  increase  of  grace.  These  two 
sacraments,  therefore,  will  engage  our  atten- 
tion in  this  chapter. 

2.  The  special  purpose  of  the  Holy  Eucharist 
is  to  unite  us  to  Christ.  The  very  form  under 
which  the  sacrament  is  bestowed  proclaims  this 
to  be  its  object.  We  partake  of  the  Body  and 
Blood  of  the  Son  of  God,  that  we  may  become 
one  with  Him.     The  external  sign  assures  us 


THE  SACRAMENTS  187 

that  our  incorporation  into  Him  is  no  mere 
metaphor,  but  an  objective  truth.  On  this  point 
the  testimony  of  Holy  Scripture  is  expUcit.  St. 
Paul  declares  that  it  is  through  this  sacrament 
that  we  enjoy  membership  in  Christ's  body. 
*'  We  being  many,"  he  says,  '*  are  one  bread,  one 
body :  all  that  partake  of  one  bread  "  (1  Cor.  x.  17). 
And  our  Lord's  own  words  on  the  subject  are 
equally  plain :  "  He  that  eateth  My  flesh  and 
drinketh  My  blood,  abideth  in  Me  and  I  in  him  " 
(John  vi.  57). 

The  union  thus  effected  is  spiritual  not 
physical.  The  Sacred  Humanity  of  our  Lord 
comes  into  contact  with  our  bodies  only  through 
the  external  species  of  bread  and  wine,  and  when 
the  species  have  undergone  alteration,  it  remains 
with  us  no  longer.  No  one  has  ever  taught 
that  there  could  be  physical  union  between  the 
sacred  elements  and  our  bodies.  Our  Lord's 
presence  with  us  under  the  sacramental  veils  is 
the  instrument  of  our  healing.  But  it  is  upon 
the  soul  that  His  power  goes  forth,  and  so  far 
as  our  bodies  are  benefited,  it  is  through  the 
soul. 

He  has  not  left  us  in  doubt  as  to  the  nature 
of  the  gift  conferred  upon  the  soul.  It  is.  He 
tells  us,  spiritual  life.  In  the  discourse  at 
Capharnaum   in  which  He    spoke  of  the   gift 


188     CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

He  intended  to  bestow,  He  said :  ''As  the  living 
Father  hath  sent  Me,  and  I  live  by  the 
Father  :  so  he  that  eateth  Me,  the  same  also 
shall  Hve  by  Me"  (John  vi.  58).  He  is 
speaking,  it  is  manifest,  of  that  life  which  has 
been  our  theme  throughout  this  work,  the 
life  of  sanctifying  grace.  But  over  and  above 
grace  this  sacrament  conveys  to  us  in  an  especial 
manner  the  supreme  virtue  of  charity.  It 
belongs  to  charity  to  unite  the  soul  to  God. 
Only  charity  has  power  to  effect  that  marvellous 
union  of  which  we  have  been  speaking,  in  virtue 
of  which  He  abides  in  us  and  we  in  Him.  Sanc- 
tifying grace  makes  us  His  members ;  but  the 
union  can  only  be  perfected  through  charity. 

The  Holy  Eucharist  is,  further,  the  sacra- 
ment of  brotherhood  with  our  fellow  members 
of  the  Church.  Indeed,  this  follows  as  a  con- 
sequence from  its  function  as  the  sacrament  of 
union  with  Christ.  That  which  joins  us  to  the 
head  must  needs  unite  us  to  the  members.  The 
words  which  we  have  cited  from  St.  Paul  to  the 
effect  that  all  those  who  partake  of  this  bread 
become  one  body,  enforce  each  lesson  equally. 
Moreover,  the  symbolism  of  the  sacrament  is  no 
less  expressive  of  our  union  with  our  fellows 
than  it  is  of  our  incorporation  into  Christ.  For 
the  Eucharist  is  a  common  meal  of  the  children 


THE  SACRAMENTS  189 

of  God.  We  approach  the  altar  as  the  table  of 
our  Heavenly  Father.  There  earthly  distinctions 
of  nationality,  of  race,  of  class,  no  longer  exist. 
We  kneel  before  it  as  brothers,  children  of  one 
mother,  the  Catholic  Church,  whom  she  has 
brought  forth  for  God.  There  we  are  fed  on 
heavenly  food,  which  proclaims  us  as  forming  one 
family  with  all  the  just  :  not  merely  with  the 
just  of  the  Church  militant,  but  with  the  holy 
souls  in  purgatory,  and  with  the  blessed  spirits, 
whether  angelic  or  human,  who  stand  before  the 
throne  of  God  and  see  Him  face  to  face. 

From  the  earliest  age  of  the  Church,  her 
writers  have  loved  to  trace  in  this  sacrament 
the  symbol  of  unity.  They  draw  a  comparison 
between  the  many  grains  of  corn  which  have 
gone  to  the  making  of  the  bread  or  the  numerous 
grapes  which  have  yielded  their  juice  for  the 
wine  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Catholic  Church 
formed  out  of  many  individuals  drawn  from  the 
most  diverse  races  on  the  other.  This  idea  is 
developed  by  various  authors.  It  is  found  in 
the  early  writing  entitled  The  Teaching  of  the 
Twelve  Apostles,^  which  is  by  many  held  to  date 
from  the  first  century  and  to  be  contemporary 
with   the   apostles   themselves.     In   the   third 

^  Didachi.f  o.  ix.,  n.  4. 


190    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

century  it  is  employed  by  St.  Cyprian/  and  at 
a  later  date  by  St.  Augustine.^ 

In  this  fruit  of  the  sacrament  we  have  a  strong 
confirmation  of  what  was  said  above  as  to  its 
immediate  effect  being  not  merely  to  add  to  our 
grace  but  also  to  increase  within  us  the  virtue 
of  charity.  We  noted  when  treating  of  that 
virtue  in  Chapter  IV.  that  the  charity  by  which 
we  love  God  is  the  same  as  that  by  which  we 
love  man  for  God's  sake.  God  is  the  primary 
object  of  the  virtue  :  man,  the  secondary  object. 
Hence  the  sacrament  which  unites  our  souls  to 
God  will  also  bind  us  to  our  fellows,  and  more 
especially  to  those  who  share  with  us  in  the  high 
privilege  of  the  Divine  adoption. 

3.  If  the  Eucharist  is  viewed  under  its  other 
main  aspect,  viz.,  as  the  supernatural  nourish- 
ment of  the  soul,  it  appears  no  less  clearly  that 
its  special  work  is  to  communicate  to  us  those  two 
greatest  gifts,  sanctifying  grace  and  charity. 
Our  Lord  Himself  taught  us  to  regard  it  in  this 
light,  when  He  pointed  to  the  manna  in  the 
wilderness  as  a  type  of  this  sacrament.  As  the 
manna  was  the  support  of  the  Israelites  in  their 
pilgrimage  through  the  desert,  so  the  children  of 

1  Ep.  63,  n.  13  (P.L.,  iv.  384). 

2  Tract,  in  Joan.,  Tr.  xxvi.  17  (P.L.  xxxv.  1614);  Serm, 
ccvii.  (P.L.  xxxviii.  1100)  ;  Serm.  ccix.  (P.L.  xxxviii.  1103). 


THE  SACRAMENTS  191 

the  New  Covenant  are  to  find  support  in  a  yet 
more  miraculous  food,  as  they  journey  through 
life  towards  their  heavenly  home.  Yet  there  is 
one  essential  difference  between  the  nourishment 
of  our  bodies  by  material  food  and  the  nourish- 
ment of  the  soul  by  the  Blessed  Sacrament. 
Material  food  is  transformed  into  our  substance. 
Our  vital  forces  assimilate  what  is  placed  within 
their  reach,  and  by  the  wonderful  chemistry  of 
the  human  frame,  what  was  once  the  substance  of 
some  plant  or  some  animal  is  transmuted  into 
human  flesh.  It  is  otherwise  as  regards  the 
spiritual  food  bestowed  upon  us  in  the  Eucharist. 
We  are  changed  into  it,  not  it  into  us.  By  par- 
taking of  it  we  receive  the  nature  of  Christ. 
This  truth  is  taught  by  St.  Augustine  in  a 
beautiful  passage,  of  his  Confessions :  *'  I  found 
myself,"  he  writes  ''to  be  far  off  from  Thee  in  the 
region  of  unlikeliness,  as  if  I  had  heard  Thy  voice 
from  on  high  :  *  I  am  the  food  of  grown  men  : 
grow,  and  thou  shalt  feed  upon  Me  :  nor  shalt 
thou  convert  Me  like  the  food  of  thy  flesh,  but 
thou  shalt  be  converted  into  Me.* "  ^  St.  Leo  the 
Great  gives  expression  to  the  same  thought : 
"  The  participation  of  the  Body  and  Blood  of 
Christ  works  in  us  no  less  an  effect  than  this, 

^  Confessions f  VII.,  x  16,  translated  by  E.  B.   Pusey 
(1838). 


192    CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

that  we  are  transformed  into  that  which  we 
receive,  and  that  both  in  spirit  and  in  flesh 
we  bear  the  likeness  of  Him  in  whom  we 
have  died,  have  been  buried  and  have  risen. "^ 
At  a  later  date  Urban  IV.  (1261  -  1264), 
the  Pope  who  instituted  the  festival  of 
Corpus  Christi,  reiterates  the  same  teaching 
in  the  Bull  which  he  issued  for  that  purpose  : 
"  This  bread,"  he  says,  "  is  eaten  but  not 
assimilated,  swallowed  but  not  transmuted  ; 
it  is  in  no  wise  changed  into  the  consumer, 
but  if  it  be  worthily  received  the  consumer 
becomes  like  it.  "^ 

Apart  from  this  one  vital  difference,  the 
effects  of  this  heavenly  food  upon  our  souls  are 
analogous  to  those  which  earthly  food  has  upon 
our  bodies.  St.  Thomas  sums  up  these  under 
four  heads.  Food,  he  says,  sustains  the  body, 
increases  it,  repairs  it,  and  is  a  delight  to  it :  and 
all  this  does  the  Eucharist  do  for  the  soul.  The 
Church  has  set  her  seal  upon  this  teaching ;  for 
two  hundred  years  later  she  embodied  St. 
Thomas's  words  in  one  of  the  decrees  of  the 
Council  of  Florence  (1439).^  A  brief  con- 
sideration of  the  four  points   mentioned   will 

1  Serm.  Ixiii.  7  (P.L.,  liv.  357). 

*  Mansi,  Coll.  Ampl.  Cone.,  xxiii.  1078. 

•  Dear,  ^ro  Armenis  (Denz.,  698). 


THE  SACEAMENTS  193 

show  how  they  are   verified   in   the   spiritual 
order. 

The  body  must  be  sustained  by  food  or  death 
will  ensue,  for  the  principle  of  life  is  not 
indefectible.  So  is  it  with  the  soul.  The 
principle  of  spiritual  life  is  the  grace  we  derive 
from  Christ.  We  must  take  heed  that  we 
remain  united  to  Him,  for  if  we  sever  ourselves 
from  Him,  we  shall  perish  like  branches  broken 
off  from  the  stem.  It  is  the  Holy  Eucharist 
which  maintains  this  union.  It  ensures  a 
copious  outflow  of  grace  from  Him  to  us ;  and 
thus  it  saves  us  from  succumbing  to  the  tempta- 
tions which  Satan  lays  in  our  path.  More  than 
this  :  when  the  body  has  proper  sustenance,  it 
acts  with  vigour  and  alacrity  ;  it  does  not  suffer 
from  languor  and  lassitude.  This  too  is  true 
as  regards  the  soul.  Fortified  with  heavenly 
food  we  are  prompt  to  perform  acts  of  virtue ; 
we  do  not  faint  or  fail  under  the  difficulties  of 
our  pilgrimage,  but  go  forward  rapidly  on  the 
path  that  leads  to  glory. 

Food  gives  increased  growth  to  the  body, 
building  it  up  from  the  immaturity  of  infancy  to 
fully  developed  manhood.  The  Eucharist  gives 
the  like  benefit  to  the  soul.  Through  the  Body 
and  Blood  of  Christ  grace  and  the  virtues  attain 
a  fuller  development  within  us ;  we  advance  to  an 

1.3 


194    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

ever  higher  perfection.  In  one  circumstance 
alone  does  the  comparison  here  fail  us.  In  the 
body  there  is  a  point  beyond  which  no  develop- 
ment can  be  looked  for.  The  growth  of  grace 
and  of  the  supernatural  virtues  only  ceases  when 
life  itself  is  at  an  end. 

The  body,  like  all  things  in  constant  use,  is 
ever  suffering  dilapidation.  From  time  to  time 
it  receives  some  wound  or  injury ;  and  even 
though  no  positive  injury  befall  it,  there 
is  much  wear  and  tear.  Food  provides  the 
means  of  repair.  If  the  body  be  nourished  with 
wholesome  food,  wastage  is  made  good  and 
wounds  heal.  The  soul  suffers  loss  through  sin  : 
for  there  is  no  one  who  does  not  at  least 
fall  into  many  semi-deliberate  venial  sins,  which 
lessen  our  fervour  and  dispose  us  for  more 
serious  lapses.  The  Holy  Eucharist  repairs  the 
loss.  The  charity  which  it  confers  upon  us 
issues  in  acts  of  love  towards  God.  These 
restore  the  fervour  which  our  falls  have 
weakened,  and  little  by  little  tend  to  heal  the 
dispositions  from  which  these  falls  spring. 

Lastly,  the  Eucharist  resembles  good  food  in 
this,  that  it  causes  joy  and  delight.  A  healthy 
man  experiences  a  sense  of  physical  delight,  when 
he  satisfies  hunger  with  good  and  sufficient  food. 
In  like  mauner  tbe  Iqvb  which  springs  up  in  the 


THE  SACKAMENTS  195 

soul  through  the  reception  of  Holy  Communion 
is  a  source  of  joy  and  delight  of  a  higher  order. 
There  is  no  joy  greater  than  the  joy  of  love ;  and 
the  love  of  God  is  the  deepest  and  purest  which 
the  heart  can  know.  It  is  not  without  reason 
that  Holy  Scripture  speaks  of  this  inestimable 
gift  as  -'  bread  having  in  it  all  that  is  delicious, 
and  the  sweetness  of  every  taste "  (Wisd. 
xvi.  20\  and  as  "  wine  to  cheer  the  heart  of 
man"  (Ps.  ciii.  15). 

4.  We  have  stated  earlier  in  this  chapter 
that  the  various  sacraments  carry  with  them 
not  merely  sanctifying  grace,  but  actual  graces 
corresponding  to  their  respective  purposes. 
The  Eucharist  is  no  exception.  Over  and 
above  the  habitual  grace  and  charity  which  it 
confers,  it  stimulates  the  soul  to  acts  of  charity. 
Its  reception  arouses  actual  fervour — a  tender- 
ness of  devotion  quite  distinct  from  the  mere 
habit  of  the  virtue.  That  this  is  so  is 
sufficiently  proved  by  the  passages  of  Scripture 
in  which  it  is  spoken  of  as  productive  of 
spiritual  joy.  Such  joy  can  only  arise  from  the 
actual  exercise  of  love,  not  from  its  habitual 
possession. 

In  virtue  of  these  actual  graces  the  Holy 
Eucharist  produces  as  a  secondary  effect  the 
forgiveness  of  venial  aio,      Venial  sin,  as^  w§ 


196   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

have  noted,  quenches  fervour  and  devotion  in 
the  soul ;  moreover,  it  entails  a  debt  of  temporal 
punishment  to  be  discharged  in  purgatory. 
The  acts  of  love  consequent  on  the  reception  of 
Holy  Communion  remedy  both  of  these  evils. 
Not  merely  do  they  rekindle  our  flagging 
devotion,  but  they  possess  a  satisfactory  value 
as  regards  punishment.  As  long  as  we  live 
here,  our  good  works  are  one  and  all  satisfactory 
as  well  as  meritorious,  and  the  degree  of 
satisfaction  which  they  contain  is  proportionate 
to  the  charity  which  inspires  them.  Satisfac- 
tion is  nothing  else  than  the  reparation  which 
we  make  to  God's  honour,  and  the  greater 
the  influx  of  charity  in  the  action,  the  greater 
is  the  honour  shown  to  God  by  it.  Hence 
these  acts  of  love,  by  reason  of  their  fervour,  go 
far  to  blot  out  the  debt  of  punishment  due  to 
us.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that  we  are 
not  here  speaking  of  venial  sins  to  which  the 
soul  still  fosters  an  attachment.  No  sin,  be  it 
venial  or  mortal,  can  find  forgiveness  unless  the 
soul  has  turned  away  from  it.  And  there  can 
be  no  remission  of  the  punishment  till  the  guilt 
of  the  sin  has  been  removed. 

5.  The  Church  desires  that  all  her  children 
should  partake  of  the  Holy  Eucharist  with 
great  frecjuency  :  that  thus  they  may  be  united 


THE  SACRAMENTS  197 

more  and  more  closely  to  Christ,  and  that  grace 
and  the  virtues  may  develop  within  them.  It 
is  evident  that  the  more  often  they  have 
recourse  to  this  heavenly  food,  the  more  rapid 
will  their  spiritual  growth  be.  A  great  step  in 
this  direction  was  taken  when  Pope  Pius  X. 
published  his  famous  decree  on  the  practice  of 
daily  Communion.  In  this  the  faithful  are 
reminded  that  our  Lord^s  intention  was  that 
His  followers  should  communicate  daily,  and 
this,  we  are  assured,  is  implied  in  His  com- 
parison of  the  Holy  Eucharist  with  bread  and 
with  manna  ;  for  bread  is  the  daily  food  of  the 
body,  and  the  Israelites  received  the  gift  of 
manna  day  by  day.  Moreover,  it  is  of  the 
Eucharist  that  the  fathers  of  the  Church 
interpret  the  petition  :  "  Give  us  this  day  our 
daily  bread."  As  to  the  purpose  of  this  sacra- 
ment, the  Pope  warns  us  against  supposing 
that  it  was  intended  to  be  a  reward  for  virtue 
already  attained.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  directed 
*'  chiefly  to  this  end,  that  the  faithful  being 
united  to  God  by  means  of  this  sacrament,  may 
thence  derive  strength  to  resist  their  sensual 
passions,  and  to  cleanse  themselves  from  the 
stains  of  daily  faults,  and  to  avoid  those  graver 
sins  to  which  human  frailty  is  liable." 

One  of  the  main  objects  of  the  decree  was  to 


198    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

correct  a  somewhat  prevalent  error  to  the  effect 
that  a  somewhat  advanced  degree  of  sanctity 
is  required  to  justify  anyone  in  receiving  the 
Blessed  Sacrament  daily.  It  teaches  definitely 
that  the  dispositions  requisite  for  daily  Com- 
munion are  absolutely  identical  with  those 
which  are  necessary  for  weekly  or  monthly 
reception,  while  the  good  results  to  be  looked 
for  in  the  former  case  will  be  far  more  abundant. 
What  these  dispositions  are  it  declares  with  no 
uncertain  voice  :  "Although  it  is  most  expedient 
that  those  who  communicate  frequently  or  daily 
should  be  free  from  venial  sin,  especially  from 
such  as  are  fully  deliberate,  and  from  any 
affection  thereto,  nevertheless  it  is  sufficient 
that  they  be  free  from  mortal  sin,  with  the 
purpose  of  never  sinning  in  the  future ;  and  if 
they  have  this  sincere  purpose,  it  is  impossible 
but  that  daily  communicants  should  gradually 
emancipate  themselves  from  venial  sins,  even 
from  all  affection  thereto." 

The  decree  has  undoubtedly  borne  much  fruit. 
None  can  be  blind  to  the  fact  that  wherever 
the  practice  of  daily  Communion  has  been 
adopted,  the  spiritual  results  have  been  little 
less  than  extraordinary ;  though,  indeed,  they 
have  not  been  greater  than  what  might  have  been 
expected  to  follow  from  the  streams  of  sancti- 


THE  SACRAMENTS  199 

fying  grace  thus  communicated  to  the  faithful. 
Yet  much  still  remains  to  be  done,  for  those 
who  approach  the  altar  daily  are  still  few  in 
comparison  with  the  full  number  of  those  in 
whose  power  it  lies  to  avail  themselves  of  this 
great  privilege.    It  may  well  excite  our  surprise 
that  any  can  be  indifferent  to  the  riches  thus 
placed  within  their  reach.      Assuredly,  were  it 
not  for  our  spiritual  blindness,  no  Catholic  who 
could  thus  daily  partake  of  the  Bread  of  Life 
would  fail  to  do  so. 

6.  The  other  sacrament  which  calls  for  our 
attention  in  this  connection  is  that  of  penance. 
The    primary   purpose   of    penance   is   not   to 
furnish  fresh  grace  to  those  who  are  spiritually 
living,  but  to  restore  those  who  have  lapsed  to 
the  sonship  which  they  have  lost.     The  super- 
natural sign  is  that  of  a  judicial  process.     We 
rightly  speak  of  the   "  tribunal "  of  penance. 
In    every    duly    organized     State    there    are 
tribunals  to  take  cognizance  of  grave  violations 
of  the  law.     The  Church,  Christ's  kingdom,  is 
no  exception.     He  has  set  up  the  tribunal  of 
penance   for   this   end.     But   there  is  a  wide 
difference    between   it   and    the    tribunals   of 
secular  States.     They  deal  with  crimes  as  they 
affect  social  order,  and  their  object,  in  conse- 
quence, is  to  vindicate  the  law  by  the  infliction 


200    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

of  punishment.  Penance  deals  with  man's 
falls,  not  as  affecting  external  order,  but  in 
view  of  the  breach  they  have  made  between 
the  soul  and  God.  Hence  its  chief  object  is 
not  to  punish,  but  to  reconcile.  The  only  way 
in  which  reconciliation  is  possible  for  the  man 
who  has  fallen  into  grave  sin,  is  that  he  should 
repent  of  his  fall  and  receive  again  at  God  s 
hands  the  gift  of  sanctifying  grace.  Only 
when  grace  is  once  more  infused  into  his  soul 
does  he  again  become  a  child  of  God.  The 
sacrament  of  penance  was  instituted  for  this 
end.  It  is  the  means  provided  by  our  Lord 
that  the  sinner  may  recover  the  grace  he  has 
forfeited. 

Yet  though  penance  is  primarily  intended 
for  the  forgiveness  of  mortal  sin,  venial  sins  are 
not  excluded  from  its  scope.  All  breaches  of 
God's  law  may  be  submitted  to  it.  Those  who 
are  already  in  grace  may  avail  themselves  of  it 
for  their  daily  faults.  Thus  it  comes  about 
that  in  this  sacrament  of  the  dead  we  have  yet 
another  means  besides  the  Holy  Eucharist 
through  which  we  may  be  ever  adding  to  our 
stores  of  grace.  The  measure  of  the  gift 
bestowed  will  depend,  as  we  have  seen,  on  the 
dispositions  with  which  we  approach  the  sacra- 
ment.     Here    the    dispositions    requisite    are 


THE  SACRAMENTS  201 

sorrow  for  the  faults  we  confess  and  a  purpose 
that  by  God  s  help  we  will  avoid  them  for  the 
future.  In  proportion  to  the  reality  and  the 
intensity  of  our  sorrow  and  our  purpose  of 
amendment  will  be  the  measure  of  grace  which 
the  sacrament  conveys  to  our  soul. 


CHAPTER  X 

THE  LOSS  AND  RECOVERY  OF  GRACE 

1.  Mortal  Sin  and  its  Effects.  2.  Restoration  possible  for 
All.  3.  Contrition  and  Attrition.  4.  The  Debt  of 
Temporal  Punishment.  5.  Recovery  of  Merits. 
6.  Effects  of  Venial  Sin. 

1.  There  is  but  one  thing  which  can  drive 
sanctifying  grace  from  the  soul,  viz.,  mortal  sin. 
Indeed,  it  is  so  called  for  no  other  reason  than 
that  it  has  this  power  of  destroying  our  super- 
natural life.  Every  mortal  sin,  of  whatever 
kind,  produces  this  result.  A  fully  deliberate 
violation  of  God's  law  in  a  grave  matter  involves 
the  rejection  of  God  as  our  last  end.  It  is  an 
act  of  formal  rebellion  against  His  authority. 
By  such  an  act,  it  is  plain,  the  sinner  of 
necessity  forfeits  the  virtue  of  charity.  Those 
who  possess  charity  love  God  above  all  things  : 
that  is,  they  direct  their  lives  to  Him  as  their 
last  end.     When  a  man  shakes  off  the  yoke  of 

God's  authority,  he  thereby  makes  self-grati- 

202 


LOSS  AND  EECOVERY  203 

fication  his  end  instead  of  God,  and  in  so  doing 
deprives  himself  of  charity.     The  loss  of  charity 
involves  the  loss  of  grace.     We  cannot  keep  the 
one  without  the  other.    We  cannot  reject  God  as 
our  end,  and  yet  remain  His  adopted  children. 
On  the  other  hand,  there  are  less  grievous  sins 
which  do  not   involve  the   rejection  of  God's 
service.     They    are,    it    may    be,    only    half- 
deliberate,  or  the  matter  of  the  sin  is  trifling. 
The  note  of  full  and  formal  rebellion  is  lacking  to 
them.     They  do   not   expel   charity,    and   are 
compatible  with  the  presence  of  grace.     These 
are  termed  venial  sins. 

It  is  unnecessary  to  dwell  in  any  great  detail 
on  all  that  is  implied  by  the  death  of  the  soul. 
Besides  grace  and  charity,  we  lose  the  infused 
moral  virtues  and  the  seven  gifts  of  the  Holy 
Ghost.     We  become  incapable  of  meriting  by 
good  works.     We  forfeit  the  merits  we  have 
already  accumulated.     The  works  by  which  we 
gained  them  cannot  exercise  their  due  effect 
so  long  as  the  obstacle  of  mortal  sin  bars  the 
way,  any  more  than  the  sun's  rays  can  find 
their  way  to  us  if  their  passage  is  barred  by  an 
opaque  body.     More  dreadful  than  all,  we  lie 
under    sentence    of   damnation ;    nor    can   we 
escape  that  fate,  unless  God  pardons  our  sin  and 
restores  grace  to  our  soul.     Two  supernatural 


204    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

habits,  indeed,  God  in  His  mercy  permits  us  to 
retain — the  virtues  of  faith  and  hope.  These 
are  only  expelled  by  the  sins  directly  contrary 
to  them,  viz.,  infidelity  and  despair. 

As  regards  man's  relation  to  God  mortal  sin 
places  him  in  the  state  of  guilt.     A  soul  is  said 
to  be  in  this  state  if  God  still  reckons  to  its 
charge  the  moral  evil  by  which  it  offended  Him. 
So  long  as  this  accountability  rests  upon  the 
sinner,  guilt  cleaves  to  him  ;  the  offence  remains. 
It  is  plain  that  there  can  be  no  removal  of  guilt 
till    he  shall   have    retracted  his  act   and  en- 
deavoured in  some  way  to  make  amends  for  it. 
Since  the  soul  in  this  condition  remains  turned 
away  from  God  guilt  is  often  described  simply 
as  the  state  of  aversion  from  God  as  our  last 
end.     So,   too,  the  remission  of  guilt  may  be 
viewed  either  as  the  cancelling  of  the  imputation 
of  sin,  or  as  the  conversion  of  the  soul  anew  to 
its  last  end.     The  restoration  to  the  state  of 
grace  has  both  these  results.     Where  grace  and 
charity  are,  there  the  soul  is  united  to  God  : 
nor  is  there  any  further  question  of  the  imputa- 
tion of  sin.     Nothing  but  the  infusion  of  grace 
can  remove  guilt.     For  God  has  so  ordered  that 
a  man  must  either  be  in  a  state  of  grace  or  in 
mortal  sin.     His  soul  cannot  be  united  to   God 
while  still  remaining  in  the  natural  order.     He 


LOSS  AND  RECOVERY  205 

must  attain  God  as  his  supernatural  end  or  not 
at  all.  There  is  no  middle  course  save  for  those 
infants  who  die  unbaptized,  but  before  they 
are  capable  of  grave  sin. 

2.  The  Church  is  emphatic  in  declaring  that  no 
fall,  however  great,  is  such  as  to  render  a  return 
to  grace  impossible.  In  this  she  does  but  teach 
what  is  contained  in  numerous  passages  of 
Scripture.  Thus  St.  Peter  writes:  ''The  Lord 
.  .  .  dealeth  patiently  for  your  sake,  not  willing 
that  any  should  perish,  but  that  all  should  return 
to  penance"  (2.  Pet.  iii.  9).  Nowhere,  indeed,  is 
this  consoling  truth  more  forcibly  expressed  than 
in  the  parable  of  the  Prodigal  Son.  In  that 
character  we  have  represented  to  us  the  sinner 
who  has  cast  aside  his  sonship  to  God,  and  by 
his  own  act  has  put  a  great  distance  between 
himself  and  God's  love.  Yet  no  sooner  does  he 
seek  to  be  reconciled  to  his  Father  than  the  robe 
of  grace  is  restored  to  him,  and  he  is  made  a 
partaker  in  the  heavenly  banquet  which  is  the 
prerogative  of  God's  children. 

Repentance  is  God's  gift.  The  sinner 
deprived  of  sanctifying  grace  cannot  by  his 
natural  powers  take  a  single  step  towards  the 
attainment  of  the  beatific  vision.  For  this 
he  needs  the  assistance  of  actual  grace.  But 
this   assistance    is    never    denied    him.     And 


206    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

it  is  in  order  that  the  path  of  return  may 
be  easy  for  him  that,  when  grace  is  lost,  God 
permits  faith  and  hope  still  to  remain  in  the  soul. 
The  sinner  still  believes  what  the  Church 
teaches,  and  still  hopes  for  heaven  and  fears  hell. 
With  greater  or  less  frequency  these  motives 
present  themselves  to  his  mind,  and  solicit  him 
to  repent  of  his  sin.  If  he  should  still  cleave  to 
evil,  it  can  only  be  because  he  wilfully  shuts 
his  ears  to  the  repeated  calls  of  God's  love. 

For  those  who  by  heresy  or  unbelief  have  for- 
feited the  gift  of  faith,  repentance  is  far  harder. 
Till  faith  is  recovered  a  return  to  God  is  impos- 
sible. And  experience  shows  that  the  recovery 
of  faith  demands  graces  of  no  ordinary  kind.  Yet 
even  in  regard  to  those  who  have  flung  away  this 
precious  gift,  the  Church  assures  us  that  they 
are  not  left  destitute  of  God's  help.  They  are, 
at  least,  moved  from  time  to  time  to  pray  ;  and  if 
they  will  but  put  this  grace  to  good  use,  all  that 
they  have  lost  will  be  restored  to  them.  Their 
minds  will  be  enlightened  once  again  to  recognize 
the  truth,  their  hearts  moved  to  acts  of  sincere 
sorrow,  and  the  sacrament  of  penance  will 
reconcile  them  to  God. 

There  is  indeed  one  class  of  sinners  whose 
case  presents  special  difficulty.  If  a  man  should 
persevere  for  a  long  time  in  the  commission  of 
grievous  sin,  not  falling  through  human  frailty, 


LOSS  AND  EECOVERY  207 

but  doing  wrong  of  deliberate  and  set  purpose, 
he  becomes  obdurate  in  evil.  The  mind  becomes 
blinded,  and  the  will  hardened.  He  seems  incap- 
able of  compunction  or  even  of  any  realization  of 
spiritual  truth.  From  such  God  seems  to  have 
turned  away  His  face.  Yet  even  in  such  cases  we 
must  not  suppose  that  the  soul  is  so  rejected  by 
God  as  not  to  receive  any  assistance.  He  does 
not  deprive  these  men  of  His  ordinary  graces ; 
and  these,  if  they  would  only  use  them,  are 
sufficient.  But  He  does  not  work  a  miracle  on 
their  behalf;  He  does  not  bestow  those  special 
and  extraordinary  graces  which  alone  would 
bring  them  to  repentance. 

3.  Our  repentance  is  of  different  degrees 
of  perfection  according  to  the  motives  from 
which  it  springs.  If  our  sorrow  for  past  sins 
arises  from  our  having  offended  One  who  is 
infinitely  worthy  of  our  love,  and  whom  we 
love  above  all  things,  it  springs  from  the  highest 
of  all  motives.  No  motive  can  be  nobler  than 
the  love  of  God  for  His  own  sake.  But  there 
may  be  a  perfectly  sincere  and  genuine  sorrow 
due  to  less  exalted  reasons.  We  may  be  moved 
to  repentance  by  the  desire  to  attain  to 
that  heavenly  beatitude,  of  which  sin  will 
assuredly  deprive  us  ;  or  our  motive  may  be  the 
fear  of  the  torments  of  the  damned,  which  will  be 
pur  portiott  if  we  do  not  repent.     Om  reason. 


208    CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

undoubtedly,  why  the  doctrine  of  hell  has  been 
revealed  to  us,  is  that  it  may  thus  stimulate  men 
to  repentance. 

The  highest  kind  of  sorrow  is  termed  perfect 
contrition,  or  more  usually  simply  Contrition, 
If  based  on  any  other  motive  but  the  highest,  it 
is  called  imperfect  contrition  or  Attrition. 
These  two  differ  in  a  most  important  particular 
as  regards  their  effects.  An  act  of  contrition 
avails  to  restore  us  forthwith  to  grace,  even 
before  we  have  approached  the  sacrament  of 
penance  and  received  the  grace  of  absolution. 
It  does  not  excuse  us  from  the  obligation 
of  confessing  the  grave  sins  of  which  we  may 
have  been  guilty.  To  neglect  this  duty  would 
be  to  forfeit  the  grace  we  have  recovered. 
But  it  restores  grace  then  and  there.  Our  Lord 
assures  us  that  the  Divine  indwelling  is  the 
immediate  consequence  of  the  love  of  God 
on  our  part  (John  xiv.  23).  And  this  Divine 
indwelling  is,  we  know,  only  possible  if  the  soul 
is  adorned  with  sanctifying  grace.  The  same 
truth  is  contained  in  St.  John's  words  :  "  Dearly 
beloved,  let  us  love  one  another  :  for  charity  is 
of  God  and  every  one  that  loveth  is  born  of  God  " 
(1  John  iv.  7).  If  the  love  of  our  neighbour  for 
God's  sake  is  a  proof  that  we  are  **born  of 
God,"    it    is    evident  that   the    love    of   God 


LOSS  AND  EECOVERY  209 

Himself  necessarily  carries  with  it  the  gift  of 
grace. 

Attrition  does  not  immediately  restore  us  to 
the  status  of  children  of  God.  But  it  enables 
us  to  recover  sanctifying  grace  in  the  sacrament 
of  penance.  It  has  this  effect  because  it  removes 
all  obstacles  to  the  presence  of  grace.  The 
sinner  who  has  attrition,  has  a  genuine  detesta- 
tion for  his  past  sins  and  a  firm  purpose  of 
serving  God  in  the  future.  He  has  not,  indeed* 
as  yet  risen  to  the  performance  of  man's  highest 
duty,  the  love  of  God;  but  the  intention  to 
perform  it  is  included  in  his  purpose  of  keeping 
all  God's  commands  ;  and  so  soon  as  grace  is 
given  him,  he  will  perform  it.  It  is  most 
important  to  note  that  the  motive  of  fear 
may  have  this  result.  The  sinner  fears  hell,  and 
his  fear  of  hell  leads  him  to  hate  and  detest  the 
sins  which  threaten  to  drag  him  thither.  From 
the  time  of  Luther  to  the  present  day  Protestants 
have  contended  that  the  Catholic  doctrine  of 
attrition  is  altogether  immoral :  that  according  • 
to  it  a  man  may  be  forgiven  if  he  simply 
desists  from  sin  out  of  terror,  even  though  his 
heart  retains  all  its  old  attachment  to  sin  : 
that  it  is  a  sorrow  which  involves  no  change 
of  heart  whatever.  The  objection  is  a  mere 
travesty    of    Catholic   doctrine.     No    Catholic 

14 


210    CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

theologian  has  ever  maintained  such  an  opinion 
or  anything  like  it.  They  have  one  and  all 
taught  that  there  is  no  forgiveness  unless  there 
is  a  genuine  detestation  for  sins,  and  a  total 
renunciation  of  all  attachment  to  them. 
This  has  been  pointed  out  by  every  Catholic 
writer  on  the  subject  for  the  last  three  hundred 
years.  The  objection,  however,  is  still  urged  as 
though  no  answer  had  ever  been  given. 

The  Protestant  teaching,  which  makes  perfect 
contrition  a  necessary  condition  of  all  forgive- 
ness, can  only  be  productive  of  harm.  As  we 
have  already  pointed  out,  men  do  not  as  a  rule 
rise  to  the  higher  degrees  of  virtue  all  at  once  : 
their  advance  is  gradual,  one  step  at  a  time. 
The  man  who  has  habituated  himself  to  sin 
must  be  influenced  by  the  fear  of  God's  judg- 
ments before  his  heart  can  be  touched  to  love 
God.  The  state  of  sin  is  sickness  of  the  soul, 
and  the  vitiated  spiritual  taste  can  no  longer 
relish  the  sweetness  of  God.  The  motive  of  fear 
is  the  remedy  appropriate  to  such  a  condition. 
The  ascent  of  a  ladder  is  not  rendered  easier  by 
the  cutting  away  of  all  the  lower  rungs. 

4.  We  have  yet  to  speak  of  the  debt 
of  temporal  punishment  incurred  by  sin. 
Forgiveness  of  guilt  does  not  carry  with  it  the 
remission  of  all  punishment.     Sin   is,   in  fact, 


i 


LOSS  AND  RECOVERY  211 

more  than  a  breach  of  friendship  with  God.  It 
deprives  God  of  the  honour  which  is  due  to  Him 
from  man,  and  is  thus  a  violation  of  justice. 
Every  sin  contains  an  oifence  against  both  these 
duties.  By  forgiveness  God  restores  us  to 
His  friendship  ;  but  His  wisdom  decrees  that  we 
should  discharge  the  debt  due  to  justice.  An 
illustration  from  earthly  affairs  may  help  us 
here.  If  a  friend  should  wilfully  trample  on  my 
flower-beds,  and  destroy  my  cherished  plants, 
even  though  on  his  asking  my  pardon,  I  should 
freely  forgive  the  wrong  done  to  our  friendship, 
I  might  still  judge  it  best  for  his  own  sake  not 
to  forgo  such  compensation  as  he  could  give. 
Nevertheless,  so  far  as  mortal  sin  is  concerned, 
it  is  plain  that  the  whole  character  of  punish- 
ment is  altered  when  the  guilt  of  the  sin 
is  forgiven.  Till  this  takes  place,  the  sinner  is 
under  sentence  of  damnation.  So  soon  as  he  is 
reconciled  to  God,  the  penalty  due  is  not  the 
eternal  pain  of  hell,  but  a  measure  of  temporal 
pain  to  be  endured  in  the  cleansing  fires  of 
purgatory.  The  chastisement  may  be  longer  or 
shorter,  more  or  less  severe,  but  it  is  a  chastise- 
ment inflicted  in  all  love  by  a  father  on  a  son, 
not  a  penalty  imposed  on  a  rebellious  criminal  by 
a  judge. 

In  regard  to  this  subject  theologians  raise  a 


212   CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

further  question.  If  every  mortal  sin  merits 
eternal  punishment,  what  is  it  that  determines 
the  temporal  punishment  assigned  to  forgiven 
mortal  sin  ?  It  is  not  easy  to  see  how  a  merely 
temporal  chastisement  can  bear  any  proportion 
to  a  guilt  which  is  such  as  to  have  deserved  an 
eternal  penalty.  Yet  surely  there  is  a  proportion 
between  the  two.  It  is  difficult  to  imagine  that 
the  measure  of  purgatorial  pain  is  fixed  solely  by 
God's  decree,  and  that  there  is  not  an  intrinsic 
connection  between  the  sin  and  its  punish- 
ment. 

On  this  point  there  is  some  difference  of 
opinion  among  the  theologians.  It  will  be 
sufficient  for  us  here  to  give  the  solution  offered 
by  St.  Thomas.  Mortal  sin,  he  reminds  us, 
may  be  viewed  under  two  aspects.  In  every 
such  sin  there  is,  on  the  part  of  the  soul,  a 
turning  towards  creatures  in  something  that  is 
forbidden,  and  in  consequence  of  this,  a  turning 
away  from  God,  our  last  end.  It  is  under  the 
latter  aspect  that  sin  entails  the  debt  of  eternal 
punishment.  The  choice  of  a  last  end  is,  by  its 
very  nature,  a  choice  determining  the  status  of 
the  soul ;  and  if  death  should  occur  while  the 
soul  is  thus  separated  from  God,  there  is  no 
possibility  of  recovery.  It  has  chosen  its  lot, 
and  must  remain  for  ever  excluded   from  all 


LOSS  AND  EECOVERY  213 

hope  of  beatitude.  This  turning  away  from 
God  is  always  due  to  undue  love  for  some 
created  good.  The  soul  could  not  desire 
separation  from  God  for  its  own  sake.  It 
accepts  that  separation  sooner  than  forgo  the 
good  for  which  it  craves.  Unlawful  love  for 
the  creature  does  not,  apart  from  the  consequent 
rejection  of  God,  merit  the  dreadful  sentence  of 
eternal  damnation  ;  but  it  deserves  some  penalty 
on  its  own  account.  Thus,  in  hell,  sins  will  not 
all  be  punished  alike ;  but  over  and  above  the 
privation  of  God  and  the  pains  annexed  to  this, 
they  will  be  visited  with  various  penalties 
corresponding  to  their  individual  character. 
Now,  if  a  soul  recovers  sanctifying  grace,  and 
is  once  more  united  with  God  as  its  last  end, 
the  debt  of  eternal  punishment  is  at  once 
cancelled  :  there  is  no  longer  any  sentence  of 
exclusion  to  bar  its  entrance  into  heaven.  But 
the  debt  contracted  by  turning  to  creatures  is 
unaffected,  and  must  be  paid  either  in  this  life 
or  in  purgatory.  In  this  life,  we  are  able  to 
make  satisfaction  for  it,  not  merely  by  self- 
imposed  penance  and  acts  of  mortification,  but 
by  the  patient  endurance  of  trials  and  sorrows 
in  conformity  with  God's  will.  Happy  are 
those  who  thus  discharge  their  debt,  and  do  not 
leave  it  to  be  paid  beyond  the  grave.     For  so 


214   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

long  as  we  live  here,  our  actions  are  not  merely 
satisfactory,  but  meritorious  as  well.  The  trials 
we  endure,  the  mortifications  we  practise,  win 
for  us  a  fuller  measure  of  sanctifying  grace,  and 
a  higher  place  in  heaven.  It  may  at  first  sight, 
perhaps,  appear  that  since  our  trials  are  not 
self-chosen,  but  imposed  upon  us  by  God,  our 
endurance  of  them  is  involuntary,  and  can  lay 
no  claim  to  a  reward.  Yet  this  is  not  so.  In 
so  far  as  we  submit  our  will  to  God's  will  in  this 
regard,  they  become,  in  a  real  sense,  an  offering 
made  by  us  to  Him.  We  accept  them  by  an 
act  of  free  will,  and  God  reckons  them  to  us  as 
voluntary  actions.  In  purgatory,  the  hour  for 
merit  has  gone  by.  There  the  soul  undergoes 
purification.  But  no  matter  how  prolonged 
its  sufferings  may  be,  it  can  gain  no  increment 
of  grace.  The  measure  of  grace  which  it  pos- 
sessed when  life's  journey  ended  determines  its 
place  in  heaven. 

5.  When  a  soul  returns  to  grace  after  a  fall, 
the  obstacle  which  deprived  its  good  works  of  this 
claim  to  a  reward  is  done  away.  Considered  in 
themselves,  they  were  acts  acceptable  to  God ; 
and  they  did  not  cease  to  be  so  because  the 
soul  fell  into  sin.  But  so  long  as  the  state  of 
sin  endures,  no  reward  can  come  to  a  soul.  Let 
that  state  only  be  done   away,  and   they  are 


LOSS  AND  EECOVERY  215 

once  more  reckoned  to  its  account.      So  far,  all 
theologians  are  agreed.     But  as  to  the  way  in 
which  this  doctrine  of  the  recovery  of  merits 
should   be  interpreted,  there  is  not  the  same 
unanimity.       St.  Thomas,  in  his  treatment  of 
the  point,  tells  us  that  we  must  not  suppose 
that   the   soul    necessarily  recovers    the   same 
quantity   of    grace   as   it   forfeited,    and   con- 
sequently    becomes     entitled     to     the     same 
reward  of  glory.    The  gift  of  grace  is  always 
proportionate  to  the  dispositions  of  the  soul. 
The   principle    that   the  degree  in  which  any 
perfection   is   received    is   determined   by  the 
aptitude     of    the     recipient,     is     of    general 
application.     We    have   already   seen   that   it 
applies  to  the  gift  of  grace,  as  bestowed  upon 
an  adult  attaining  to  justification  for  the  first 
time  (Chap.  VI.,  §  3).     It  is  no  less  applicable 
to  the  return  to  grace  after  a  lapse.     If  the 
sinner  returns  with  intense  contrition  for   his 
sin,  and   fervent   love  to  God,  whom  he  has 
offended,  it  may  well  be  that  he  rises  from  sin 
with  a  measure  of  grace  fuller  than  that  from 
which  he  fell.     If  his  sorrow,  though  genuine 
as  far  as  it  goes,  is  devoid  of  fervour,  he  will 
find  himself  poorer  than  he  was.     Ordinarily 
speaking,  a  man's  sorrow  will  depend  on  what 
his  past  life  has  been.     The  man  who  in  the 


216   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

main  has  striven  to  serve  God,  will  generally 
return  with  deep  sorrow,  while  the  contrition 
of  the  half-hearted  Christian  will  be  but 
languid.  But  though  the  grace  thus  recovered 
depends,  so  far  as  its  quantity  is  concerned,  on 
the  dispositions  of  the  repentant  sinner,  it  will 
not  be  given  him  in  regard  of  his  act  of 
contrition  alone.  His  title  to  this  grace  consists 
of  all  his  past  good  works,  and  his  heavenly 
crown  will  be  given  him  as  the  reward  which 
they  have  earned. 

It  has  often  been  contended  that  this  view 
renders  the  recovery  of  merits  purely  nominal, 
and  deprives  it  of  all  substantial  reality.  The 
force  of  the  objection  may  best  be  seen  by  an 
example.  Let  us  take  a  case  in  which  two  men 
both  rise  from  a  state  of  sin  by  an  act  of 
contrition  of  the  same  degree  of  fervour.  One 
of  these,  it  may  be  supposed,  had,  previous  to 
his  fall,  acquired  many  merits ;  the  other,  none 
at  all.  According  to  the  view  we  have  just 
explained,  these  two  men  would  possess  the 
same  degree  of  grace,  and  consequently  would 
receive  the  same  measure  of  the  beatific  vision 
in  heaven.  It  is  urged  that  if  this  be  so,  the 
man  who  previously  lived  well,  and  stored  up 
many  merits,  might  just  as  well  never  have 
done  so  :  he  is  not  a  whit  better  oif  than  the 


LOSS  AND  RECOVERY  217 

man  who  has  Hved  in  sin  all  his  life.  Such  an 
explanation,  it  is  asserted,  evacuates  the 
doctrine  of  all  its  meaning. 

It  cannot  be  denied  that  the  objection,  at 
first  sight,  is  forcible.  But  it  owes  its  plausibil- 
ity to  the  failure  to  realize  that  an  altogether 
special  dignity  attaches  to  the  heavenly  reward, 
by  reason  of  the  good  works  for  which  it  is  the 
recompense.  Hence,  in  the  case  supposed,  even 
though  the  absolute  quantity  of  glory  is  the 
same  for  each,  the  reward  of  the  man  who  has 
done  many  meritorious  actions  will  be  of  a 
different  order  from  that  of  him  whose  sole  title 
to  heaven  was  his  one  act  of  contrition.  God 
might  have  so  disposed  things  that  both  angels 
and  men  should  receive  eternal  beatitude, 
without  having  to  struggle  for  it  and  earn  it 
by  their  good  works.  Yet  in  order  that  they 
may  possess  it  as  a  reward  which  they  have 
won,  and  not  merely  as  a  gift  on  His  part,  He 
allows  them  to  do  battle  with  temptation 
throughout  life,  and  to  run  all  the  risks  of  final 
failure  and  eternal  loss,  which  that  struggle 
carries  with  it.  He  has  even  judged  it  best  to 
permit  that  many  souls  should  fall  away  and 
perish,  rather  than  that  those  which  are  saved 
should  not  have  won  their  crown  by  their 
merits.     It  is,   then,  no  light  thing  that  the 


218   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

good  works  of  a  soul  should  be  in  God's 
remembrance  for  all  eternity  as  that  soul's  title 
to  glory,  even  though  the  actual  measure  of  the 
beatific  vision  which  it  enjoys  be  no  greater 
than  that  which  belongs  to  some  soul  which 
has  entered  heaven  on  the  title  of  one  act 
of  intense  contrition.  Viewed  in  this  light,  it 
will  be  readily  seen  that  the  interpretation 
given  by  St.  Thomas  to  the  doctrine  of  the 
recovery  of  merits  does  not  deprive  it,  as  is 
alleged,  of  all  value,  and  leave  it  a  recovery  in 
name  alone.  It  is,  further,  to  be  noted  that  we 
have  been  speaking  only  of  that  heavenly 
reward  which  consists  in  the  beatific  vision.  It 
is  this  which  is  determined  by  the  grace  which 
we  possess.  We  shall  see,  in  the  last  chapter  of 
this  work,  that,  besides  the  supreme  reward  of 
the  beatific  vision,  the  Blessed  also  enjoy 
certain  subsidiary,  or,  as  they  are  termed, 
accidental  rewards;  and  that,  so  far  as  these 
are  concerned,  every  good  action  will  have  its 
own  special  recompense.  The  opponents  of  St. 
Thomas's  teaching  ordinarily  leave  this  con- 
sideration out  of  account. 

It  must  not  be  thought,  because  the  sinner 
recovers  his  merits  when  he  returns  to  grace, 
that  it  follows  as  a  consequence  that,  should  he 
relapse  again  into  sin,  the  guilt  of  former  sins 


LOSS  AND  RECOVERY  219 

will  forthwith  be  imputed  to  him.  The  two 
cases  are  not  really  parallel.  The  merit  of  good 
works  is  never  abolished  :  it  is  merely  hindered 
from  exercising  its  effect,  because  their  doer  is 
in  a  state  of  sin.  As  regards  the  forgiveness  of 
sin,  it  is  otherwise.  The  guilt  of  the  sin  is  not 
suspended  :  it  is  done  away.  Hence  a  new  fall 
from  grace  cannot  restore  it.  Indeed,  the  ex- 
pressions employed  in  Holy  Scripture  regarding 
the  forgiveness  of  sins  are  such  as  to  preclude  all 
idea  of  any  reviviscence  of  guilt.  Such,  for 
example,  are  the  words  of  Micheas  :  "  He  will 
put  away  our  iniquities,  and  He  will  cast  all 
our  sins  into  the  bottom  of  the  sea"  (viii.  19) ; 
and  those  of  Isaias  :  *'  If  your  sins  be  as  scarlet, 
they  shall  be  made  white  as  snow  :  and  if  they 
be  red  as  crimson,  they  shall  be  white  as  wool  " 
(i.  18).  It  should,  however,  be  borne  in  mind 
that  the  malice  of  a  sin  is  much  increased  when 
it  is  a  relapse  after  forgiveness.  It  acquires  a 
special  character  of  ingratitude  ;  and,  ordinarily, 
it  involves  the  rejection  of  much  clearer  light. 
Hence  the  punishment  which  it  will  incur  may 
be  immensely  greater.  It  is  thus  that  we 
should  understand  the  parable  of  the  unmerciful 
servant.  Here  it  is  the  fact  that  he  has 
himself  just  been  forgiven  which  renders  his 
conduct  towards  his  fellow-servant  so  abomin- 


220   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

able  a  crime.  When  we  are  told  that  "  his  Lord, 
being  angry,  delivered  him  to  the  torturers,  till 
he  should  pay  all  the  debt  "  (Matt,  xviii.  34), 
we  are  not  to  understand  that  his  former  guilt 
revived,  but  that  his  sin  of  cruelty  and 
ingratitude  was,  in  itself,  such  as  to  merit  this 
tremendous  penalty. 

6.  Something  must  be  said,  in  conclusion,  as 
to  the  effects  of  venial  sin.  By  venial  sin  we 
do  not  reject  God  as  our  last  end.  Hence,  it 
does  not  carry  with  it  the  forfeiture  of  charity 
and  grace.  These  remain  in  the  soul,  even 
though  the  sinner  does  not  avail  himself  of 
them.  Even  the  greatest  saints,  our  Lady 
alone  excepted,  have  fallen  into  venial  sins. 
Yet  they  did  not  thereby  forfeit  the  gift  of 
sanctifying  grace.  The  more  numerous  our 
venial  sins,  the  heavier  is  our  debt  of  purgator- 
ial suffering.  But  venial  sins  can  never  deserve 
the  penalty  of  eternal  damnation. 

Not  merely  do  venial  sins  not  destroy 
sanctifying  grace  ;  they  do  not  diminish  it.  If 
they  did  so,  a  time  would  come  when,  through 
venial  sins  alone,  a  man  would  fall  from  grace, 
and  find  himself  in  a  state  of  sin.  But  such 
sins  can  never  have  this  result.  To  fall  into  a 
state  of  sin,  a  man  must  positively  turn  away 
from  God  in  such  a  way  as  to  place  his  last  end 


LOSS  AND  RECOVERY  221 

elsewhere.     In    venial   sin,    there    is   no    such 
turning  away. 

Nevertheless,  if  we  do  not  keep  up  a  constant 
warfare  against  venial  sin,  we  are  in  grave 
peril  of  losing  grace.  Venial  sins,  above  all  if 
they  are  deliberately  committed,  habituate  the 
soul  to  yield  to  temptation.  The  power  of 
inclination  grows  stronger,  and  the  control  of 
reason  weaker  :  the  judgment  is  obscured,  and 
the  vigour  of  the  will  relaxed.  Where  this  is 
the  case,  it  is  morally  certain  that,  should  a 
grave  temptation  suddenly  present  itself,  a  man 
will  fall.  Indeed,  it  is  in  this  way  that  the  fall 
of  those  who  have  lived  pious  lives  ordinarily 
occurs.  Nemo  repentefit  turpissimus.  Men  do 
not  rush  headlong  from  piety  to  mortal  sin  : 
there  is  an  intervening  stage  of  carelessness  in 
regard  to  venial  sins.  A  man,  for  instance,  will 
allow  himself  to  harbour  a  resentful  spirit, 
saying  to  himself  that,  after  all,  there  is  no 
mortal  sin  in  being  surly.  One  day  he  receives 
a  serious  wrong ;  the  passion  of  anger  blazes  up 
in  his  heart,  and  he  falls  into  a  mortal  sin  of 
hatred.  Hence  spiritual  writers,  with  one 
consent,  warn  us  that  the  neglect  of  venial  sin 
inevitably  leads  at  last  to  a  fall  from  grace. 
We  are  told  of  St.  Paschal  Baylon,  that  he 
used  to  say  the  road  to  hell  was  as  surely  paved 
with  many  little  sins  as  with  one  great  one. 


CHAPTER  XI 

THE  CHUKCH  THE  HOME  OF  GRACE 

1.  The  Catholic  Church  the  Home  of  Grace.  2.  Situation 
of  Heretics  as  regards  Salvation.  3.  Case  of  Jews  and 
Mahommedans.  4.  Problem  of  the  Pagan  World. 
5.  Theory  of  a  Limhus  Adultorum  rejected. 

1.  The  New  Testament  never  allows  us  to 
lose  sight  of  the  truth  that  the  Catholic  Church 
alone  is  the  home  of  grace.  The  Church  is  the 
company  of  the  redeemed — the  society  of  those 
who,  through  the  Passion  of  Christ  Jesus,  have 
been  delivered  from  the  bondage  of  sin,  and 
reconciled  to  God.  But  this  deliverance  from 
sin  consists,  as  we  have  seen,  in  the  possession 
of  sanctify ing  grace.  It  is  this  that  reconciles 
us  with  God,  that  elevates  us  to  the  dignity  of 
His  children,  that  procures  for  us  the  indwel- 
ling of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Christ,  our  Lord, 
purchased  these  benefits  for  all  mankind. 
Through  His  messengers  He  offers  them  to  the 
whole  world.  But  the  greater  part  of  men 
reject  them  :  they  have  little  desire  for  blessings 

222 


THE  HOME  OF  GRACE  223 

which  belong  to  another  life.  Their  whole 
interests  are  centred  on  this  present  existence ; 
and  they  will  have  nothing  to  say  to  privileges 
which,  as  far  as  this  life  is  concerned,  entail 
self-denial  and  sacrifice.  Some,  however, 
welcome  the  oifer,  and  desire  to  partake  of  the 
blessings.  The  conditions  imposed  on  them  are 
simple.  They  must  believe  the  message,  and 
enter  the  Church.  Faith,  as  we  have  already 
explained,  is  an  essential  prerequisite,  for  God 
deals  with  us  as  rational  beings.  Our  accept- 
ance of  salvation  must  be  a  free  act  of  our 
own.  We  cannot  be  saved  unless  we  seek 
salvation,  nor  can  we  seek  salvation  unless  we 
believe  the  message  which  announces  it. 
Baptism  admits  us  into  the  Church ;  and  in 
admitting  us  to  the  number  of  Christ's 
followers,  incorporates  us  into  Him.  We 
become  members  of  His  mystical  body,  branches 
of  the  true  Vine,  partakers  of  all  that  He  won 
for  man  on  Calvary. 

It  is  of  the  first  importance  to  note  that 
union  with  Christ  is  only  conferred  upon  us  by 
admission  into  the  corporate  society  of  the 
Church.  We  do  not  attain  salvation  indepen- 
dently of  her,  but  as  her  members.  It  is  to 
the  Church  that  Christ  has  committed  the 
gifts   and   graces  which  he  merited  for  man. 


224   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

The  Divine  revelation  of  truth,  the  sacrifice  of 
the  Mass,  the  seven  fountains  of  grace,  which 
we  term  sacraments — these  are  hers  to  dispense. 
If  we  desire  the  benefits  of  Christ's  redemption, 
we  must  seek  them  in  the  Church.  We  can 
only  obtain  the  privileges  of  sons  of  God  by 
our  admission  into  the  family  of  God. 

It  is  this  that  explains  the  teaching  of  our 
Lord  and  the  apostles,  that  outside  the  Church 
salvation  cannot  be  found.  ''  He  that  believeth 
and  is  baptized,  shall  be  saved,"  says  our  Lord ; 
**  but  he  that  believeth  not,  shall  be  condemned  " 
(Mark  xvi.  16).  To  St.  Paul  the  world  outside 
the  Church  is  the  kingdom  of  the  Evil  One. 
**God,"  he  says,  "hath  delivered  us  from  the 
power  of  darkness,  and  hath  translated  us  into 
the  kingdom  of  the  Son  of  His  love" 
(Col.  i.  13).  And  speaking  of  the  excommuni- 
cation by  which  he  had  excluded  the  heretics 
Hymenseus  and  Alexander  from  the  Church, 
he  says  simply,  "  Whom  I  delivered  unto 
Satan"  (1  Tim.  i.  20). 

The  voice  of  Christian  tradition  has  ever 
spoken  to  the  same  effect.  In  the  very  first 
age  of  the  Church,  St.  Ignatius  of  Antioch, 
writing  in  a.d.  107,  says:  **Be  not  deceived, 
my  brethren.  If  any  man  followeth  one 
that    maketh    schism,    he    doth    not    inherit 


THE  HOME  OF  GEACE  225 

the  kingdom  of  God.  If  anyone  walketh  in 
strange  doctrine,  he  hath  no  fellowship  with 
the  Passion."  ^  A  little  later,  Origen  writes  as 
follows  :  "  Let  no  man  deceive  himself.  Outside 
this  house  "  {i.e.,  outside  the  Church)  *'  none  is 
saved."*  And  his  great  contemporary,  St. 
Cyprian,  is  no  less  explicit :  "  He  cannot  have 
God  for  his  Father  who  has  not  the  Church 
for  his  mother."  ^  The  truth  is  often  succinctly 
expressed  in  the  form,  Extra  Ecclesiam  nulla 
solus  (Outside  the  Church  there  is  no  salva- 
tion) ;  and,  as  thus  enunciated,  has  long  been 
accepted  as  a  recognized  principle  of  Catholic 
theology. 

This  Divine  society  was  endowed  by  our 
Lord,  not  merely  with  the  internal  gifts  of 
which  we  have  been  speaking,  but  with  certain 
visible  characteristics  challenging  the  attention 
of  the  whole  world,  and  plainly  declaring  its 
supernatural  origin  to  all  men,  to  the  un- 
lettered as  well  as  to  the  learned.  Had  He 
not  done  this,  His  work  for  men  would  have 
been  incomplete.  It  would  have  availed  little 
that  He  should  have  merited  on  their  behalf 
the  grace  which  makes  them  sons  of  God,  and 

"^  Ad.  Fhiladelpk^  n.  3. 

2  Horn,  in  Jos.,  iii.  5.     (P.G.  xiii.,  841.) 

•  D§  Unit.f  c.  vi. 

15 


226  CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

should  have  committed  it   to  His  Church  to 
dispense,  if  they  were  unable  to  distinguish  His 
Church   from   those    bodies    of    mere    human 
institution    which    falsely   claim    that   name. 
One  of  these  characteristics,  that  of  unity,  He 
proclaimed,  in  the  most  solemn  terms,  on  the 
last  night  of  His  life  on  earth,  to  be,  in  a  special 
manner,  the  distinctive  mark  of  His  mystical 
body.      He   declared   that   the   unity   of   the 
Church  should  symbolize  on  earth  the  unity  of 
the  Three  Divine  Persons,  and  should   be  so 
manifestly    supernatural     as    to    compel    the 
world  to  acknowledge  that  He  who  founded 
this  Church   came   from  God.     St.  John  has 
reported  His  words  for  us  :  '*  The  glory  which 
Thou  hast  given  Me,  I  have  given  to  them; 
that  they  may  be  one,  even  as  We  are  One  : 
I  in  them,  and  Thou  in  Me,  that  they  may  be 
made  perfect  in  one  ;  and  the  world  may  know 
that  Thou  hast  sent  Me  "  (John  xvii.  22-23). 
There  is  no  need  to  labour  this  point.     The 
Catholic  Church  is  spread  over  the  whole  world, 
and  gathers  in  its  members  from  men  of  every 
race,  and  every  degree  of  cultivation — from  the 
civilized  and  the  barbarous,  from  the  white  and 
the   coloured,    from   the   conquering   and   the 
conquered.      An   institution  which   can   unite 
these   diverse  elements   in  one,  so  that  each 


THE  HOME  OF  GRACE  227 

individual  within  it  recognizes  every  other  as 
his  brother  in  God's  sight ;  which  can  transcend 
the  disruptive  forces  this  diversity  involves, 
must  be  of  Divine  origin.  A  doctrine  which, 
remaining  one  and  the  same,  can  satisfy  the 
needs  of  all  those  different  classes,  can  be  none 
other  than  God's  truth.  And  the  same  con- 
clusion is  forced  upon  us,  if  we  view  this  unity, 
not  in  respect  of  space,  but  of  time.  All  other 
systems  of  thought  yield  to  the  solvents  which 
time  applies  to  them.  On  one  point  after 
another,  they  are  weighed  in  the  balances  and 
found  wanting :  they  pass  into  the  limbo  of 
those  teachings  which  humanity  has  outgrown 
and  discarded.  The  dogmatic  system  of  the 
Catholic  Church  alone  is  changeless.  No 
vestige  of  it  ever  perishes  ;  the  truths  which 
she  proclaims  to-day  are  the  same  as  those 
which  the  apostles  announced  to  the  world. 

This  unity  does  not  establish  the  Church's 
claims  simply  because,  having  regard  to  man's 
tendency  to  divisions,  it  presupposes  a  super- 
natural power  to  effect  it.  Viewed  in  itself,  it 
is  somethinor  Divine.  Discord  is  the  work  of 
the  devil ;  and  so,  too,  is  error,  in  all  its 
multiple  varieties.  Unity  and  concord  come 
from  God,  and  the  truth,  when  once  revealed 
by   Him,   must   necessarily  be   changeless    as 


228   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Himself.  The  unity  of  the  Church  as  a  single 
brotherhood  is  an  apt  symbol  of  the  unity  of 
the  Divine  Persons ;  the  unity  of  her  doctrine 
in  all  ages  is  the  earthly  expression  of  the 
immutable  Divine  truth. 

Throughout  Christian  history  there  has  ever 
been  one  only  body  which  has  displayed  this 
mark  of  unity.  This  body  is  the  Church  in 
communion  with  the  see  of  Rome,  and  ruled 
by  the  successor  of  St.  Peter.  She,  and  she 
alone,  has  the  right  to  claim  to  be  the  home  of 
grace. 

2.  It  is,  nevertheless,  notorious  that  the 
Catholic  Church  confidently  hopes  for  the 
salvation  of  many  of  those  who  are  outside  her 
visible  communion.  And  it  may  well  be  asked 
how  this  hope  is  compatible  with  a  teaching 
which,  at  first  sight,  is  so  rigorous  as  is  that 
which  we  have  just  explained.  The  considera- 
tion of  this  point  will  engage  our  attention 
during  the  remainder  of  this  chapter. 

It  is  plain  that  the  case  of  heretics  and 
schismatics,  who  retain  belief  in  the  divinity  of 
our  Lord,  and  in  a  great  part  of  the  Christian 
revelation,  is  very  different  from  that  of  Jews 
and  Mahommedans ;  while  these  latter,  again, 
possess  at  least  a  knowledge  of  the  true  God, 
and  a  belief  in  the  fact  of  revelation,  in  which 


THE  HOME  OF  GRACE  229 

the   pagan   world   has   no   part.      It   will    be 
necessary  to  treat  of  these  classes  separately. 

As  regards  heretics  the  Church  distinguishes 
sharply  between  culpable  and  inculpable,  or, 
to  employ  theological  terminology,  formal  and 
material  heresy.  Those  are  guilty  of  formal 
heresy  who,  knowing  that  to  the  Catholic  Church 
has  been  entrusted  the  guardianship  of  Christ's 
revelation,  and  that  she  teaches  such  and  such 
a  doctrine,  refuse  to  accept  it,  and  fall  away 
from  her.  Such  were  the  heresiarchs,  and  a 
multitude  of  their  immediate  followers.  These 
do,  indeed,  cut  themselves  off  from  salvation. 
But  there  are  tens  of  thousands  brought  up  in 
heresy,  who  have  no  such  knowledge.  From 
their  earliest  childhood  they  have  been  imbued 
with  the  belief  that  the  Church's  claims  are  false, 
and  when  they  refuse  her  doctrines,  they  have 
no  thought  that  they  are  rejecting  the  divinely 
accredited  teacher  of  the  human  race.  On  the 
contrary,  they  sincerely  wish  to  believe  all  that 
Christ  has  revealed,  and,  so  far  as  they  know, 
they  do  accept  His  teaching.  Were  it  plain  to 
them  that  the  Catholic  Church,  and  she  alone, 
is  the  fold  of  Christ,  they  would  hasten  to 
enter  her  communion.  They  have  the  gift  of 
faith,  though  they  are  accidentally  deprived 
of  external  membership  in  the  Church.     They 


230  CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

belong  to  her  in  desire  (voto).  Moreover,  vast 
numbers  of  them  have  been  validly  baptized ; 
and  baptism,  even  though  administered  by 
heretics,  makes  those  who  receive  it,  little  as 
they  dream  of  such  a  thing,  members  of  the 
Catholic  Church.  Should  they  fall  into  mortal 
sin,  the  way  of  forgiveness  is  not  closed  to  them. 
An  act  of  perfect  contrition  can  restore  them  to 
grace.  It  is  true  that  our  Lord  ordained  that 
every  grave  sin  should  be  confessed  in  the 
tribunal  of  penance.  But  here,  again,  so  far  is 
the  merely  material  heretic  from  refusing  to 
obey,  that  he  is  rightly  said  to  have  the 
implicit  desire  of  fulfilling  the  command.  For 
his  act  of  contrition  contains  the  purpose  to 
fulfil  all  God's  commands,  without  exception. 
He  can  only  realize  this  purpose  in  so  far  as  his 
knowledge  extends,  and  as  he  is  ignorant  of 
the  precept  to  confess,  he  fails  to  fulfil  it.  But 
his  desire  to  obey  extends  to  all  our  Lord's 
laws,  and,  hence,  implicitly  even  to  this 
one.  It  is  ignorance  alone  that  hinders  him 
from  accomplishing  it.  There  is,  then,  nothing 
to  hinder  us  from  hoping  that  very  many  of 
those  brought  up  in  heresy  may  be  saved.  But 
no  mistake  could  be  greater  than  to  suppose 
that  they  are  saved  through  the  Lutheranism 
or    Calvinism    which    they   profess,    that    one 


THE  HOME  OF  GEACE  231 

religion  is  as  good  as  another,   and   that  the 

gates  of  the  heavenly  Jerusalem  are  as  numerous 

as  the  sects  of  Protestantism.     The  grace  which 

saves  them  is  the  grace  of  the  Catholic  Church. 

They  are  saved,  not  because  of,  but  in  spite  of, 

their  material  adherence  to  the  heresy  of  Calvin, 

or   Luther,  or   Queen   Elizabeth.     And,    be  it 

noted,  it  must  not  be  supposed  that  there  are 

two  Churches,  a  visible  and  an  invisible,  and 

that  salvation  is  through  the  invisible  Church, 

whereas  membership  in  the  visible  Church  is  of 

minor  moment.     The  promises  of  Christ  were 

made  to  the  one  corporate  body — the  visible 

Church.      It  is  this  Church,  not  an  unknown 

invisible  Church,  that  is  the   home   of  grace. 

The  actual  graces  which  God  bestows  on  those 

outside  her  communion  have,  as  their  ultimate 

aim,  to  bring   the  recipients  within  her   fold. 

And  it  is  as  belonging    by  desire  to  her  that 

those  of  whom  we  are  speaking  attain  salvation. 

For  heresy  to  be  inculpable   it  is  requisite 

that  the  person  should  be  "  invincibly  ignorant  ** 

that   he   is   in   heresy.     A  man  is  said  to  be 

**  invincibly  ignorant "  as  to  a  point,  when  his 

ignorance  is  such  that  he  is  unaware  of  the 

obligation  of  further  inquiry  regarding  it.     On 

the   other   hand,   his   ignorance   is   *'  vincible " 

when  he  is  conscious  of  the  duty  of  further 


232   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

investigation,  but  neglects  to  take  adequate 
measures  to  that  effect.  It  happens  occasion- 
ally that  a  man,  whose  ignorance  as  to  the 
Church's  claims  was  previously  invincible,  comes 
to  suspect  that,  after  all,  they  may  be  true, 
and,  nevertheless,  in  view  of  the  serious  sacrifices 
which  certainty  on  the  point  might  entail, 
deliberately  ceases  to  pursue  his  inquiries. 
Ignorance  such  as  this  is  vincible  ignorance,  and, 
in  view  of  the  fact  that  all  men  are  bound  to 
make  great  efforts  to  attain  clear  knowledge  in 
matters  affecting  the  salvation  of  their  soul, 
is  culpable,  not  inculpable. 

Our  hope  that  many  Protestants  will  obtain 
salvation  should  not  blind  us  to  the  terrible 
disadvantages  under  which  they  are  compelled 
to  seek  it — disadvantages  so  great  that  a 
Catholic  should  reckon  himself  guilty  of  a 
grievous  sin  against  the  virtue  of  charity  if  he 
neglects  to  do  what  in  him  lies  for  the  conversion 
of  his  non-Catholic  neighbours.  We  cannot 
here  do  more  than  mention  one  or  two  of  the 
dijBSculties  in  their  path.  For  them,  as  we  have 
seen,  the  forgiveness  of  grave  sin  can  only  be 
obtained  by  an  act  of  perfect  contrition  :  this 
alone  can  restore  them  to  sanctifying  grace. 
Yet  they  know  nothing  of  sanctifying  grace. 
The  founders  of  Protestantism  denied  its  very 


THE  HOME  OF  GRACE  233 

existence.  As  a  rule  they  have  never  learned 
how  to  make  an  act  of  contrition.  Their 
ordinary  books  of  instruction  make  no  mention 
of  any  difference  between  the  sorrow  which 
springs  from  love  and  the  sorrow  whose  motive 
is  the  mere  hope  of  heaven.  They  are  only 
taught  in  a  general  way  that  God  forgives  those 
who  truly  repent.  Further,  they  lack  the 
assurance  of  pardon  which  the  sacrament  of 
penance  conveys.  And  there  is  no  need  to 
point  out  that  it  is  just  this  assurance  of  pardon 
which  makes  it  comparatively  easy  for  a 
Catholic  to  rise  again  after  a  serious  fall  from 
grace ;  and  that,  where  it  is  wanting,  the 
diflSculty  of  rising  must  be  immeasurably 
greater.  Again,  they  lack  the  sacrament  of  the 
Holy  Eucharist.  And,  apart  from  this  gift, 
none  can  avoid  grave  sin  save  by  a  miracle  of 
God's  special  favour. 

Hitherto  we  have  spoken  of  Protestants  as 
though  the  possession  of  faith  were  the  normal 
thing  amongst  them.  Unfortunately  this  is 
not  the  case.  They  may,  in  their  childhood, 
have  been  instructed  in  the  tenets  of  some  sect 
— Anglicanism,  Methodism,  Congregationalism. 
But  when  reason  begins  to  emancipate  itself, 
they  soon  discover  that  they  have  no  guarantee 
for  the  truth  of  what  they  have  been  taught. 


234   CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

They  acknowledge  no  infallible  teacher,  for  the 
Bible  has  long  lost  its  authority  amongst  them. 
And  where  there  is  no  infallible  guide,  human 
reason  becomes  the  sole  criterion  of  truth. 
Without  more  ado  all  that  constitutes  a 
difficulty  to  the  modern  spirit  is  thrown  away 
as  antiquated — miracles,  eternal  punishment, 
the  Virgin  birth.  Only  too  often  all  belief  in 
a  Divine  revelation  is  definitely  discarded. 
And,  as  we  have  seen,  apart  from  supernatural 
faith,  no  one  can  hope  to  obtain  sanctifying 
grace. 

3.  The  case  of  Jews  and  Mahommedans 
differs  materially  from  that  of  Protestants.  It 
is  true  that,  with  all  their  errors,  they  worship 
the  same  God  as  ourselves — the  God  who 
created  the  world,  and  who  revealed  His  law  to 
Moses.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  they  reject 
the  claim  of  Jesus  Christ  to  be  the  Eternal  Son 
of  God,  and  they  repudiate  His  teaching.  At 
first  sight  this  would  seem  to  exclude  them 
from  all  hope  of  salvation.  For  there  is  no 
salvation  save  by  faith  in  Christ.  "  There  is 
no  other  name  under  heaven  given  to  men, 
whereby  we  must  be  saved"  (Acts  iv.  12). 
Yet  recent  theologians  almost  universally  teach 
that  where  ignorance  regarding  Christ's  claims 
is   invincible,   explicit  faith   is   not   absolutely 


THE  HOME  OF  GRACE  235 

requisite,  and  that  a  Jew  or  a  Mahommedan 
who  believes  in  general  whatever  God  may 
have  revealed  regarding  the  means  He  has 
ordained  for  the  salvation  of  man,  thereby 
makes  an  act  of  faith  which  implicitly  includes 
belief  in  Christ.  He  who  thus  accepts  God  s 
revelation  can  make  an  act  of  supernatural 
charity,  and  find  sanctifying  grace.  Undoubt- 
edly the  hindrances  to  salvation  are  here  even 
greater  than  they  are  among  Protestants.  The 
light  of  truth  shines  far  more  dimly,  and  the 
devil  has  established  his  empire  over  souls  more 
firmly.  Yet  salvation  is  not  impossible.  An 
act  of  faith  such  as  we  have  described  renders 
a  man  a  member  of  the  Church  in  desire,  and 
thus  he  may  save  his  soul,  not,  indeed,  through 
his  false  religion,  but  in  spite  of  it. 

4.  The  problem  of  the  pagan  world  has  at  all 
periods  given  rise  to  much  questioning.  If 
sanctifying  grace,  without  which  there  can  be 
no  salvation,  is  given  to  no  one  except  to  such 
as  have,  by  an  act  of  faith,  accepted  God's 
supernatural  revelation,  what  are  we  to  think 
of  the  multitudes  brought  up  in  heathenism  ? 
What  opportunity  have  these  myriads  of 
making  an  act  of  faith  ?  What  knowledge  have 
they  of  the  true  God  ?  In  the  Middle  Ages  that 
diflSculty    was     scarcely     felt.       Geographical 


236   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

knowledge  was  most  imperfect,  and  there  was 
a  general  belief  that  the  main  tenets  of 
Christianity,  and  the  chief  arguments  for  its 
truth,  had  penetrated  to  the  remotest  parts  of 
the  earths  surface.  The  great  voyages  of 
the  fifteenth  century,  and,  above  all,  the 
discovery  of  America,  revolutionized  men's  ideas 
on  this  subject.  They  realized  for  the  first  time 
how  vast  were  the  populations  to  whom  no  ves- 
tige of  the  Gospel  message  had  penetrated.  In 
our  own  days  a  somewhat  similar  effect  was 
produced  when  the  buried  civilizations  of  the 
Euphrates  and  Nile  Valleys  were  laid  bare,  and 
the  study  of  palaeontology  showed  at  how 
remote  a  period  human  history  began.  There 
is  little  doubt  that,  to  many  minds,  the  new 
perspectives  thus  opened  constituted  a  grave 
difficulty  against  the  Church's  teaching  as  to 
the  need  of  faith. 

The  difficulty  does  not  seem  insoluble.  A 
long  series  of  investigations  into  the  religions 
of  uncivilized  peoples  seems  to  place  it  beyond 
a  doubt  that  there  is  no  race,  however  degraded, 
that  does  not  possess  a  belief  in  a  supreme  God, 
who  has  made  Himself  known  to  man  by 
revelation,  and  who  vindicates  the  law  of  right 
and  wrong  by  rewarding  the  good  and  punish- 
ing evil-doers.     It  is  true  that,  as  externally 


THE  HOME  OF  GRACE  237 

manifested,  the  religion  of  savages  is  often 
mere  devil-worship  ;  for  they  are  apt  to  hold  it 
more  essential  to  propitiate  the  pov^ers  of  evil, 
who  are  likely  to  harm  them,  than  to  implore 
the  help  of  God.  But  this  is  not  incompatible 
with  their  possession  of  a  religious  belief  such 
as  we  have  indicated.  Now  there  is  nothing 
extravagant  in  the  supposition  that  amid  the 
superstitions  and  immoralities  which  have 
overlaid  religion  among  them,  all  pagan  peoples 
have  preserved  this  remnant  of  the  primitive 
revelation  made  to  our  first  parents.  Indeed, 
it  would  have  been  difiicult  for  it  to  perish ;  for 
the  ordered  harmony  of  nature,  and  the  voice 
of  conscience  within  us,  conspire  to  proclaim  the 
existence  of  God,  the  Founder  of  the  universe, 
and  the  moral  Law-giver.  We  do  not  mean 
that  the  source  of  the  beliefs  of  which  we  speak 
is  to  be  found  in  the  deductions  of  reason. 
Nowhere  does  religion  refer  its  origin  to  human 
reasoning,  but  in  every  case  to  a  communica- 
tion made  by  God  to  man.  Indeed,  were  their 
belief  based  on  mere  natural  reason,  it  would 
not  be  belief  in  a  Divine  revelation  at  all.  But  it 
will  not  be  denied  that,  granted  the  existence 
of  a  revelation,  the  truths  in  question  are  so 
consonant  to  the  testimony  of  reason  that  they 
could  hardly  pass  into  oblivion. 


238   CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

If  this  be  as  we  have  supposed,  we  have 
what  is  essential  to  an  act  of  supernatural  and 
saving  faith.  The  apostle,  speaking  of  the 
necessity  of  faith  to  salvation,  thus  describes  it : 
"He  that  cometh  to  God,  must  believe  that 
He  is,  and  that  He  is  a  rewarder  of  them  that 
seek  Him "  (Heb.  xi.  6).  These  two  points 
include  implicitly  all  that  God  has  revealed. 
If  a  man  believes,  regarding  the  God  of  revela- 
tion, that  '*  He  is,"  he  implicitly  believes  all 
that  He  has  taught  concerning  His  own  nature ; 
and  if  he  believes  that  *'  He  is  a  rewarder  of 
them  that  seek  Him,"  he  implicitly  holds  all  that 
He  has  told  us  as  to  the  means  which  He  has 
ordained  for  our  salvation. 

There  is,  however,  one  serious  difficulty, 
which  calls  for  consideration.  No  one  can 
make  an  act  of  faith  in  any  truth,  accepting  it 
on  God's  authority,  unless  he  has  sure  know- 
ledge that  God  has  revealed  it.  He  must  have 
full  certainty  that  He  has  spoken  to  man,  and 
spoken  thus ;  and  he  must  have  sufficient 
grounds  for  this  certainty.  What  grounds  has 
the  pagan  for  knowing  that  God  has  revealed 
these  truths  ?  The  Jew  can  appeal  to  the 
miracles  of  Sinai,  and  to  a  tradition  that  has 
come  down  to  lym  from  the  very  origins  of  our 

8T.    MICHAEL'S      \* 

y 


THE  HOME  OF  GEACE  239 

race.  The  Mahommedan,  to  the  universal 
testimony  of  the  wise  and  good,  not  merely 
amongst  his  own  co-religionists,  but  amongst 
Catholics  and  Jews  as  well.  But  the  savage 
learns  these  doctrines  as  part  of  the  traditions 
of  his  tribe.  His  authority  for  them  is  no 
better  than  that  on  which  he  receives  the 
grotesque  fables  of  his  tribal  mythology.  What 
adequate  grounds  can  he  have  for  an  act  of 
faith  ?  To  this,  it  may  be  replied,  that  to  the 
simple  mind  it  would  be  far  more  difficult 
to  suppose  that  God  has  not  made  a  revelation 
to  His  creatures,  than  that  He  has  done  so. 
And  the  two  doctrines  requisite  for  saving 
faith  are  so  agreeable  to  reason,  that  a  man 
can  have  no  reason  for  doubting  that  they,  at 
least,  are  truths  He  has  revealed.  He  will 
recognize  them  as  such,  even  when  he  has 
come  to  realize  the  falsity  of  much  that  passes 
in  his  tribe  for  religion.  For  if  he  be  a  seeker 
after  God,  God  will  not  fail  to  enlighten  his 
conscience  as  to  the  debasing  and  evil  character 
of  the  observances  in  which  he  has  been 
brought  up.  Hence,  there  seems  little  difficulty 
in  supposing  that,  with  the  help  of  actual  grace, 
he  may  make  a  genuine  act  of  faith  as  to  the 
two   great   truths.      In   this   way   he    unites 


240   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

himself  in  desire  to  the  Church;  and  thus  he 
may  become  a  partaker  in  the  salvation  which 
it  is  hers,  and  hers  alone,  to  dispense. 

Such  is  the  reply  given  by  competent  Catholic 
theologians  to  the  difficulty  which  every 
follower  of  Christ  must  necessarily  feel  re- 
garding the  fate  of  pagans.^  The  medieval 
theologians,  including  St.  Thomas,  believing  as 
they  did  that  a  knowledge  of  the  Gospel  was 
within  the  reach  of  all  men  of  good  will,  were 
disposed  to  insist  on  the  need  of  an  explicit 
faith  in  the  Incarnation.  But  the  difference 
here  is  accidental,  not  essential.  They  admitted 
the  principle  of  implicit  faith  by  allowing  that 
it  had  sufficed  before  the  Gospel  was  preached. 
And  they  affirm,  as  an  absolutely  certain  truth, 
that  to  every  human  being  is  offered  the 
opportunity  of  salvation.  In  more  than  one 
passage  of  his  works  St.  Thomas  considers  the 
hypothetical  case  of  a  child  nurtured,  as  was 
Romulus,  by  beasts,  and  growing  up  in  the 
forests  remote  from  all  commerce  with  his  kind. 
He  declares  that,  if  one  thus  situated  should 
but  correspond  with  the  actual  grace  given  to 
him,  God  would  not  permit  him  to  perish.  He 
would  so  dispose  things  by  His  Providence  that 
some  Christian  preacher  should  reach  him,  or 

1  Cyf.j  e.g.,  Vacant,  Etudes  Thdologiques,  II.,  p.  123,  seq. 


THE  HOME  OF  GRACE  241 

He  would  even,  if  need  were,  send  an  angel  to 
reveal  to  him  the  necessary  truths  of  faith.^ 

5.  Some  few  writers  have  held  that  it  is 
simpler  to  admit  that  supernatural  faith  is,  in 
fact,  out  of  the  reach  of  pagans.  It  is 
suggested  that  possibly  those  who  have  never 
heard  the  Gospel  fall  under  a  different  dis- 
pensation of  Divine  Providence,  and  that  it  may 
not  be  required  of  them  that  they  should  rise 
to  the  supernatural  order  at  all.  May  we  not, 
it  is  asked,  suppose  that  there  are  many  pagans 
who,  though  destitute  of  faith,  yet  keep  the 
moral  law  so  far  as  they  know  it,  and  thus 
avoid  formal  mortal  sin  ?  If  so,  it  would  seem 
to  follow  that  such  as  these  after  death  attain, 
not  indeed  to  the  supernatural  happiness  of 
heaven,  but  to  a  natural  happiness  :  that  they 
pass,  in  fact,  to  a  limbus  adultorum,  identical,  it 
may  be,  with  the  limbus  infantium,  which  all 
acknowledge  to  be  the  destiny  of  unbaptized 
infants.  The  idea,  at  first  sight,  seems  to 
afford  a  simpler  solution  of  the  problem  than 
that  which  we  have  offered.  It  is,  however, 
destitute  of  any  support  in  Scripture,  or  in 
tradition,  and  is  regarded  by  all  theologians  as 
inadmissible.      Scripture,  indeed,  would  appear 

1  Q.D.  de  Verit,  q.  14,  art.  11,  ad.  1  ;  II.  S.  d.  28,  q.  1, 
art.  4,  ad.  4 ;  III.  S.  d.  25,  q.  2,  art.  1;  q.  1  ad.  1. 

16 


242   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

to  teach  with  sufficient  plainness  that  there 
are  but  two  alternatives  for  men — heaven  and 
hell.  When  our  Lord  foretells  the  judgment  of 
the  Last  Day,  He  describes  the  judged  as  divided 
into  two  classes  alone,  destined,  respectively, 
for  the  beatitude  of  heaven  and  for  the  fires 
of  hell.  He  speaks  of  that  judgment  as 
embracing  "all  nations."  According  to  the 
hypothesis  we  are  considering,  the  greater 
part  of  humanity  would  be  excluded  from  its 
scope.  Another  weighty  argument  against  it 
is  drawn  from  the  manner  in  which  the  early 
Christian  apologists  dealt  with  this  difficulty, 
when  they  were  asked  by  their  pagan  opponents 
what  had  been  the  fate  of  the  countless 
generations  which  had  preceded  Christ.  They 
did  not  answer  that  God  had  dealt  with  these 
in  another  way  :  they  replied  that  Christ  was 
"  the  Light  that  enlighteneth  every  man  that 
Cometh  into  this  world,"  and  that  salvation 
through  Him  had  been  possible  to  all.  Again, 
it  is  a  dogma  of  faith,  clearly  expressed  in 
Scripture,  and  defined  by  the  Church  against 
the  Pelagians,  that  without  the  grace  of  God, 
no  man  can  for  long  avoid  grave  sin.  This 
teaching  excludes  the  possibility  of  a  pagan 
remaining  in  the  purely  natural  order,  and, 
nevertheless,  living  a  life  of  virtue.      But  if  it 


THE  HOME  OF  GEACE  243 

be  granted  that  whenever  a  pagan  really  lives 
a  virtuous  life,  he  does  so  through  the  aid  of 
supernatural  grace,  there  seems  no  reason 
whatever  why  grace  should  not  enable  him  to 
elicit  acts  of  faith  and  love,  and  thus  attain 
justification. 

The  fact  is  that  the  few  writers  who  at  the 
close  of  the  eighteenth  century  adopted  this 
view,^  were  driven  to  it  by  a  rigorist  theory  as 
to  the  absolute  necessity  of  an  explicit  faith  in 
the  Incarnation,  which  had  for  some  time  been 
prevalent  in  the  French  theological  schools. 
There  can,  of  course,  be  no  question  of  faith  of 
this  kind  in  the  pagan  world.  Hence,  since  it 
is  inconceivable  that  the  greater  part  of  the 
human  race  is  damned  through  no  fault  of  its 
own,  they  were  compelled  to  invent  some  such 
hypothesis  as  this.  But  their  theory  found 
little  support.  It  was  universally  recognized 
that  it  could  not  be  made  to  harmonize  with 
Catholic  teaching,  and  that  the  real  solution 
of  the  difficulty  must  be  sought  in  the  doctrine 
of  implicit  faith. 

We  have  given  a  brief  consideration  to  this 
point ;  for  even  now,  from  time  to  time,  we  find 

1  None  of  these  was  a  theologian  of  the  first  rank.  The 
most  eminent  was  the  Abbe  Em^ry,  Superior  of  the 
Society  of  St.  Sulpice,  b.  1732,  d.  1811, 


244  CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

the  limbus  adultorum  put  forward  as  being  a 
new  and  important  suggestion  towards  the 
solution  of  a  dijQficult  problem.  It  seemed  well 
to  point  out  that  it  is  no  new  idea,  but  that  it 
has  long  since  been  weighed  and  set  aside  by 
those  best  qualified  to  judge. 


CHAPTER  XII 

GEACE    AND    GLORY 

1.  The  Divine  Sonship  Perfected.  2.  The  Beatific  Vision. 
3.  The  Love  of  the  Blessed.  4.  The  Joy  of  the 
Blessed.     5.  "  Accidental  "  Rewards. 

1.  The  glory  of  the  Blessed  may  be  viewed 
under  two  aspects  :  as  the  heritage  due  to 
those  who  by  grace  have  become  the  sons  of 
God,  or  as  being  itself  the  final  perfection  of 
that  sonship.  It  is  under  the  former  aspect 
that  it  is  generally  regarded  in  Holy  Scripture; 
and  it  is  in  this  light  that  we  have  hitherto 
considered  it.  But  there  are  not  wanting  pas- 
sages which  remind  us,  that  though  the  Divine 
adoption  is  already  ours,  yet  our  sonship 
remains  in  this  life  inchoative  and  imperfect, 
and  can  only  find  its  full  consummation  in  the 
life  to  come.  There  is  nothing  to  surprise  us  in 
this.  The  cognate  notion  of  salvation  is 
similarly  considered  from  these  two  distinct 
points  of  view.  In  some  passages,  our  salvation 
is  spoken  of  as  something  that  has  been  already 

245 


246   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

bestowed  upon  us.     Thus,  in  a  passage  already 

quoted,    St.    Paul   says :    *'  According    to    His 

mercy  He  saved  us  by  the  laver  of  regeneration 

and  renovation  of  the  Holy  Ghost "  (Tit.  iii.  5, 

cf,  1  Pet.  iii.  21).     Elsewhere  it  is  held  up  as 

something  not  yet  attained,  an  object  of  hope 

and  desire.      '^  At  present,"  says  the  apostle, 

'*  it  is  in  hope  that  we  are  saved"  (Rom.  viii.  24).^ 

In  this  same  passage  he  speaks  of  our  sonship 

to  God  in  the  following  terms  :  "  Ourselves  also 

which  have  the  firstfruits  of  the  Spirit,  even 

we    ourselves    also,    groan    within    ourselves, 

waiting  for  our  adoption,  to  wit  the  redemption 

of  our  body  "  (Rom.  viii.  23,  R.V.).     In  these 

words    he    clearly    affirms    that   our   adoption 

cannot  have  its  full  and    complete   perfection 

until   our   final  glorification.     This  is  implied^ 

too,  in  the  statement  that  we  have  received 

**  the  firstfruits  "  of  the  Spirit.    For  our  sonship 

is  the  work  of  the  Holy  Ghost  within  us :  it  is 

His  presence  within  us  that  confers  on  us  the 

gift  of  the  new  life.     Yet  at  present  it  is  the 

firstfruits  only  of  the  Spirit  that  we  possess. 

That  which  He  has  done  for  us  is  but  the  pledge 

and  earnest  of  what  He  will  effect  eventually   J 

1  Both  the  Douay  Bible  and  the  R.V.  give  "  by  hope  " 
and  not  "in  hope."  This  rendering  fails  to  give  the 
meaning  of  the  original.  Crampon's  Bible  translates  more 
correctly :  "  Car  c'est  en  esp6rance  que  nous  sommes 
sauves." 


GRACE  AND  GLOEY  247 

(2  Cor.  V.  5,  Rom.  viii.  1).  The  same  truth, 
again,  is  contained  in  those  passages  in  which 
St.  Paul  exhorts  his  readers  to  put  oS  the  old 
man,  and  to  put  on  the  new  (Eph.  iv.  22-24, 
Col.  iii.  10).  If  the  old  man  still  cleaves  to  us 
and  we  must  still  labour  to  put  on  the  new,  it  is 
manifest  that  the  consummation  of  our  sonship 
is  not  yet  achieved. 

We  have  seen  in  a  previous  chapter  (Chap. 
II.  §  3)  that  St.  John  declares  sonship  to  be 
incompatible  with  sin.  '*  Whosoever  is  born  of 
God,"  he  says,  "  committeth  not  sin  :  for  His 
seed  abideth  in  him.  And  he  cannot  sin, 
because  he  is  born  of  God  "  (1  John  iii.  9).  The 
sonshij)  which  we  possess  here,  is,  indeed, 
incompatible  with  mortal  sin.  So  long  as  we 
retain  it,  it  excludes  sins  of  that  degree  ;  and  if 
we  deliberately  violate  God's  law  in  a  grave 
matter,  we  thereby  forfeit  our  adoption.  But 
venial  sin  is  found  even  in  the  saints.  Hence, 
both  St.  Ambrose  and  St.  Augustine  tell  us 
that  St  John's  words  must  be  understood,  not 
in  reference  to  the  imperfect  state  of  sonship 
which  is  all  we  have  here,  but  of  the  perfect 
state  which  will  be  ours  in  heaven.^  , 

1  August.,  Con.  II.  Epist.  Pelag.,  iv.,  31  (P.L.  xliv.,  634) ; 
De  Pecc.  Merit.^  ii.  9  (P.L.  xliv.,  156).  In  the  former 
of  these  passages  he  quotes  at  some  length  from  a  work  of 
St.  Ambrose  no  longer  extant. 


248   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

It  is  of  no  little  importance  that  we  should 
take  account  of  this  aspect  of  glory,  and  not 
consider  it  simply  in  the  light  of  reward 
attached  to  grace.  As  we  have  already  pointed 
out  (Chap.  II.  §  1),  the  relation  between  the  two 
is  not  merely  external,  depending  simply  on  a 
Divine  decree  that  so  much  glory  shall  be  the 
recompense  of  so  much  grace :  but  glory  is  the 
development  of  grace,  and  issues  from  grace  as 
the  fruit  from  the  seed.  It  is  when  we  view 
glory  as  the  consummation  of  grace,  that  the 
true  connection  between  them  is  most  clearly 
seen. 

Glory,  as  we  saw,  consists  primarily  in  the 
beatific  vision.  Scripture  declares  in  the  most 
explicit  terms  that  the  just  are  to  behold  God 
'^  face  to  face  "  :  and  the  same  truth  is  affirmed 
by  the  unanimous  voice  of  the  fathers,  and  by 
the  express  definitions  of  the  Church.  The 
possession  of  the  beatific  vision  is  the  final 
culmination  of  our  sonship  :  nor  is  any  further 
advance  than  this  conceivable.  For  to  see  God 
is  to  share  in  the  bliss  proper  to  God  Himself. 
It  is  to  enjoy  the  knowledge,  the  love,  and  the 
delight  in  which  the  Divine  bliss  consists,  and 
which  are  utterly  beyond  the  reach  of  any 
creature's  natural  faculties.  It  is  because  in 
grace  we   possess   all    this  in  germ,   that  the 


GRACE  AND  GLORY  249 

fathers  of  the  Church  speak  of  the  gift  of  grace 
as  a  deification.  Our  ''  essential "  reward  lies 
in  this,  and  in  this  alone.  But  the  state  of 
glory  carries  also  with  it  certain  prerogatives, 
great  in  themselves,  though  not  approaching 
the  beatific  vision  in  dignity.  These  are 
called  **  accidental  "  rewards,  and  without  some 
mention  of  these  any  account  of  celestial 
happiness  would  be  incomplete.  Our  purpose 
in  this  chapter  is  to  indicate  very  briefly  the 
principal  characteristics  of  both  these  elements 
of  our  final  beatitude. 

2.  Though  the  beatific  vision,  in  addition  to 
the  knowledge  of  God,  includes  the  love  of  God 
and  the  joy  consequent  on  the  possession  of 
God,  it  is  knowledge  that  holds  the  first  place. 
In  beholding  God  the  soul  has  reached  the 
final  term  of  its  journey.  It  has  attained  its 
last  end.  Love  and  joy  are  consequent  on 
that  attainment :  they  do  not  constitute  it.  It 
is  true  that  in  this  life  the  love  of  charity 
brings  us  nearer  to  God  than  the  knowledge  of 
God  which  faith  affords.  But  this  is  because 
faith  is  but  an  imperfect  knowledge — the 
knowledge  of  those  who  are  **  absent  from  the 
Lord'*  (2  Cor.  v.  6,  7) — whereas  charity,  even 
here,  is  a  love  which  unites  us  to  God  Himself. 
The   knowledge   of    the    beatific    vision    is    a 


250   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

knowledge  by  which  we  are  present  to  God 
and  possess  Him.  Some  few,  indeed,  of  the 
great  theologians  have  disputed  this  view,  and 
have  been  inclined  to  assign  the  chief  part  in  our 
beatitude  to  love.  But  apart  from  the  reason 
which  we  have  just  given,  the  words  of 
Scripture  appear  to  be  decisive.  The  inspired 
authors  speak  of  the  sight  of  God,  not  of  union 
with  God  by  love,  as  our  ultimate  reward. 

What  then  is  it  to  see  God?  It  is  to  behold, 
and  in  beholding  to  possess,  the  fulness  of  all 
Being,  all  Truth,  all  Goodness,  all  Beauty. 
Men  have  ever  seen  that  these  things  are  the 
worthiest  ends  of  human  endeavour.  And  here 
in  this  life,  if  they  can  discover  some  fragmentary 
aspect  of  truth,  if  they  can  seize  some  fugitive 
vision  of  beauty,  they  count  that  they  have 
done  much.  But  the  sight  of  God  will  display 
to  our  gaze  the  very  fountain-head  of  all  these, 
the  adorable  source  of  all  reality  and  all 
perfection — the  Living  God.  We  shall  see 
Him,  not  as  faintly  mirrored  in  His  created 
works,  but  as  He  is.  The  mysteries  of  the 
Godhead — the  ineffable  splendours  of  the  Divine 
Processions  will  reveal  themselves  to  us.  We 
shall  behold  the  eternal  generation  of  the  Son, 
the  procession  by  which  the  Holy  Ghost,  the 
subsistent  love  of  the    Father  and    the    Son, 


GEACE  AND  GLORY  251 

proceeds  eternally  from  these  Divine  Persons. 
We  shall  know  these  things  with  a  knowledge 
similar  to  that  of  the  Three  Persons  themselves. 
Not  less  than  this  can  be  meant  by  our  Lord's 
words  :  "Father,  I  will  that  where  I  am,  they 
also  whom  Thou  hast  given  Me,  may  be  with 
Me  :  that  they  may  see  My  glory  which  Thou 
hast  given  Me,  because  Thou  hast  loved  Me 
before  the  creation  of  the  world  "  (John  xvii.  26). 
It  does  not  lie  in  our  power  to  develop 
this  theme.  In  speaking  of  this  subject  we 
can  do  no  more  than  point  out  in  a  few  bald 
words  what  is  meant  by  the  Vision  of  God. 
We  are  dealing  with  matters  as  to  which 
human  language  is  not  merely  inadequate  but 
altogether  powerless. 

The  beatitude  of  which  we  are  speaking 
possesses  a  feature  which  differentiates  it  so 
widely  from  any  joys  which  we  know  here,  as 
to  claim  special  notice.  It  is  changeless.  In  it 
the  Blessed  enter  on  a  final  state,  which  admits 
of  no  alteration.  They  partake  in  their  degree 
of  the  Divine  changelessness.  The  very  act  by 
which  the  soul  beholds  God  is  a  single  abiding 
act,  lasting  for  ever.  At  first  sight  it  is 
difficult  for  us  to  realize  that  this  can  be  an 
element,  and  a  necessary  element,  in  perfect 
happiness.     It  would  seem  on  the  contrary  as 


252   CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

though  it  must  have  an  opposite  effect.  Happi- 
ness, as  we  know  it,  involves  change.  Yet  a 
little  consideration  will  convince  us  that  this 
need  for  change  is  due  solely  to  the  conditions 
of  our  present  existence,  and  to  the  imperfec- 
tion of  the  joys  which  it  affords.  The  things 
which  bring  us  pleasure  do  but  satisfy  some 
one  or  other  of  our  multifarious  needs  and 
desires.  What  delights  the  eye,  leaves,  it  may 
be,  the  mind  unsatisfied ;  and  what  brings  joy 
to  the  mind,  leaves  the  body  wearied  and 
relaxed.  Hence,  no  pleasure  has  any  long 
continuance.  Other  needs  make  themselves 
felt,  and  mar  our  sense  of  joy.  Indeed,  usually 
it  is  not  long  before  we  become  conscious  of 
limitations  and  imperfections  in  what  at  first 
pleased  us  beyond  measure.  And  it  may  even 
be  that  our  attention  fixes  itself  on  these 
shortcomings,  till  pleasure  is  turned  to  distaste. 
Moreover,  we  ourselves  are  ever  changing.  We 
outgrow  the  pleasures  which  at  one  time  meant 
much  to  us  :  we  crave  for  something  new. 

In  the  Vision  of  God  granted  to  the  Blessed 
none  of  these  conditions  is  present.  In  it 
they  attain  the  Infinite  Good.  Here  there  is 
no  limitation,  no  imperfection ;  this  happiness 
is  one  which  can  never  cloy.  Moreover,  no 
unsatisfied  craving   can    assert    itself,  proving 


GRACE  AND  GLORY  253 

that  our  bliss,  after  all,  is  but  partial  and 
incomplete.  The  Infinite  Good  fulfils  every 
need  and  every  desire  of  the  soul.  Henceforth, 
the  sense  of  void  is  for  that  soul  an  impossibility. 
Nor,  again,  can  new  needs  spring  up  through 
changes  in  the  soul's  state.  While  we  live  on 
earth,  the  soul  changes  :  it  grows  in  grace,  and 
thus  attains  to  new  and  higher  degrees  of  son- 
ship  to  God.  With  its  entry  into  bliss,  its 
growth  and  its  development  cease. 

The  point  we  have  just  mentioned  should 
not  be  overlooked.  Non- Catholic  writers  often 
speak  as  though  our  future  state  must  needs  be 
one  of  endless  progress ;  as  though  eternal  life 
could  not  be  other  than  a  condition  of  growth 
and  advance.  This  is  not  the  case.  Our 
participation  in  the  beatific  vision  is  deter- 
mined by  our  measure  of  sanctifying  grace. 
There  could  be  no  addition  to  our  beatitude 
unless  there  were  a  corresponding  increase  in 
grace.  But  we  know  that  when  this  life  is 
over,  no  such  increase  will  be  given  us.  While 
we  live  here  we  can  acquire  grace  by  good 
works  and  through  the  sacraments  of  the 
Church.  But  after  death  no  further  oppor- 
tunity is  given.  The  grace  we  possess  when 
death  befalls  us  fixes  the  measure  of  our 
blessedness  for  ever. 


254   CATHOLIC  DOCTEINE  OF  GRACE 

The  life  of  God  is  not,  like  ours,  conditioned 
by  time.  Although  we  are  unable  to  imagine 
a  life  in  which  time  has  no  part,  we  can 
understand  that  existence  in  time  is  an 
imperfect  form  of  being.  To  live  in  time  is  to 
possess  life  in  parts,  one  part  following  another. 
It  is  to  be  ever  losing  what  we  have,  ever 
passing  on  to  something  new.  He,  who  is 
infinite  in  all  perfection,  cannot  lose  aught  of 
His  life,  nor  acquire  anything  He  did  not 
already  possess.  In  Him  there  is  no  flow  of 
time.  His  life  is  a  moment  which  never  passes 
— the  everlasting  Now  of  eternity.  The  act  by 
which  the  Blessed  know  God  is  nothing  less 
than  a  share  in  that  eternal  life.  The  stream 
of  time  can  rob  them  of  no  portion  of  that 
glorious  existence.  The  state  upon  which  they 
have  entered  is  one  that  is  not  measured  by 
the  passage  of  the  hours.  They  have  reached 
the  goal.  They  possess  a  changeless  life — a 
life  summed  up  in  a  single  act,  which  lasts  for 
ever,  and  by  which  they  partake  in  the  eternity 
of  God. 

What  we  have  said  refers,  it  should  be 
understood,  to  the  "  essential ''  reward  alone. 
As  we  shall  see,  all  change  is  not  excluded  from 
the  life  of  the  Blessed.  In  regard  to  created 
things,  they  acquire  new  knowledge  and  maj^  be 


GRACE  AND  GLORY  255 

moved  to  new  activities.  But  this  pertains  to 
their  **  accidental "  reward,  of  which  we  shall 
say  something  shortly. 

It  may,  perhaps,  be  asked  how  the  reward  of 
one  soul  can  differ  from  that  of  another  ;  for 
there  can  be  no  such  thing  as  seeing  a  portion 
of  God — God  has  no  parts  :  he  who  sees  God 
must  see  Him  in  His  entiretv-  This  is  true.  Yet 
it  is  clear  that  no  created  faculty  can  receive 
more  than  a  certain  measure  of  that  ocean  of 
light  which  is  God.  The  Blessed  behold  God 
in  His  entirety,  but  no  one  of  them  knows  Him 
as  He  can  be  known.  He  Himself  alone  can 
fathom  the  abyss,  and  know  in  their  fulness  the 
illimitable  perfections  of  the  Godhead.  Each 
soul  that  enters  heaven  will  possess  the  Vision 
in  the  degree  which  his  powers  admit :  and,  as 
we  have  seen,  that  degree  is  determined  by  the 
grace  within  his  soul.  But  in  every  case 
the  soul's  happiness  attains  the  full  measure 
that  for  it  is  possible.  None  envies  the  higher 
lot  of  another.  For  none  desires  to  possess 
more.  The  cup  of  each  is  filled  to  the  very 
limit  of  its  capacity. 

3.  If  it  is  by  the  Vision  of  God  that,  strictly 
speaking,  we  attain  our  last  end,  the  love  of 
God  follows  as  a  necessary  consequence.  By  a 
necessity  of  our  being  we  are  drawn  ^o  th§ 


256   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Good.  Whatever  we  seek  for  here,  we  seek 
because  it  appears  to  us  to  be  something  good. 
Good  is  ever  the  object  of  the  will,  the 
motive  which  leads  us  to  act.  Even  when 
the  sinner  chooses  evil,  he  does  so  because 
he  counts  it  to  be  good.  What,  then,  will  be 
the  attraction  exerted  on  the  soul  when  it 
beholds  God  face  to  face  :  for  to  see  Him  is  to 
see  the  source  of  all  good  ?  All  created  beauty- 
is  but  the  far-off  reflection  of  some  single  aspect 
of  the  uncreated  loveliness  of  God.  All  virtue, 
all  wisdom,  all  power,  all  that  can  move  our 
admiration  and  wake  our  enthusiasm  here — 
these  are  but  streamlets  descending  from  God, 
the  fountain-head  of  good.  It  does  not  lie 
within  our  power  to  form  any  conception  of  the 
intensity  of  the  love  which  at  that  instant  will 
well  up  within  the  soul,  of  the  overwhelming 
force  by  which  it  will  be  drawn  to  Him.  If  we 
suppose  some  planet  to  leave  its  orbit,  and  fly 
with  unimaginable  velocity  to  the  sun,  it  does 
but  afford  an  inadequate  illustration  of  what  the 
soul  must  experience  when  it  is  admitted  to  the 
sight  of  God.  It  flies  to  Him,  to  be  bound  to 
Him  for  ever  in  the  embrace  of  love. 

The  love  of  the  Blessed  for  God,  like  their 
knowledge,  is  a  single  abiding  act  which  knows 
no  change.  Here  our  love  towards  Him  cannot  be 


GKAOE  AND  GLORY  257 

constantly  in  exercise.  The  various  occupations 
of  our  daily  round  compel  us  to  turn  our  attention 
to  many  different  matters,  and  render  it  impos- 
sible for  us  to  keep  the  thought  of  God  continually 
before  our  minds.  Moreover,  the  natural  object 
of  our  faculties  is  this  concrete  world  of  which 
we  have  sensible  experience.  It  is  hard  for  us 
to  fix  the  mind  for  long  on  that  which  we  cannot 
see,  or  hear,  or  touch.  The  images  of  sense  dis- 
tract the  attention,  and  carry  the  thought  down 
from  heaven  to  earth.  But  it  is  only  when  we 
think  of  God  that  we  can  love  Him.  Hence,  in 
the  very  nature  of  things  our  love  of  God  is  inter- 
mittent. It  cannot,  as  we  would  wish,  dominate 
continuously  all  the  activities  of  the  soul. 
Besides,  even  when  we  think  of  God,  we  are  not 
immediately  and  necessarily  drawn  to  acts  of  love. 
We  walk  by  faith,  and  God  does  not  manifest 
Himself  to  us  in  His  full  attractiveness.  The  art 
of  loving  God  must  be  learnt  by  degrees. 

But  when  faith  has  passed  into  sight  all 
impediments  will  be  done  away.  Then  nothing 
will  be  able  to  distract  us,  nothing  will  hinder 
us  from  feeling  the  infinite  sweetness  of  God. 
And  as  our  knowledge  will  be  continuous,  so 
will  be  our  love.  It  will  be  impossible  for  us  even 
for  an  instant  not  to  love  Him.  Our  whole 
existence  will  be  the  perfect  fulfilment  of  our 

17 


258   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Lord's  command  :  **  Thou  shalt  love  the  Lord 
thy  God  with  thy  whole  heart,  and  with  thy 
whole  soul,  and  with  all  thy  strength,  and  with 
all  thy  mind  "  (Luke  x.  27). 

The  love  of  heaven  excludes  all  possibility  of 
sin.     We  fall  into  sin  here  because  in  this  life 
we    see  but   dimly  the  attractiveness  of  God. 
Indeed,  the  love  of  God,  involving,  as  it  must, 
obedience  to  God's  commands,  may  demand  the 
sacrifice  of  much  that  is  agreeable   to  human 
nature.     It  is  only  too  possible  for  the  will  to 
turn  aside  from  the  eternal  good,  which  it  knows 
by  faith  alone,  and  choose  some  temporal  good, 
worthless  in  comparison,  but  which  offers  itself 
here  and  now.     But  to  those  who  enjoy  the 
beatific  vision  nothing  can   enter  into  rivalry 
with  God.     To  suppose  that  the  soul  which  sees 
the  full  glory  of  the  Divine  Essence  should  prefer 
some  miserable  fleeting  satisfaction,  is  to  imagine 
the  most  extreme  of  impossibilities.     Moreover, 
since  this  love  is  perpetual  and  changeless,  it 
can  never  happen  that  temptation  should  come 
when  the  soul  is  oflT  its  guard — when  it  is  not 
loving  God,  or  not  loving  Him  with  its   full 
fervour — and  coming  at  such  a  moment  should 
seduce  it  from  its  allegiance. 

We  may  go   yet  further.     The  soul  which 
enjoys  the   beatific  vision  is  so  dominated  by 


GRACE  AND  GLORY  259 

the  love  of  God  that  it  is  impossible  for  it  to 
love  anything  save  in  reference  to  that  supreme 
love.  For  the  Divine  Essence  is  Essential 
Goodness  itself.  Just  as  in  this  life  it  is  im- 
possible for  us  to  desire  anything  save  for  some 
goodness  belonging  to  it,  so  those  who  see  God, 
and  in  seeing  Him  behold  Essential  Goodness, 
can  desire  nothing  save  for  God's  sake.  Their 
love  for  other  things  is  of  necessity  subordinated 
to  and  referred  to  their  love  of  God.  Whatever 
else  claims  their  affection,  claims  it  as  leading 
up  to  this  as  to  its  end.  In  this  life  one  of  our 
chiefest  dangers  lies  in  the  fact  that  we  become 
attached  to  things  for  their  own  sake,  and 
independently  of  their  relation  to  God.  Hence 
a  conflict  between  the  two  affections  may  ensue  ; 
and  when  love  for  the  creature  has  become 
excessive,  sin  is  the  result.  But  when  the  soul 
has  found  the  Infinite  Good,  this  cannot  be. 
This  must  be  the  ultimate  aim,  the  last  end  of 
every  motion  of  the  soul.  It  cannot  in  the 
nature  of  things  admit  any  love  which  does  not 
tend  towards  Him. 

4.  In  regard  to  the  joy  of  the  Blessed,  it  is 
not  necessary  to  speak  at  any  length.  What 
has  been  said  as  to  their  knowledge  and  love  of 
God  will  suflBce  to  show  what  must  be  the 
immensity  of  their  joy.     For  joy  consists  in  the 


260   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

possession  of  some  good  for  which  we  crave, 
and  in  the  consciousness  of  that  possession. 
And  the  greater  the  good  that  is  in  question, 
the  deeper  the  desire  which  we  have  felt  for  it, 
and  the  more  secure  our  possession,  the  more 
intense  will  be  our  joy.  Here  the  good 
attained  is  of  infinite  worth.  Moreover,  the 
possession  of  it  is  absolutely  secure.  The  goods 
of  this  life,  honour,  endowments  of  body  or  of 
mind,  wealth — all  these  are  ours  only  for  a 
short  time.  We  must  part  from  them  at  death ; 
and  often  they  leave  us  long  before  death 
approaches.  But  our  tenure  of  the  Infinite 
Good  is  eternal :  nothing  can  rob  us  of  that. 
The  degree  in  which  we  desire  that  supreme 
good  depends  chiefly  on  ourselves.  Our 
increase  in  the  virtue  of  charity  is  a  matter  for 
our  own  efforts.  The  greater  our  love  for  God 
here,  the  more  intense  will  be  our  joy  in 
heaven. 

It  is  this  aspect  of  joy  on  which  Scripture 
seems  to  lay  most  stress,  when  speaking  of  the 
life  to  come.  Often  it  seeks  to  bring  it  home  to 
us  by  way  of  contrast  with  the  trials  of  earth. 
Heaven  is  the  place  "  where  death  shall  be  no 
more,  nor  mourning,  nor  crying,  nor  sorrow:  for 
the  former  things  have  passed  away  "  (Apoc. 
xxi.  4).     But  in  other  passages  it  is  set  before 


GRACE  AND  GLORY  261 

us  In  Its  more  positive  aspect.  It  Is  a  feast  to 
which  God  bids  us — the  bridal  feast  of  the  Son 
of  God  with  His  Spouse  the  Church  (Apoc.  xlx.) ; 
it  is  a  celestial  city  where  we  are  to  dwell 
(Apoc.  xxll.)  ;  It  is  a  kingdom  prepared  for  us 
from  the  foundation  of  the  world  (Matt.  xxv. 
34).  In  this  way  God  has  sought  to  make  us 
realize  that  the  joys  of  earth,  which  move  us  so 
strongly,  and  for  the  sake  of  which  so  many 
forfeit  their  heavenly  inheritance,  are  worthless 
as  dust  in  comparison  with  what  He  offers  us 
in  heaven. 

To  some  among  the  saints  has  been  given,  as 
it  were,  some  foretaste  of  heavenly  joys  even 
during  this  life.  Those  on  whom  this  high 
privilege  has  been  bestowed  assure  us  with  one 
consent  that  so  Immeasurably  do  these  sur- 
pass anything  which  this  earth  can  give,  that 
an  hour  of  this  bliss  would  be  cheaply  purchased 
by  a  lifetime  of  penance.  Such  Is  the  testimony 
of  St  Theresa ;  such  that  of  St.  John  of  the 
Cross ;  such,  again,  that  of  B.  Angela  of 
Foligno.  Strange  it  Is  that  we  should  be  so 
slow  of  heart  to  appreciate  these  things,  and 
should  find  It  so  difficult  to  make  the  smallest 
sacrifices  to  gain  so  stupendous  a  prize. 

5.  Hitherto,  we   have   considered   only  the 
"  essential "  reward  of  the  just — the  possession 


262   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

of  God  through  the  beatific  vision,  and  the 
love  and  joy  immediately  consequent  upon  this. 
But  it  is  manifest  that  the  knowledge  and  the 
love  of  the  Blessed  extend  also  to  creatures, 
and  that  here  they  possess  a  distinct,  though 
dependent,  source  of  happiness.  It  is  this 
which  we  term  their  "  accidental "  reward.  In 
regard  to  it,  revelation  tells  us  something ;  and 
there  are  also  certain  conclusions  which  claim 
so  high  a  degree  of  antecedent  probability 
that  they  have  won  the  universal  assent  of 
theologians.  Thus  all  admit  that  the  souls 
which  see  God,  behold  Him  as  the  fountain  of 
all  truth,  and  thus  participate,  each  in  his 
measure,  in  His  infinite  knowledge.  In  this 
way,  it  is  held,  each  is  made  aware  of  what 
passes  upon  earth,  so  far  as  it  may  concern  him. 
The  saints  thus  know  of  the  honours  paid  them 
by  the  Church,  and  of  the  prayers  offered  to 
them,  and  are  able  to  exert  their  power  with 
God  on  behalf  of  their  clients.  Thus,  too,  every 
one  of  the  Blessed  learns  how  it  fares  with 
those  who  are  dear  to  him. 

Again,  it  is  the  lot  of  most  men  to  die  before 
they  have  seen  their  labours  for  God  bear  fruit. 
Other  hands  reap  what  they  have  sown.  But 
the  consolation  which  they  did  not  enjoy  in 
this  life,  is  theirs  in  the  next.     The  full  results 


GRACE  AND  GLORY  263 

of  their  toil,  the  rich  harvest  it  bears,  as,  with 
the  passage  of  time,  its  influence  spreads  more 
and  more  widely,  is  made  known  to  them  in 
God.     This  does  not,  it  is  true,  increase  their 
essential  joy.      That,  as  we  have  seen,  is  fixed 
at  the  moment  of  death,  and  is  determined  by 
the  sanctifying  grace  they  then  possess.     But 
it  should  not,  on  that  account,  be  passed  over, 
when  we  reckon  up  the  rewards  prepared  for 
those   who    work    for    God.     This    particular 
reward,  indeed,  supplies  a  reply  to  the  difficulty 
urged   by  not   a   few  theologians  against  St. 
Thomas's  doctrine  of  the  recovery  of  merits. 
We  saw  in  Chapter  X.,  §  5,  that  those  who  fall 
mto  mortal  sin,  and  subsequently  return  to  grace, 
do  not  necessarily  recover  their  title  to  the  full 
reward  which  they  forfeited,  but  only  in  propor- 
tion to  the  fervour  with  which  they  repent. 
It  is  contended,  as  we  there  pointed  out,  by 
some,  that  in  the  case  in  which  a  man  has 
previously   possessed    much    grace    and    done 
many  good  works,  but  rises  from  sin  with  little 
fervour,  the  recovery  of  merits,  as  so  explained, 
becomes  merely  nominal.    We  showed  what  we 
regarded  as  adequate  reasons  for  regarding  the 
objection  as  ill-founded.     But  here  it  should 
also  be  noted  that  in  such  a  case,  even  though 
a  man  s  essential  reward  is  determined  solely 


264   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

by  the  grace  in  which  he  rises,  he  will,  to  all 
eternity,  possess  a  special  joy  in  those  good 
works  which  he  did  when  his  store  of  grace  was 
ampler,  and  in  the  fruits  which  they  have 
borne.  ^ 

Yet  another  subsidiary  reward  of  the  just 
lies  in  the  joy  derived  from  the  companionship 
of  the  angels  and  the  saints.  In  that  city  of 
the  Blessed  there  will  be  no  possibility  of  those 
rivalries  and  disagreements  which  mar  the 
happiness  of  human  intercourse.  None  will 
find  the  presence  of  any  other  irksome.  All 
earthly  imperfections  will  have  been  purged 
away.  There,  love  binds  all  together.  All  are 
dear  to  God,  and  the  soul  that  loves  God  must 
needs  love  those  whom  God  loves.  This  will 
be  the  primary  measure  of  our  love,  for  in 
proportion  to  its  nearness  to  God  will  any  soul 
be  worthy  of  love.  Here  on  earth  the  "  order 
of  charity,"  as  it  is  termed,  is  based  on  other 
principles.  We  do  not  know  the  degree  of 
grace  possessed  by  souls,  nor  that  to  which  God 
destines  them  to  attain.  Hence  we  love  best 
those  with  whom  we  are  more  closely  connected 
by  blood,  or  by  other  legitimate  ties.  There, 
amongst  our  fellow-citizens  in  the  heavenly 
Jerusalem,    our  love   will    go    out    first    and 

•  Summa,  III.  p.,  q.  89,  art.  5,  ad  3. 


GRACE  AND  GLORY  265 

foremost  to  our  Blessed  Lady ;  and,  after  her, 
to  the  angels  and  saints,  to  each  in  due 
measure.  For  each  will  attract  our  love  in 
proportion  to  the  Divine  grace  which  adorns 
him.  This  does  not  mean  that  earthly  ties  of 
relationship  and  of  friendship  will  be  blotted 
out.  We  know  that  it  is  not  so,  and  that  we 
shall  rejoice  in  the  sight  of  those  we  have  loved 
here.  But  these  motives  will  none  of  them 
equal  in  intensity  that  which  is  found  in  the 
nearness  of  a  soul  to  God.  It  is  this  which 
determines  the  order  of  charity  of  heaven. 

There  is  one  portion  of  their  reward  which 
the  just  will  only  receive  at  the  last  day. 
This  is  the  glorification  of  the  body.  When,  at 
our  Lord's  second  coming,  the  souls  of  the 
Blessed  enter  once  again  into  the  bodies  from 
which  they  were  parted  by  death,  those  bodies 
will  be  rendered  worthy  of  the  sons  of  God. 
Not  merely  will  they  no  longer  be  subject  to 
disease,  decay  and  death,  the  penalties  of 
original  sin,  but  they  will  be  clothed  with 
celestial  beauty  and  endowed  with  special 
powers,  transcending  the  natural  properties  of 
matter.  *'  Then  shall  the  just  shine  as  the  sun 
in  the  kingdom  of  their  Father  "  (Matt,  xiii, 
43),  said  our  Lord  regarding  that  day.  The 
bodies  of  the  just  will  be  like  His  own  glorious 


266   CATHOLIC  DOCTRINE  OF  GRACE 

Body.     Once  only  during  Ris  earthly  life  did  He 
manifest  Himself  under  that  form.     Of  that  ap- 
pearance to  the  three  chosen  apostles  on  Mount 
Thabor,  we  are  told  :  **  His  face  did  shine  as  the 
sun,  and  His  garments  became  white  as  snow  " 
(Matt.  xvii.  2).     It  was  thus  in  glory  that  St. 
Paul  beheld    Him,  when    in   the   hour  of  his 
conversion  he  fell  to  the  ground,  blinded    by 
the  light  which  surrounded  Him.     A  similar 
glory,  the  apostle  assures  us  in  his  epistle  to 
the  Philippians,  is  to  be  ours.     *^  We  wait,"  he 
says,  "  for  a  Saviour,  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ : 
who    shall    fashion    anew    the    body   of    our 
humiliation,  that  it  may  be  conformed  to  the 
body  of  His  glory,  according  to  the  working, 
whereby  He  is  able  even  to  subject  all  things 
unto  Himself"  (Phil.  iii.  21,  R.V.).     But  the 
glory  will  not  be  given  to  all  in  equal  measure. 
**  Star,"  he  reminds  us,  "  differeth  from  star  in 
glory"  (1  Cor.  xv.  41).     The  glory  of  the  body 
corresponds  to  the  essential  beatitude  of  the 
soul.     Thus   the    good    works    by   which   we 
increase  our  store  of  grace  here  will   bring  a 
reward,  not  only  to  the  soul,  but  to  the  body 
also. 

We  have  seen  in  this  chapter  how  wonderful 
is  the  heavenly  inheritance  of  those  who  by 
God's   unspeakable   mercy    have    been    made 


GRACE  AND  GLORY  267 

members  of  the  Catholic  Church,  and  received 
the  gift  of  sanctifying  grace.  Well  might  the 
apostle  say  of  that  inheritance  :  "I  reckon  that 
the  sufferings  of  this  time  are  not  worthy  to  be 
compared  with  the  glory  to  come,  that  shall  be 
revealed  in  us"  (Rom.  viii.  18).  So  strong  is 
our  title  to  its  possession  that  he  does  not 
hesitate  to  speak  as  though  it  were  already 
ours  :  *'  God,  who  is  rich  in  mercy  ....  hath 
quickened  us  together  in  Christ  (by  whose 
grace  you  are  saved),  and  hath  raised  us  up 
together,  and  hath  made  us  sit  together  in  the 
heavenly  places,  through  Christ  Jesus"  (Eph. 
ii.  4-6).  Well,  indeed,  could  he  speak  thus ; 
for  though  at  present  we  are  only  saved  "  in 
hope,"  yet  we  are  in  very  truth  the  sons  of 
God,  and  even  here  below  are  nourished  on  the 
bread  of  angels. 

To  purchase  for  us  this  inheritance,  Christ, 
our  Lord  poured  out  His  Precious  Blood  upon 
the  Cross.  May  the  thought  of  what  we  owe 
Him  teach  us  to  love  Him  better,  and  to  follow 
more  closely  in  His  footsteps ! 


Printed  in  England 


i^ 


r 


CO 
LO 
CO 

o 

f 
I 

H£  tPiSTITllTE  OF  W£DIAEVAL  S7UL  .0 
iO  ELJ^SLEY  PLACe 
TORONTO  S,  CANADA, 


^3S'3 


f  I  I  Ml———— 


MU— M^a^MMiMlMl^iki 


ii'f  '"5:.'-  •■!<:>.^>AV'b